NormalizeHEADmain

1 files changed, 0 insertions, 7951 deletions

diff --git a/old/50111-8.txt b/old/50111-8.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 02c77db..0000000
--- a/old/50111-8.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7951 +0,0 @@
-The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898, Volume
-XXXVIII, 1674-1683, by Various
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
-other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of
-the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
-www.gutenberg.org.  If you are not located in the United States, you'll have
-to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook.
-
-Title: The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898, Volume XXXVIII, 1674-1683
-       Explorations by early navigators, descriptions of the
-       islands and their peoples, their history and records of
-       the catholic missions, as related in contemporaneous books
-       and manuscripts, showing the political, economic, commercial
-       and religious conditions of those islands from their
-       earliest relations with European nations to the close of
-       the nineteenth century,
-
-Author: Various
-
-Editor: Emma Helen Blair
-        James Alexander Robertson
-
-Release Date: October 1, 2015 [EBook #50111]
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
-
-*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, VOL XXXVIII ***
-
-
-
-
-Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the Online Distributed
-Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net/ for Project
-Gutenberg
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-                   The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898
-
-   Explorations by early navigators, descriptions of the islands and
-   their peoples, their history and records of the catholic missions,
-    as related in contemporaneous books and manuscripts, showing the
-   political, economic, commercial and religious conditions of those
-   islands from their earliest relations with European nations to the
-                    close of the nineteenth century,
-
-                       Volume XXXVIII, 1674-1683
-
-
-
- Edited and annotated by Emma Helen Blair and James Alexander Robertson
-  with historical introduction and additional notes by Edward Gaylord
-                                Bourne.
-
-
-                      The Arthur H. Clark Company
-                            Cleveland, Ohio
-                                 MCMVI
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-CONTENTS OF VOLUME XXXVIII
-
-
-    Preface                                                          9
-
-    Miscellaneous Documents, 1674-1683
-
-        Manila and the Philippines about 1650 (concluded).
-        Domingo Fernandez Navarrete, O.P.; Madrid, 1676. [From
-        his Tratados historicos.]                                    17
-        Condition of the clergy of the Philippines. Pedro
-        Diaz del Cosio, O.P., and others; Madrid, 1674-75            72
-        Prerogatives of ex-provincials granted to Augustinian
-        procurators from Filipinas, Innocent XI; Rome,
-        December 17, 1677                                            76
-        Royal patronage extended to the university of
-        Santo Tomás. Carlos II; Madrid, May 17, 1680                 78
-        Letter to Carlos II. Francisco Pizarro Orellana; Manila,
-        February 24, 1683                                            81
-        Insurrections by Filipinos in the seventeenth
-        century. [Accounts by various early writers covering the
-        period 1621-83.]                                             87
-        Dampier in the Philippines (to be concluded). William
-        Dampier; London, 1697                                       241
-
-    Bibliographical Data                                            287
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-ILLUSTRATIONS
-
-
-    Map of Manila and its suburbs; photographic facsimile from
-    original MS. (dated 1671) in Archivo general de Indias,
-    Sevilla                                                          45
-    The Philippine Islands; photographic facsimile of map drawn
-    by Captain John Kempthorne, ca. 1688; (evidently from earlier
-    map of 1676); from original manuscript map in the British
-    Museum                                                           95
-    Map of portion of Philippine Islands; drawn by William Hacke,
-    ca. 1680; photographic facsimile from original manuscript map
-    in the British Museum                                           213
-    Inhabitants of the Ladrones Islands; photographic facsimile
-    of engraving in T. de Bry's Peregrinationes, 1st ed.
-    (Amsterdam, 1602), tome xvi, no. iv, p. 34; from copy in
-    Boston Public Library                                           257
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-PREFACE
-
-
-The present volume (1674-83) is partly descriptive of the Philippines,
-as seen by the quaint Dominican writer Navarrete; and about half
-of it is occupied with the insurrections by the Filipino natives in
-the seventeenth century, a topic of special importance in regard to
-the relations between the natives and their conquerors, and to the
-influence of the missionaries.
-
-Resuming the relation by Navarrete (begun in the preceding volume), we
-find an account of the fall of Fajardo's favorite Venegas; of various
-dangers from which the writer escapes; etc. He praises at length the
-excellent qualities and abilities of Governor Manrique de Lara. He
-relates a missionary trip to Luban and Mindoro, and describes those
-islands, their products, and their people. Navarrete is stationed in a
-curacy in Mindoro, and relates some of his experiences therein. Having
-returned to Manila, he goes to Bataan, where he and others are
-grievously annoyed by goblins or demons, for several months. He goes
-again to Mindoro, with another priest, and while there a threatened
-attack by pirates sends the Indians in flight to the hills, which
-compels the fathers to return to Manila. Navarrete relates the loss
-of several galleons by storms. He laments the cruelty with which
-the Spaniards treat the natives in the labor of shipbuilding, and
-says that "at times, religious are sent to protect and defend them
-from the infernal fury of some Spaniards." Then he describes Manila
-and the products of Luzón, in sketchy but enthusiastic fashion. He
-mentions with surprise the number of Chinese, besides mestizos and
-natives, who are maintained for the service of the Spanish colony
-there. The Chinese are, in religious matters, under the care of the
-Dominicans. Navarrete enumerates many prominent persons in Manila whom
-he knew, both laymen and ecclesiastics; and describes the hospitable
-and pious treatment accorded to the Japanese Christians (some of them
-lepers) who were exiled to Manila. He decides to leave the islands,
-and goes (1653) to Macasar; the hardships and perils of that voyage
-are vividly related. Buffeted by fierce storms, the vessel does not
-arrive at its destination until nine months after leaving Manila--some
-two months being spent at a Malay village on the northern coast of
-Celebes, where the Spanish passengers on the vessel suffer greatly
-from hunger. They finally reach Macasar, where Navarrete spends several
-years, in 1658 departing for Macao, to enter the Chinese missions. His
-narrative, although rambling and sketchy, is fresh and picturesque;
-and it indicates a keen and shrewd observer, and a man intelligent,
-enthusiastic, outspoken, and humane.
-
-The Dominican procurator-general at Madrid represents to the Spanish
-government (1674) the evils arising from the "almost perpetual
-vacancies" in the episcopal sees of the islands, and their subjection
-to the secular government there; and he makes recommendations for
-correcting these evils. In consequence of his efforts, the royal
-Council recommend various measures for this object.
-
-A papal decree of December 17, 1677, allows to the Augustinian
-procurators the same prerogatives and privileges that are enjoyed by
-ex-provincials of the order.
-
-By royal decree (May 17, 1680) the university of Santo Tomás is placed
-under the royal patronage.
-
-The bishop of Nueva Segovia, Francisco de Pizarro, writes to Cárlos II
-(February 24, 1683), giving a brief outline of the controversy between
-the Jesuits and Dominicans over their respective colleges in Manila;
-he takes occasion to praise the Jesuits and their labors.
-
-Much light is thrown upon the relations of the Spaniards with the
-Filipinos, and upon the native character, by the accounts (some of
-them almost contemporary) here presented of insurrections by Filipinos
-in the seventeenth century. These occur in northern Luzón (1621,
-1625, 1629, 1639), Bohol and Leyte (1622), Mindanao (1629, 1650),
-Pampanga (1645, 1660) and Pangasinán (1661) in Luzón, the Visayan
-Islands (1649-50), Otón in Panay (1663, 1672), and among the Zambals
-(1661, 1681, 1683). Accounts of these are here translated from early
-chronicles, their writers representing the various religious orders;
-and are arranged chronologically. These revolts are caused partly by
-Spanish oppression, but even more by the influence of certain chiefs
-who desire to restore the old worship of idols, and who appeal to the
-superstitious, credulous, and fickle natures of their followers. They
-are, in each case, sooner or later quelled by the Spaniards, thanks to
-their bravery and their possession of firearms; and severe punishments
-are inflicted on the ringleaders, thus restraining further attempts
-to throw off the Spanish yoke. The rebellion of 1649-50 is so general
-that the Spaniards are obliged to call in the aid of the Lutaos of
-southern Mindanao, themselves enemies and pirates not many years
-before; but they willingly go to attack their ancient enemies the
-Visayans. In several of these insurrections, great dangers are averted
-by the influence that the missionaries have acquired over the natives,
-and they sometimes are able even to prevent rebellions; they often
-risk their lives in thus going among the insurgents, Nevertheless,
-the first fury of the insurgents is directed against the churches,
-and sometimes against the missionaries as well as the other Spaniards;
-they kill some friars, burn the convents and churches, and profane the
-images. Diaz ascribes this to the shrewd scheming of the ringleaders to
-involve the crowd in general guilt, and thus secure the adherence and
-more desperate resistance of their followers. One of the insurrections
-is led by a scheming priest of idols who persuades the natives that
-he is God; and certain of his associates personate Christ, the Holy
-Spirit, and the Virgin Mary--only to receive heavier punishment when
-their rebellion is overthrown. The policy of the Spaniards toward
-the natives is plainly shown in these accounts, and often reminds the
-reader of that pursued by the French with the North American tribes,
-and by the English with the natives of India.
-
-The English buccaneer William Dampier spent most of the years
-1686-87 in the Philippine Islands; his own account of this sojourn
-(published in 1697) is an interesting and valuable addition to
-Philippine documentary material. Departing from Cape Corrientes in
-Mexico (March 31, 1686), they sail across the Pacific in order to
-plunder the vessels engaged in the Philippine commerce, and on May
-21 reach Guam, whose people and products are minutely described. The
-population of that island is greatly reduced, because most of the
-natives had left it after an unsuccessful rebellion against their
-Spanish conquerors. The English obtain a supply of provisions here,
-by professing to be Spaniards. Thence they depart for Mindanao (June
-2), where they remain until January 13, 1687. Dampier describes, with
-much detail, the fauna, products, people, and customs of Mindanao. This
-document will be concluded in VOL. XXXIX.
-
-
-    The Editors
-    April, 1906.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-MISCELLANEOUS DOCUMENTS, 1674-1683
-
-
-    Manila and the Philippines about 1650 (concluded). Domingo
-    Fernandez Navarrete, O.P.; 1676.
-    Condition of the clergy of the Philippines. Pedro Diaz del Cosio,
-    O.P., and others; 1674-75.
-    Prerogatives of ex-provincials granted to Augustinian procurators
-    from Filipinas. Innocent XI; December 17, 1677.
-    Royal patronage extended to the university of Santo Tomás. Carlos
-    II; May 17, 1680.
-    Letter to Carlos II. Francisco Pizarro Orellana: February 24, 1683.
-    Insurrections by Filipinos in the seventeenth century. [Accounts
-    by various early writers covering the period 1621-83.]
-    Dampier in the Philippines (to be concluded). William Dampier;
-    1697.
-
-
-Sources: The first document is concluded from VOL. XXXVII, q.v. The
-second is obtained from the Ventura del Arco MSS. (Ayer library),
-iii, pp. 1-5. The third is from Hernaez's Colección de bulas, i,
-p. 592. The fourth is from Algunos documentos relat. á la Uuniv. de
-Manila, pp. 31-33. The fifth is from a MS. in the Archivo general
-de Indias, Sevilla. The sixth is from various early writers, full
-references to each being given in the text. The seventh is from the
-Voyages of Dampier, London ed. of 1703, i, pp. 279-402; from a copy
-in the library of Harvard University.
-
-Translations: The first, second, fourth, and seventh of these
-documents are translated by James A. Robertson; the third, by
-Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A.; the fifth and sixth, by Emma Helen Blair.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-MANILA AND THE PHILIPPINES ABOUT 1650
-
-(Concluded)
-
-
-CHAP. V
-
-What I observed and accomplished in that time
-
-
-1. In the year of 53, Don Sabiniano Manrique de Lara, a brother
-of the Conde de Friginiana, arrived in Manila as governor of the
-islands. He was accompanied by the archbishop, Don Miguel de Poblete,
-a creole from La Puebla de los Angeles; the bishop of Nueva Segovia,
-Señor Cardenas, a creole of Pirù, of my order, a very learned and
-illustrious preacher; the bishop of Nueva Caceres, one San Gregorio,
-a Franciscan; and Doctor Ucles, [1] dean of the Manila cathedral, as
-bishop of Zibu. He brought people and money, with which the islands
-were resuscitated. All their citizens were worn out, poor, sad, and
-exhausted with the severity and too great seclusion of Don Diego
-Faxardo. The affability of the new governor was very pleasing. He
-held intercourse with all, gave audience to all, went through the
-city, visited the convents, and scrupulously attended the feasts, and
-sermons published on the list. He was entertaining, and could sustain
-a conversation very agreeably with his fine understanding. He was
-not at all vain or proud, but was pious and very religious. At times
-when I heard him speak of the things of God and of freeing oneself
-from the deceits of the world, he kept my attention, absorbed,
-both with the words that he uttered, and with the effective way
-and the spirit with which he expressed them. He was never partial
-[in dealing] with the orders; but he venerated, loved, and wished
-well to them all, bearing himself toward them as a prince ought. He
-showed himself to be devout, and very devout on not few occasions;
-and he personally attended the processions which were formed in the
-city. He was a giver of alms, and tried hard to advance the [welfare
-of the] community. For that purpose, many marriages took place by
-his arrangement; and he aided in them by bestowing some offices. On
-the occasion when the new archbishop absolved that land, by special
-order of his Holiness, from the censures incurred through the exile
-pronounced against the archbishop by Corcuera (of which mention has
-been made above), the same Don Sabiniano brought Señor Poblete to
-the postern of the Almacenes [i.e., magazines], where that exile had
-been enforced, so that he might pronounce his blessing there. When
-it was done, Don Sabiniano threw himself at the archbishop's feet,
-and said: "Your Excellency may be assured that I shall never cause
-such disturbances." That action was a fine example for all men.
-
-2. He was unfortunate in some things, especially in the loss of ships
-during his time, but I do not see that he is at all to blame for
-this. What blame could be attached to Don Sabiniano because the ship
-in which Don Pedro de Villaroel was commander was wrecked? Where did
-Don Sabiniano sin because another ship was lost in which the commander
-Ugalde and Thomàs Ramos were so interested? What I know is that that
-gentleman labored assiduously, that he built fine ships, and that he
-fortified the city admirably to resist the Chinese. I heard of some
-charges afterward that had been made against him in his residencia,
-which surely are more worthy of being laughed at than to be taken
-in any other way. The little bad temper that he had was the best
-thing that he could display in that land. I noted one thing, over
-which I pondered with all my care, namely, that if he ever through
-his quick and choleric nature uttered two words in anger to anyone,
-he was so sorry and repentant, that there was no means or method that
-he did not seek in order to assure and content the one aggrieved,
-to whom thereafter he showed much kindness, and treated with unusual
-expressions of love--a great argument that for his good and pious
-disposition. That is a matter on which much could be written, if my
-purpose did not prevent me.
-
-3. But my heart will not allow me to let the great services and merits
-of that very illustrious gentleman remain buried in forgetfulness; for
-that reason I determined to insert some of them here. I am not playing
-the part of a great thinker, and still less that of an historian,
-for my pen is very weak and limited. I shall merely relate simply,
-in accordance with my style, what I am very sure of. It is not my
-business to publish the blueness of his blood, nor to attempt to
-give the world knowledge of the origin and stock of the most noble
-family of the Manriques de Lara, or of its most brilliant branches,
-which make glorious and illustrious so many houses of España; for
-besides the fact that that is superior to my limited abilities,
-I would be presuming to exhibit the resplendent rays of the sun....
-
-4. I confess also that if the subject of whom I am treating had no
-greater splendor than that communicated by his blood, my attention
-would not be so taken up with him. It cannot be denied that the
-heir to nobility deserves great praises; nor is there any doubt
-that acquired nobility mounts above and lifts the former even to the
-clouds.... And thus I say that that gentleman has with his devotion,
-excellent example, and services for his Majesty gained new splendors
-for the Manriques de Lara, and greatly increased their glories.
-
-5. While I was in the port of Cavite in 1656, I heard that he had
-held the appointment of master-of-camp at the age of nineteen. There
-are men who acquire more in a few years by their valor and courage
-than others in many years.
-
-[Navarrete relates that when the princess Margarita of Portugal was in
-Lisboa, Don Sabiniano was made admiral of the fleet assembled against
-France, and held that post for eighteen months. At the separation
-of the Spanish and Portuguese crowns he was taken prisoner, and
-was confined in various prisons, from December 25, 1640 to May 8,
-1645. After being set at liberty he was soon given the post of
-castellan of Acapulco.]
-
-Then followed the government of Philipinas, a post [which is bestowed]
-as a reward for the greatest services, and is the first and best
-of all in the Indias. He governed as I have written, and as I shall
-write hereafter. He has held no other place, because he did not desire
-it. I remember quite distinctly what he said to me one day in Manila:
-"Father Fray Domingo, if God carries us to España, your Reverence
-will see how I shall seclude myself at Malaga, in order to live [so as
-to prepare] for death, without meddling more with the affairs of the
-world." Thus did he do, and I see that he is doing it. I would very
-willingly write at greater length, if, as I have said, the principal
-purpose of this work did not prevent it.
-
-12. Shortly after the new governor had entered the country, I
-discovered in the mountains of Batan the famous fruit considered as
-a delicacy in China, which is called lechias by the Spaniards and
-li chi by the Chinese. It is one of the best fruits in the world. I
-took some to Manila, and they were the first fresh ones that have
-been in that city; for those taken thither from China are dried,
-and do not at all resemble the fresh ones. I wrote about this fruit
-in the first treatise. [2]
-
-13. At that time, when I was convalescing, I offered to accompany one
-of Ours who was about to go to the island of Luban, and thence to the
-island of Mindoro, to visit some mission fields, and do what I could
-to benefit those wretched Indians. The island of Luban is situated
-twelve leguas from that of Manila. It is small but beautiful. There
-are many cocoa palm-groves in those fields, and considerable cotton
-from which very fine cloth is made. The village has about 200
-tributes. That place contains a well-built fort, which has a most
-excellent moat, for the purpose of defending the inhabitants from the
-Camucones robbers. The latter, through our very culpable neglect,
-infest that and other districts every year with the greatest loss
-of his Majesty's vassals. During the season when we were there,
-there was an unexpected attack. We hastened to the fort, but the
-attack ended in nothing. The church is a suitable one and is well
-adorned. The cura had established the custom that, when the time
-for the Ave Marias rang, they should ring to recite the rosary, to
-which all the village hastened. Some people assured us that after the
-establishment of that holy devotion no enemy had ever gone thither,
-although before that time many had attacked and pillaged them of all
-their possessions. Formerly, they neither recited the rosary nor had a
-fort; and afterward they had all that, but the first was sufficient for
-their defense. We confessed and preached there until after the feast
-of the Nativity, which was celebrated very solemnly. During that time
-a fearful storm arose, and, in order to assure our safety, we descended
-to the portal, for we thought the house would be carried away. A royal
-champan was sailing not very far from that place, in which were the
-captain and alcalde-mayor of Caraga and his wife, and three Recollect
-fathers. They were running before the wind without knowing where they
-were going. The night was very dark, and the seas were running high;
-they thought that they were lost, but they did not know whether the
-land was far or near. Two of the Augustinian Recollect fathers took
-counsel between themselves, alone and secretly; and according to what
-is believed they must have said that it was better to anticipate and
-not to wait until all of them should fall into the water, where there
-is generally some difficulty in keeping clear of one another. Each
-of them tied up his small mattress, which was filled with varo (a
-material like cotton, which will float on the water for a long time),
-and then, calling his servant, jumped into the sea without being
-perceived or seen by anyone. The result only gave the others occasion
-to imagine what has been written. Their associate and the others felt
-it keenly. Neither of them was ever heard of again. The first heavy
-sea must have washed their mattresses out of their hands, and they
-must have perished without any help. At dawn the little vessel ran
-ashore on the beach of a small island one-half legua from Luban. All
-the people were saved except a female slave, who was drowned suddenly
-when she jumped into the water to go ashore, and no one was able to
-aid her. They reached Luban, so weak and miserable that their faces
-plainly showed their sufferings. The cura treated them very hospitably.
-
-14. On Epiphany we crossed by sail and oar the channel to Mindoro. That
-same afternoon we went up to the village of Calavit, which is situated
-more than one legua from the sea; all the way the road lies straight
-up hill and is rough. After three days we descended in order to
-go to Guistin, where we were to lodge, and whence we were to go
-to all other parts. We walked more than six leguas that day over
-the most infernal road that can be imagined. In places we clambered
-over rocks, and in parts, even with the aid of the Indians, we were
-unable to ascend. We found a place where the rocks were all jagged,
-and so sharp and penetrating that, actually and truly, they wore out
-the soles of our shoes. The poor Indians, who go barefoot naturally
-and legitimately, walked along with the soles of their feet dripping
-blood, which caused us to overflow with compassion. We reached the foot
-of the mountain of Guistin without having eaten a mouthful. There we
-found some Indians who had some roasted potatoes, although these were
-cold. We ate a trifle of that refreshment and then began to climb
-the mountain. It is as high as the other but without comparison
-much rougher. For a goodly distance we did nothing but clamber up
-by laying hold of the roots of trees. We walked the rest of the way,
-but after taking twenty paces we would throw ourselves on the ground
-to breathe a bit. Finally, by God's help we arrived and found the
-church. Without being able to enter it, we fell face downward on the
-earth near the door, where we stayed a long time in order to rest a
-little. We found ourselves afterward so sweaty that even our outside
-habits contained moisture. The wind which was blowing was cold and
-violent in the eighth degree. [3] We took shelter for that night in
-a poor little hut of straw, which was open to the four winds. Our
-supper was a small bit of biscuit soaked in a trifle of the wine used
-for mass, [which we drank] for fear of the cold. We slept sitting,
-close to one another. Next day (which dawned clear) we made use of the
-sun to dry our clothes. After mass we set about our business, namely,
-looking after the souls of those Indians. It must be observed that the
-whole refreshment there consisted of some eggs, rice, and potatoes;
-those mountains contain many and excellent potatoes. On the day of
-the Purification, after having said mass and preached, I returned
-in one day to Calavit, passing for the second time over that good
-road. The weariness, sweat, wind, and poor food caused me an attack
-of illness that night, while I was alone in my wretched little hut
-of bamboo and straw--so that I thought I would end my life there;
-and in truth I was consoled. I remained there for some days, doing
-what I could. Then I went to two other small villages, the way thither
-being over a very bad road; there I instructed, preached, and baptized
-some of the people. One day I found myself with nine young fellows of
-marriageable age who had descended the mountains to ask baptism. They
-had never seen a priest. Having been catechised they received the
-waters of baptism. One old man who must have been, beyond any question,
-more than eighty years old, responded very readily to the catechism,
-and showed himself very devout. When I was going to recite the divine
-office, he walked back of me. Once I called to him and asked him what
-he wanted, and why he always dogged my footsteps. He replied to me:
-"Father, I hear you say that we are obliged to know the Christian
-doctrine; and as I do not know it, I am seeking the opportunity so
-that your Reverence may teach it to me." "How many years," I asked
-him, "have you been a Christian?" "One year," he replied; "and I
-am sure that I understood what it was from childhood." Thereupon
-I asked him further: "Who baptized you, and how?" He gave me an
-account of everything, and said that no word had been taught him;
-and that he had been told that it was because he was old and could
-not learn. That caused me a great sorrow and I began immediately to
-catechise him. I took him with me to the seashore, and, we twain having
-seated ourselves, I explained the Credo to him as clearly as possible,
-accommodating myself to his capacity. Said I to him: "You see this
-sea and that sky: God created them all." He immediately answered:
-"Is it possible? is God so great that He could do that?" I repeated
-what I had said, and explained it to him, and said again: "Yes, that
-sky, this earth, the sea, etc., all are the work of God." He repeated
-in great astonishment: "So great, so great is God?" He repeated that
-many times. I took great pains with him and he did the same himself,
-for he understood it better than did the young fellows. I confessed
-him afterwards, and found that I had to absolve him. I asked him "Juan,
-have you ever sworn or told a lie?" "For what purpose, Father? or why
-should I swear or tell a lie?" he answered. "Have you had any words
-or quarreled with any person?" "Father, I live alone; I attend to my
-field; I neither see nor talk to anyone. Even if I wished to quarrel,
-I have no one with whom to quarrel." Thus did he reply to all my
-questions. I gave him some small articles of clothing, and told
-him that his name was Juan de Dios [i.e., John of God]. He was very
-happy, and I was very much consoled. That little village having been
-instructed, and the children baptized, as well as the adults above
-mentioned, I returned to Guistin. The cura of Nanhoan, thirty leguas
-south, summoned one of us, and I resolved to go there immediately.
-
-15. When sailing in sight of a beach, the Indians discovered a carabao
-or buffalo which was near the water. We drew to the land. I remained
-on the sea, and the Indians attacked with their spears. The animal
-performed some queer antics; it rushed madly into the sea, and made
-furiously for the boat where I was. It struck the outside bamboos,
-and, had it not done that, I would have been in danger of my life. The
-Indians finally killed it, and immediately cut it into bits on the
-spot for drying. I landed to await my men, when we immediately caught
-sight of a band of Negrillos of the mountain. We recognized that they
-were peaceful, whereupon I calmed myself. In order that the sight of
-me might not scare them, I hid among some trees. About thirty men,
-women, and children came, all of whom, both male and female, carried
-bows and arrows. All were naked, except for the privies, which they
-cover with the leaves of a certain tree. The men were tattooed in
-white, the women in other colors, and they wore large wild flowers
-in their ears. In truth, both men and women resembled devils. When
-they began to chat with the Indians I came out suddenly and spoke
-to them in their language, and offered them tobacco in the leaf, a
-thing which they esteem highly. When they saw me they were thrown into
-confusion, and almost all the women and some of the children ran away,
-with such swiftness that one would think that they were flying. The
-others remained quiet. I gave them tobacco, coaxed them and treated
-them with great gentleness. Two women went to look for fresh drinking
-water; and the Indians, having finished with the carabao, left these
-[Negrillos] there with the intestines, stomach, and bones. The Indians
-told me that, after our party would leave the place, all these wild
-people would gather here, and would not go away until they had gnawed
-the bones, and would even eat the stomach with its contents.
-
-16. At ten o'clock at night we ascended the river of Baccò, which
-is the chief town of that island. The rain fell so heavily that the
-village was under water. I remained there twenty-four hours. There
-is a very lofty mountain within sight of the village, down which
-falls a river which, when viewed from below, appears like a crystal
-mountain. The water passes near the village, and, as it seethes so
-mightily, and is overhung by a quantity of sarsaparilla, it is a
-wonderful sight. That island has some peculiarities. First, it has a
-great number of civet cats, from which much civet can be obtained for
-trade. There is the greatest quantity of wax in all those mountains;
-no account is taken of the honey. There are potatoes, sweet potatoes,
-grapes, yams, and fruits, in the greatest abundance; an infinite number
-of cedars, [4] whose flower, which I saw often, exhales the sweetest
-odor and is very large; and cocoa-palms in great abundance. There is
-another kind of palm from which they get honey, wine, vinegar, tuba,
-and sugar. There are also innumerable trees, resembling bananas,
-from which a black fiber is obtained for the rigging and cables of
-ships, of which there are so many that one is surprised. There is
-another species of white fiber which comes from another tree called
-abaaca. There are more of that kind in another part. It is excellent
-for ship cables, for the more it is wet the stronger it becomes. There
-is another tree on which a certain bark grows, as white as snow. It
-is soft as soft can be to the touch, and the Indians use it for
-their beds and for clothing--although they are not without cotton,
-of which they make excellent clothing. [5]
-
-17. Rivers and sea abound with fine fish. The fish called pexemulier
-[6] is found there. Very valuable rosaries are made of its bones,
-because of the great virtue residing in them against hemorrhages; one
-which has been tested by experience is worth many ducados. Licentiate
-Francisco Roca, the cura of that place, related to me what happened in
-his district--a very notable case. An Indian who went to fish every day
-found near the water a pexemulier, which is said to resemble a woman
-from the breasts down. He had regular intercourse with this creature,
-and continued that bestial concubinage daily for more than six months
-without losing a single day in that communication. After that time
-God touched his heart, and constrained him to confess. He confessed,
-and was ordered not to go to that place any more; he obeyed, and
-ceased that abomination. I avow that if I myself had not heard it
-from the above [cura], I would have doubted its truth exceedingly.
-
-18. On the afternoon of the next day, we (the cura, the alcalde-mayor,
-and I) set out in three boats for another curacy, namely, the one to
-which I was going. All three had to be reconciled, because of some
-slight differences that had preceded, and for that reason the voyage
-was made. The cura entertained us royally and we embraced and became
-good friends, and the feast was ended with a grand banquet which he
-gave us. It is not going to excess to add somewhat more than usual in
-such great occasions and feasts.... The truth is there was no wine,
-but only plenty of good water. In a few days I went out to the visitas,
-which were numerous and distant one from another. Having passed the
-first, I turned inland in order to cut off a large cape which extended
-far into the sea from a mountain. The crossing was thickly overgrown
-with trees, so high that one could not see the sky at all for two
-leguas. The leeches were so numerous that we could not estimate
-them. On reaching the sea I crossed a rivulet on the shoulders of an
-Indian, who carried his spear in his hand. Half-way over he descried
-a fine ray-fish; he threw his spear, and nailed it to the sand. When
-he had carried me over, he returned and got that fish, dragging it
-along through the water. The Indian told me what fine food its liver
-was, and they cooked it for me, and truly it is a fine delicacy. I
-mentioned that in Roma in the year 73, and it so struck the fancy
-[of those who heard me] that some of them were anxious to secure that
-dainty. I did not know at that time the great virtue of the spine or
-claw at the point of the tail of that fish. It is an admirable remedy
-against toothache, and if the teeth be merely rubbed with that claw the
-pain leaves them; however, it must be cut off while the fish is alive.
-
-19. I went to celebrate Holy Week in a small village whose little
-church was located in the most pleasant and agreeable place that
-can be found anywhere. It lay three leguas from the sea, and one
-ascended thither by a fine and full-flowing river, which has a bed one
-legua wide during the rainy season. Near that river is a low-lying
-mountain which resembles a pleasant garden. At the south it has the
-most beautiful cocoa-palms; on the east and north it is covered with
-cacasuchiles full of flowers, which are beguiling to the sight and
-smell; to the east one sees very lofty mountains, which are very
-sightly. Round about it was a hedge of tall maguey, [7] and in the
-middle of that stood the house and church. The village site, on the
-north side, and on the south, where the river flowed, was very steep,
-and had a fine spring at the foot. The means of approach to the village
-were suitably hidden, for safety from the hostile Camucones. Indians of
-other villages assembled there; all confessed and communed, and some
-were baptized. Two things in especial happened to me there. One was
-a confession that covered thirty years. Truly that Indian confessed
-remarkably well, and had a very fine understanding. The other
-was that of a woman already of marriageable age and of excellent
-mind. She said to me: "Father, I went to the mountain with a youth,
-and we lived there as if we were married for six years." (There
-is no lack of food in the mountains without any work.) "One night,
-as often before, we went to sleep upon the grass. At dawn I awoke,
-raised myself up to look at him, and beheld him dead at my side. So
-great was my fear on beholding that that I immediately descended to
-the village with the determination to confess and change my life. I
-have found an occasion when the father is here, and I wish to make
-use of it." I counseled her as to what she would better do, and told
-her to be ever mindful of the mercy that God had shown her. Literally
-was the remark of God verified in this case, namely, that "two shall
-be sleeping, and one shall be taken and the other left." [8] The poor
-wretched youth suddenly attacked by death would run enough risk if
-one thought of the time and occasion when he was summoned.
-
-We practiced all the ceremonies of the church from Palm Sunday to
-the day of the Resurrection. They had their altar; the chief of the
-village gave all the wax that was used on it. I remember that, when
-the mandato [9] was being preached, the good old man was softened,
-and suddenly kneeled down, weeping and sobbing. That devotion drew
-tears from me and the rest, and with them was the sermon finished.
-
-20. All of those people are, as villagers of the mountain regions,
-sincere, and without a bit of malice. They attend church with great
-devotion, and no word is spoken to them that does not fructify;
-therefore the gospel will continually spread among them. But there
-they are held by a mass every two or three years; those who die remain
-dead; and immediately the cura takes great care in collecting the
-tribute from them, and the personal services and fees.
-
-21. One of the great conveniences for the Indians in having religious
-in their districts is that, since the latter are changed every little
-while, if the Indian who is cowardly is afraid to confess to one,
-or has had a quarrel with him, he unbosoms himself to the other, and
-confesses well and freely to him. But if he once exhibits fear of the
-cura, or the cura gets angry at him, it is very difficult for him
-to show clearly what is in his breast when he goes to confess. He
-who made the confession to me that covered the thirty years had
-been silent about some matters, through fear and terror. This point
-is worthy of consideration. The fathers of the Society had been in
-that island in previous years; and they had four missionaries there,
-who labored very earnestly. The seculars to whom it belonged before
-went to law with them. It was returned to the seculars, and only one
-cura is stationed there to administer what was administered by the
-four religious. Already one can see what must become of it. This is
-to seek Quæ sua sunt, non quæ Jesu Christi. [10] There were visitas
-where the cura had not set foot for fourteen years.
-
-22. On the day of the Resurrection, after the mass, and after the
-mystery had been explained to the people, and some rice, potatoes,
-eggs, and fruit had been distributed among some poor people who
-had come to me, I went overland to another village. I slept on the
-way in the shade of some trees. There I encountered an infidel from
-the mountains, who had an excellent disposition. I showed him many
-kindnesses, but since no inclinations [toward the faith] had preceded,
-they availed but little. Next day I lodged in the house of another
-infidel, who treated me very well. These Indians and thousands of
-others do not become baptized because they fear the tribute and
-personal services, as I have already observed in another place.
-
-23. We arrived at the village of Santiago, which has a very
-poor climate, and is much exposed to the attacks of the hostile
-Camucones. The year before, some of them had been captured; and one
-of them said to me: "Father, my wife was giving birth to a child in
-this house, when the enemies arrived. I jumped through that window
-and some followed me. The others, especially the women who were in my
-house, were captured. They were taken along that path, and my wife,
-being weak and exhausted, could not walk. To make her go forward they
-kept striking her with clubs, and I watched it from behind here,
-quite powerless to aid her. She was carrying the newborn infant on
-one arm, and while there those men cleft it in twain from its head
-down with a catan and left it there." O barbarous cruelty! All that
-saddened my heart, and fear would not allow me to sleep, and daily I
-found my health getting worse. I said to the Indians that we should go
-to another place which was more healthful and safe, and they agreed
-to it. In a short time they built a chapel there and a little house
-for me. They built huts in their own manner for themselves, which are
-sufficient to protect them from the air and the rains. Cold there is
-not, but the heat is excessive.
-
-24. One of the Chinese boats which was en route to Manila by way of
-that island stopped there. The Chinaman, named Gote, told me how he
-had outwitted six hostile boats by a trick and his boldness. His boat
-carried a father of the Society, and one Spaniard. Seeing that the
-enemy were about to attack him, he anticipated them. He ran up his
-flag, sounded his gongs, summoning and inviting them to fight and made
-for them. The enemy got together to take counsel, and the result was
-that they fled. The Chinaman told me, in his broken Spanish: "Those
-people neither saw nor knew what I was carrying in my boat. They also
-fear death. Had I fled, without doubt I would have been killed. Was
-it not better then to attack? They must have thought or suspected
-that I had arms; for who would risk his own life?" On the day of
-St. Philip and St. James I was in great tribulation. I was confessing
-in the chapel. I noticed that the seat in which I was seated, which
-was of bamboo, was shaking. I imagined that some dog was under it,
-and asked the Indian to drive it away from there. He answered: "No,
-Father, it is not a dog, but an earthquake." It increased in violence
-so much that, abandoning my penitent, I knelt down and begged God for
-mercy. I thought that surely the end of the world was come. I have seen
-many earthquakes, but none so severe as that. At the close I said:
-"If that earthquake has been as violent in Manila, not one stone has
-remained upon another." I learned afterward that it had caused some
-damage, although it was not great. The distance thence to Manila is
-very nearly one hundred leguas and there is a goodly stretch of water
-in between.
-
-25. During those days I gave instruction and confession and
-administered the communion to all. There were no adults to baptize,
-but there were children. As the heat increased, together with the
-danger of the enemy and my lack of health, I resolved to return,
-although not a little sorry to leave two more visitas, twenty leguas
-from that place. I reached Nanhoan by passing again through the same
-villages by which I had come. During that voyage I observed that,
-having ascended a river and told the Indians to prepare me a place
-wherein to say mass and another in which to sleep that night, they made
-the whole thing in two hours, by making a covering above that place
-with only the leaves of the wild palm. That night a very heavy shower
-fell, but not a single drop leaked inside the shelter. Then and on
-many other occasions I have noticed that each leaf was so large that
-an Indian carried it by dragging it; and since they are fan-shaped,
-and have channels, and are strong, they could withstand as much rain
-as might fall. In another village an incident happened that caused
-the Indians great fear, and myself not a little wonder. The Indians
-were down at the shore, mending the boat in which I was going to
-embark, when suddenly a well-known fish came out of the water, which
-we call picuda, [11] and the Portuguese vicuda. It seized an Indian
-so firmly by the instep that it began to drag him into the sea. His
-companions hastened to his rescue and made the fish loose its prey
-by means of clubs and stones, and return to the water. They brought
-the young fellow to me wounded. He confessed, and was very sick. He
-recovered his health afterward, but was lame in that foot. Those men
-were astonished, for they had never seen or heard that that fish went
-ashore, and much less that it attacked men.
-
-26. There is a fine lake near Nanhoan [12] which is so full of fish,
-especially skates, that one can sometimes catch them with the hands,
-take out the eggs and let the fish go. If those eggs be salted, they
-make a fine accompaniment for rice and are considered a dainty. While
-I was there an Indian woman came to bathe, but she remained behind in
-the teeth of a crocodile. I left for Manila, and a chief and his son
-with four Indians set out from the southern side. The enemy met them
-and, although they resisted, they were captured and taken prisoners
-to Mindanao. The Lord delivered me and those with me. I passed
-the bay of Batangas and went round by way of the lake of Lombon,
-[13] which is very beautiful. From Manila, where I remained several
-days, I went to Batam, where I suffered the greatest discomforts and
-uneasiness from witches or goblins. We do not know what it was, but
-the result showed that it was a work of the devil. Considerable danger
-to any man was not experienced, but we heard rumblings and noises,
-and stones were thrown. The house became dirty in an instant, and was
-clean again as quickly. Chairs were overthrown with great swiftness,
-and we could not see who moved them; and such things as that did we
-see with our eyes. We passed whole nights without sleeping.
-
-27. One of those nights another [disturbance occurred]; when I had
-already retired, and the noise was somewhat silenced, the fiscal
-and governor and some other Indians came into the sleeping-room to
-see whether they could discover anything. They were advancing very
-courageously and threatening with punishment those persons who were
-disturbing the house; but they had no sooner entered than a stairway
-fell down upon them, showering them with a mass of stones, sand, and
-mud. They were so scared that they never returned to make another
-examination. I was summoned to Manila, whereupon I was delivered
-from that most vexatious trouble, which had continued for months;
-and others had much to suffer and endure.
-
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VI
-
-Of my second mission to Mindoro
-
-
-1. I entered the college of Santo Thomàs for the third time, and that
-time it was to teach the morning classes in theology. The last of
-April of the following year, the archbishop assigned Don Christoval
-Sarmiento, cura of Nuestra Señora de Guia, as visitor of Mindoro. He
-asked me to go in his company, and he did not have to beg me urgently,
-for the air at the college was very bad for me. The father provincial
-gave his consent, and, having taken one of my pupils as associate,
-we all went up-stream together, and then crossed over to the sea;
-and, on the day of the Cross in May, I preached in Bacò. The devotion
-of the Indians to the cross is very remarkable; they venerate and
-celebrate it to the greatest degree imaginable. There is no Indian
-village which is not full of crosses, and the Indians set up and
-fix them with great neatness. As we entered the first visita on our
-way up-stream, we were overtaken by a furious storm, and passed a
-miserable night indeed in the boat, which was very small. For the
-second time we crossed over the mountain of the leeches, with great
-suffering. I had left the second visita until my return. A chief asked
-me to confess him, but I told him to wait a few days until my return,
-when I would have plenty of time. He insisted and begged me to hear
-him confess. I did so, and when I returned he was already dead. I
-considered that it was the result of his predestination. I remember
-that he confessed very well and with great tenderness of heart.
-
-2. I reached the village with the beautiful location of which I have
-already written. But since the Camucones had in the preceding year
-captured the chief of it on his leaving Nanhoan, I found it changed
-now and all the people sad and disconsolate. I talked with his wife,
-who was in mourning, and confessed her. Before I had confessed her,
-it is true that she had never uncovered her face. Such sedateness and
-modesty as this is observed by many Indian women, even by villagers. I
-consoled her as well as I could. In another village before we reached
-that of Santiago, many Indians were assembled; we remained there for
-a considerable time. I noted there that the dogs barked excessively
-during the night, and, as it was a dangerous place on account of
-the Camucones, that caused some anxiety. I asked the Indians the
-reason for so much barking. They answered: "Father, there are many
-crocodiles in this river. When the dogs wish to cross over to the
-other side they gather in one spot and bark for a long time until
-they believe that the crocodiles have collected there (for it is a
-fact that is well known that crocodiles look for dogs as cats do for
-rats); and then, some of the dogs running above and some below, they
-cross over safe and secure from the crocodiles. That happens nightly,
-and consequently, there is no [cause for] anxiety when they are heard
-to bark." I wondered, and I remembered that I had read that the dogs
-of the Nile region do the same thing.
-
-3. On one of those days a spy of the enemy came to us, who beguiled
-us with a thousand idle stories. When we began to discover somewhat
-of his purpose, it was impossible to find him. An Indian soon came
-from the other visitas with the news that ten hostile caracoas were
-sailing for that place. The Indians took to the mountains immediately,
-and we were left alone with our servants. On receiving that bad news,
-we determined to return, grieving deeply at seeing the impediments
-that were unexpectedly arising to prevent our mission to the most
-needy villages. While returning, I heard of many skirmishes that
-the Indians had had with the Camucones, but the former always came
-off the worse. Before reaching Manila, we heard that the ship "San
-Diego" which arrived from Mexico with Don Pedro de Villarroel as
-commander, had been wrecked at Balaian. I heard the commander Don
-Pedro de Mendiola say that that ship had cost his Majesty more
-than two hundred thousand pesos. That was the famous "San Diego"
-which was used as a fort when the Dutch attacked Manila. All the
-Dutch ships discharged their artillery at it, and it received them
-all on one side, for it was beached. More than one thousand balls
-were found, and of the two thousand that were fired at it, not one
-passed through it. The timber of that country is uncommonly good, as
-is also the strength with which the ships are built. The ship which
-went to Acapulco that year suffered violent storms, and one huge sea
-carried off fourteen sailors, according to a letter that I saw. Those
-of the ship afterward affirmed the same thing, and they also said
-that when the wave that carried the men off subsided it had thrown
-them again into the waist of the ship, which was a piece of marvelous
-good fortune. He who has traveled even a little by water will have no
-difficulty in seeing how this could be. Years before, the sailors in
-Cavite say, another sea, which had broken upon a ship when making the
-same voyage, had dragged off thirty-six men; a great wave that. Some
-few were saved, but the others were buried in the waters. When Don
-Pedro de Villarroel returned, he who is now the archbishop of Manila,
-Don Fray Juan Lopez, wrote me that a heavy sea had completely torn
-away the stern gallery. I had seen the ship before, and it was so
-staunch that it seems incredible that a wave should do such damage. At
-that time one would believe that some spirit stood in Mariveles with
-a cutlass in his hand, forbidding the entrance of any ship into the
-bay. Thus did I preach in the port of Cavite. The ship which Don Diego
-Faxardo had built in Camboxa came near there, and was wrecked on the
-Japanese shoals, where some persons of quality were drowned. After
-it left Mexico under command of Lorenco de Ugalde, while it was in
-a river, so furious a storm struck it that whatever of the ship was
-above water was cut away and driven ashore; and some men were flung
-against the masts to which they remained clinging, where they were
-afterwards found, to the surprise [of their rescuers]. Considerable
-money was lost and considerable was stolen. It was told in Manila,
-as a positive fact, that the commander had obtained from cards
-alone twelve thousand pesos between Acapulco and that place. Who
-would believe such a thing here? In Pangasinan there were thunder,
-lightning, and earthquakes; and rocks fell, and stones so large that
-they weighed five arrobas. Bishop Cardenas wrote about that to the
-governor and Audiencia, and added that he himself had seen some of
-the above-mentioned stones. It was inferred that the stones had come
-from some volcano, but no one ever heard where they had come from.
-
-3 [sic]. The loss of so many ships caused us great sadness of
-heart. The greatest hardship fell to the Indians, for they cannot
-live without ships. When one is lost it is necessary to build another,
-and that means the cutting of wood. Six or eight thousand Indians are
-assembled for that task, and go to the mountains. On them falls the
-vast labor of cutting and dragging the timber in. To that must be added
-the blows that are rained down upon them, and the poor pay, and bad
-nourishment that they receive. At times, religious are sent to protect
-and defend them from the infernal fury of some Spaniards. Moreover,
-in the timber collected for one ship there is [actually enough] for
-two ships. Many gain advantage at the cost of the Indians' sweat,
-and later others make a profit in Cavite, as I have seen.
-
-4. Before leaving Manila, it will be apropos to say something of
-that island. I shall say nothing particular of the islands of Oton,
-Iloilo, Zibu, Marinduque, Romblon, Caraga, [14] Calamianes, and
-others (all of which belong to our king, are inhabited by Indians,
-and are administered by religious or curas), for I was not in them. I
-know that they abound in rice, the larger cattle, wax, cotton, and
-the common fruits. But, as remarked, I do not know the details from
-experience. Only I am certain that the nests built by the swallows from
-the sea foam, on the crags near the shores, are valued highly, and are
-very delicious. When cooked with meat, they are a marvel and contain
-much nourishment. They are given as presents in Manila. Those which are
-carried to China are worth many ducados, as I wrote. They are abundant
-in Calamianes, but I imagine that the same must be true of other
-islands also; for the Portuguese trade in this commodity in Sian and
-Camboxa for China. When dry they resemble a little ash-colored earth,
-but they change appearance after being washed and cooked. There is no
-doubt that gold is found in all the islands named, in some more than
-in others. The island of Manila is the largest and most celebrated. It
-extends from nine or ten degrees south latitude to more than nineteen
-in the north. From east to west it is very unequal. Manila, which is
-the capital of all the islands, is near a large river and very near
-the sea. There reside the governor, four auditors, one fiscal, the
-archbishop, three royal officials, the alguaçil-mayor of the court,
-and the municipal corporation with its two alcaldes-in-ordinary,
-regidors, and alguaçil mayor. The old cathedral was overthrown
-by the great earthquake of St. Andrew's [day] of 46. Another was
-built later, but it was not finished in my time. There is a very
-spacious and beautiful royal chapel and the convents of St. Dominic,
-St. Francis, St. Augustine, the Society [of Jesus], St. Nicolas [i.e.,
-the Recollect convent], Santa Clara, and St. John of God; besides two
-colleges--ours of Santo Thomas, which is a university incorporated,
-and affiliated with that of Mexico; and that of San Joseph, of the
-Society of Jesus. There is a fine royal hospital; a church of Santa
-Potenciana with a house for the shelter of respectable women; and a
-fine church of the Misericordia with a seminary where many Spanish
-orphan girls are reared and given dowers for marriage. The best people
-of Manila look after that seminary. The [post of] head brother of the
-Misericordia is one of the highest offices in that community. When I
-had to preach in that church one year, I read the rules professed by
-that confraternity, and they instructed me in some things. One thing
-was, that during one of the former years they had distributed in alms
-alone to the respectable poor thirty-six thousand reals of eight. The
-city has very fine houses and palaces inside; while outside of it
-are orchards, gardens, and many baths, which are most necessary for
-relief from the excessive heat there. The walls, ramparts, cavaliers,
-covert-ways, and diamond-points which surround the city are as much
-as can be desired. The site is impregnable in itself, and, even if it
-were not, the fortifications are sufficient to protect the city. The
-artillery is heavy and excellent. It is one of the best strongholds
-that his Majesty owns. Outside its walls it has a Babylon of villages
-and people on all sides. The river girdles the wall on the north side,
-and has a fine bridge, which is well garrisoned. As these things are
-already known, I shall not spend time with them.
-
-5. In their books the Chinese have mentioned the island of Manila,
-which they call Liu Sung. [15] They say that it is a land where gold
-abounds, and in that they say truly and rightly. The provinces of
-Pangasinan and Ilocos are more remarkable in this regard than any
-other. Rice is abundant and good. There is the rice of forty days,
-so that it is sown, grows, and is dried, harvested, and eaten in
-forty days--a very remarkable thing. There is rice of two months,
-of three, and of five. There are also fine lands for wheat, if there
-were any system and method in sowing it. If any Indians sow it, it is
-levied upon in the king's name; and consequently, the Indians do not
-devote themselves to that work. In my time, wheat was worth ninety
-pesos per fanega. If they would sow it in that country, it would be
-very cheap. The larger cattle are too cheap, so greatly have they
-multiplied. A large and strong bull is worth four pesos, according
-to the established price. Goats are not wanting, and there are
-innumerable deer and very many buffaloes. The males of the buffaloes
-have been crossed with cows, and the result has been a third and very
-strange-appearing species. There are ducks, chickens, sugar, wax, and
-wood that is called here Brazil-wood; there is so much of this that
-it costs only the cutting. Excellent rattan is found in the greatest
-abundance, and more than enough cotton to clothe the people of the
-country. Wines and brandy, made from nipa and other materials, are not
-wanting, nor people to drink them. There are many delicious fruits. The
-guayava, [16] which has spread so fast that it is destroying the
-pasturage, is the finest [kind of fruit]--raw, cooked, prepared in
-preserves, and in jelly; it is good in all forms. The reason why it
-has multiplied to such an extent is that crows and birds eat of it
-and afterward drop the stones to the ground, and wherever the latter
-fall they take root. The Portuguese told me that the sandalwood of the
-island of Timor had increased in that way, without any other labor,
-as I have already written. That tree also bears a small fruit which
-the birds eat, and whose stones they reject which immediately take
-root without any other cultivation being necessary. There are macupas,
-bilimbins, pahos, santols, and papaws, [17] any of which can compete
-with the best fruit here. There is also the nangca, [18] which is the
-best fruit in the world. Some of them weigh over forty libras. They
-are delicious, and the nuts or seeds which each mouthful encloses in
-itself are very savory, raw or roasted. This fruit grows on the trunk
-of the tree, and on the large branches, but not on the small ones,
-as it would be impossible for their weight to be borne there. That
-tree has no flower. Father Kirquero [19] greatly admired that fruit,
-and the fruit of the pineapple (or ananasses, as the Portuguese
-call them). He says that they have those fruits in China, but he was
-deceived in that regard; they grow in that part of the world, but not
-in China. The Portuguese praise the ananasses of Malaca highly. They
-are good, and without doubt there is but little difference between
-them and those of Manila; even those which I ate in Nueva España
-seemed just like them. The small sapota and black sapotas, which are
-numerous and good, grow there. [20] There are found, above all, ates,
-[21] which for odor and taste I consider superior to all the fruits
-that God has created. There are bananas, seven or eight varieties,
-some better than others; and the same [may be said] of oranges. The
-lemons of Manila are small. Flowers of innumerable varieties are
-found, and odoriferous herbs in the same way. Sweet basil and sage
-grow in the plain, so tall and wide-spreading that it is a wonder to
-see them. There are many palms--cocoa, areca, and other species. The
-cocoas are the most useful. Before the cocoanut sprouts from the
-flower-stalk, a precious liquor is extracted which is called tuba
-by the Indians, and in Eastern India sura. It is distilled at night,
-and is a delicious and most healthful beverage by morning. If it be
-boiled it lasts all day. A fine syrup and excellent honey are made
-from it, and I have made them. The distillations of the day are
-made into wine, and also into the finest of vinegar. A fine tow is
-made from the outside shell of the cocoanut, which is used for the
-calking of ships and other craft. Excellent ropes and fuses are made
-of it for all sorts of firearms, which are used by the musketeers and
-arquebusiers. From the inside shell are made elegant drinking-cups
-for water and chocolate. The water contained inside the cocoanut is
-drunk, and, if the cocoanut is tender, it is a very sweet and healthful
-beverage. The cocoanut is roasted for the sick, and after it settles
-the said water is drunk and produces excellent results. From the
-white flesh into which the water is gradually converted, a milk is
-extracted, with which they cook many of their eatables, among these
-their rice. An excellent conserve called buchayo by the Indians is
-made from it. Good oil is also extracted from this nut; and from
-the residue of that process the natives and creoles make a very
-savory dish with rice. There remain then the trunk and branches
-[of the tree], which have many other uses. The bamboos are also
-very useful. Some of them are as thick as the thigh. Chairs, tables,
-houses, very large churches, fences about the stockyards, scaffolds
-for buildings, and innumerable other things are made from them. There
-is an abundance of fish, fine shellfish, including oysters, iguanas,
-[22] (which, although they have an infernal shape, are the finest
-kind of food), and the finest shads and pampanos. In the island of
-Manila and other islands dependent on it only a little coolness is
-needed, although there are parts somewhat temperate. For the rest,
-nothing else is needed than to take care of them. Other persons will
-secure rich harvests, but his Majesty gets nothing, although private
-persons gain from all of them. That country has temperatures for all
-products that are desired--for wheat, cloves, cinnamon, and pepper,
-and for mulberry trees from which the silkworms are fed. There is
-considerable excellent tobacco. Ebony in as great quantities as are
-desired, and sandalwood (although it is not fine) are also found in
-the mountains. Precious stones called bezoars are found in deer; I
-saw a very fine one, valued, it was said, at many ducados. A deer had
-been struck with a harpoon, which remained in the deer's body while
-the animal still lived. After some time the deer was killed, and the
-harpoon was found in its proper shape all covered with bezoar. One
-point was broken off, and in that way the head was laid bare, to the
-wonder of all who saw it. As arrowheads are poisoned, it was said that
-that stone, as it had prevented the poison of the said harpoon, must
-be a marvelous antidote against all poisons. I forgot to consider
-the fertility of the land of Manila. It suffices to say that six
-short leguas from that city there are certain lands, called Tunacan,
-[23] which yield one hundred and thirty fanegas of rice to one fanega
-sown in them. [24] That appears to me to be as much as can be desired.
-
-6. Other minor matters pertaining to Manila were overlooked by me,
-which it is not proper to bury in silence. One is of a seminary for
-boys, called San Juan de Letran. It was founded by a religious, a
-lay-brother of my order, one Fray Diego de Santa Maria. [25] In my
-time it had more than two hundred boys, and was of great benefit to
-those islands. The way in which the boys were managed was inimitable
-in any other seminary. They were taught reading, writing, grammar,
-and music there. Those who studied the arts and theology went to our
-college. They were given two suits of clothes per year, and received
-religious instruction. In the morning, before breakfast, they recited
-aloud in chorus one-third of the rosary, at noon another third, and at
-evening the remaining third, and the salve chanted with the litany of
-our Lady; and at midnight of important feasts, the matins. While they
-were eating at dinner and supper one of them read at the table. They
-confessed and took communion every month, and were punished or
-rewarded. Some of those boys became soldiers, some secular priests,
-and some took the habit in the convents of St. Francis, St. Augustine,
-and St. Dominic, so that the seminary was a general camp of soldiers,
-both temporal and spiritual. An encomienda was obtained from his
-Majesty to aid in their support. Alms were obtained from burials [26]
-and also from the Indians. It is certainly a heroic work. I am told
-that they have been taken inside the city now, and the most influential
-religious of the province live there, and, during these later years,
-those who have been provincials of the order.
-
-7. All of us in this country see another very peculiar thing--namely,
-that although the city is small, and the Spaniards few in number, yet
-thousands of Chinese, mestizos, and natives are maintained for their
-service, so that there are about two hundred Chinese carpenters in the
-Parián, beside those of the other trades, and all of them are always
-employed in Manila by the Spaniards. There are about two hundred
-Chinese and mestizo barbers, all of whom live on the Spaniards;
-and others in the same proportion. Outside the walls there is a
-famous hospital for the natives, which is well taken care of by the
-Franciscan fathers who have charge of it. Opposite the fortress of
-San Gabriel lies our charge, namely, the care of the Chinese. There
-one finds a Chinese physician, Chinese medicines, a religious who
-understands the Chinese language, a nurse, and servants who have
-charge of everything. Rarely does one die without baptism, and many
-of them show abundant signs of salvation. All the neighborhood of
-Manila, except the part that borders on the sea, is filled with
-villages and churches--that of the Parián being ours, where there is
-always a religious who knows the Chinese language. Dilao is a village
-of Japanese, and has a Franciscan religious. The parish church of
-Santiago is for Spaniards who live outside the walls; also that of
-Nuestra Señora de Guia, which has a very miraculous image. Our image
-of the Rosary is most miraculous, and it is the consolation of all
-the city and of the islands. It is said that they have made imperial
-crowns for the Son and the Mother, even more precious than those which
-I said were possessed by our Lady of the Rosary and her Blessed Son
-in Mexico. The Recollect fathers of our father St. Augustine have
-[an image], an Ecce Homo, which excites devotion most powerfully,
-and has been taken to the hearts of all people. It was placed in
-position amid great rejoicing and imposing ceremonies, shortly after
-the arrival of Don Sabiniano Manrique de Lara--who took part therein
-very fervently, and who went to hear mass in that sanctuary every
-Friday throughout the year.
-
-8. Some influential persons of the city died during those years. Among
-them were Don Francisco Diaz de Mendoça, noble, virtuous, and beloved
-by all; the commander Don Pedro de Mendiola, a fine soldier and very
-gentlemanly, who was governor of Terrenate and castellan of Cavite,
-and held other important posts; Sargento-mayor Navarro, or, as he
-was otherwise called, "the just judge" (his father-in-law, Diego
-Enriquez de Losada, a man of well-known virtue, was drowned in the
-Camboxa ship). Of the secular priests died the two best bonnets [27]
-that those islands have had, namely, Don Juan de Ledo and Don Alonso
-Zapata, both dignidades of the cathedral and doctors of our university,
-and notable in teaching and in the pulpit. I believe that no one of
-the dignidades of my time is still living.
-
-9. The members of the Audiencia of that time were Don Sebastian
-Cavallero de Medina, a creole of Mexico; Don Albaro Fernandez de
-Ocampo, a native of Madrid; Don Francisco Samaniego y Ivesta, a
-Montañes; and Don Salvador de Espinosa, a creole of Vera-Cruz; and the
-fiscal, Don N. de Bolivar. All showed me many favors. I have dedicated
-conclusions [28] to the second and third, and others afterward also
-to Don Sabiniano who was present in the royal Audiencia. [Then there
-were] the master-of-camp, Don Pedro de Almonte, and the sargento-mayor,
-Don Martin de Ocadiz, who had gone as commandant of the relief sent
-that year to Terrenate. The commissary of the Holy Office was father
-Fray Francisco de Paula, who had been provincial, and filled that
-office for the second time afterward, a man of great influence in
-all things. At that time, then, I resolved to leave the islands.
-
-10. A very holy and Catholic action that occurred in Manila during
-the preceding years had slipped my memory; it is very proper that
-it be known by all, and venerated and applauded by the sons of
-the Church. When the Catholics were exiled from Japon, they went,
-as is known, to Manila. The welcome, good treatment, kindnesses,
-and presents that were showered upon those confessors of Jesus
-Christ cannot be imagined; the people tried to outdo one another in
-showing their piety. Not a few sick and leprous persons arrived,
-and yet was charity so great that they were taken into the houses
-to be treated; and those who obtained some of them even considered
-themselves fortunate. They were regarded as saints, and were esteemed
-a great reliquary of inestimable value. Governor, auditors, citizens,
-religious, and soldiers engaged in a scuffle, [29] in common phrase,
-in order to secure a Japanese whether well or sick. No doubt that
-caused great edification among the heathen people from China, who were
-watching everything. Although the Chinese see and notice our faults,
-on that occasion they experienced the marvelous effects of our holy
-law. To have there such and so many witnesses must have made them see
-that our conduct and mode of living was such that they would recognize
-it here and glorify our God and Lord.... I heard later that some of the
-people in Europa did not act so kindly to the exiles from Irlanda....
-
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VII
-
-Of the departure from Manila, and the voyage to Macasar
-
-
-1. Don Sabiniano Manrique was governing to the satisfaction of the
-community. No governor in the world has ever kept all the people
-satisfied, or ever will. However, some restless fellows were not
-wanting, a thing that no human prudence can avoid. But it is a
-very strong argument for his good government that the commander Don
-Francisco Enriquez de Losada wrote in the year sixty-six (and I have
-his letter in my possession) that all the people, and especially the
-religious, were calling for Don Sabiniano. I never heard that they
-cried out for others. This is most sufficient testimony for the praise
-and credit of that illustrious gentleman. Although his Lordship had
-given me his word to provide me with quarters in the ship which was
-going to Acapulco that year, the terror that reigned in my soul at the
-thought of passing those seas, and other things, induced me to take
-passage with my old friend, the commander Christoval Romero. All my
-viaticum and supplies resolved themselves into sixty reals of eight,
-four tunics, and two habits, that I might travel more lightly and
-unimpeded. I left my cloak with a friend, and went without that and
-other things No voyage by water can be assured, even if only for a
-few leguas; and it is folly to appoint it for fixed days.
-
-2. We set sail on the fourteenth of February, and I confess that I
-was soon depressed, and feared that the voyage would turn out ill;
-for the seamen, who in accordance with all good reasoning ought to
-live with greater discretion and fear, commenced to go astray. The
-east winds were blustering by that time, but to us it appeared that
-they had shut themselves up in their secret treasuries. We reached
-Zamboanga March six, where we met the relief ship that was en route to
-Terrenate. It had taken on rice and meat at Oton, and their commandant
-was already dead. At seven o'clock at night we continued our journey,
-and in a sudden squall the sail swept our best sailor into the sea,
-and he stayed there. That misfortune increased my terrors. During
-our crossing to the island of Macasar, a distance of sixty leguas,
-the storms were furious; the waves the most terrible ever seen; the
-samatras most powerful, although of short duration; and, above all,
-pilots were unreliable. One morning we awoke to find ourselves among
-some rugged cliffs and huge rocks; I know not how that boat got among
-them without being dashed to pieces. We escaped out of that danger,
-to fall into greater ones. In four or five days we found the weather
-very clear until half-past eleven o'clock; but when we went to take
-[observations of] the sun the sky would be darkened and covered
-with clouds, and we with gloom. The shore was on our left hand--at a
-distance of about two leguas at times, as we found out afterward; but
-it was so covered with clouds that we could not descry it. We proceeded
-for one day with a most favoring wind and weather straight toward our
-objective point. Our people fancied that it was an immense bay, and
-seeing land to the north, went thither in that mistaken belief. The
-current opposed us so powerfully that, the wind having freshened
-considerably, we could not gain a palmo of land. As we then were, we
-should have reached Macasar in one week; but my sins were the reason
-why we did not arrive until the following October. To reach that land,
-we placed ourselves in the care of God and fortune. On Holy Saturday,
-(the last of March) when we tried to cast anchor we felt the boat
-ground upon some shoals. I cannot describe the confusion that arose,
-and what I saw and suffered. All cried out "Lower the sails!" but no
-one attempted to lower them. I got into a corner to commend myself
-to God, for I thought that the end had come. The sea went down,
-and we saw that we were surrounded by sandbanks and shoals, except
-for the channel, through which we had sailed under the guidance of
-God. The stern was in fourteen brazas and the bow was hard and fast. We
-worked more than half the night; and, luckily for us, the weather was
-clear and calm. The sea rose, and, with the tow-ropes that were cast
-out and the other efforts that were made, the ship was set afloat
-without having sprung a leak. At dawn we set sail once more. O! what
-a sad Easter was ours! Our supplies were daily diminishing, and the
-perplexity in which we were was increasing hourly. In fine, after a
-week we found ourselves embayed, and could find no outlet into the
-sea. Small boats were plying to and fro in that region. They took
-us for pirates, and we took them for robbers, so that we fled from
-each other without finding any way of getting light on the place
-where we were. We had already found by the sun that we were lost,
-for we were two degrees in north latitude, which did not accord
-with our sailing directions. We spent another week in getting out of
-that bay. We saw clearly the land of the other side, and as we had
-good weather to cross the commander wished, contrary to the opinion
-of all, to remain and to anchor until next day. As we were eating
-he said to us: "All oppose me. Is not your Reverence of my opinion
-that we should cross on Saturday morning?" I answered "Sir, the best
-time for crossing is when God gives us a good wind." He was silent,
-but stuck to his opinion. At three in the afternoon on the second
-day of the crossing, on the eve of St. Mark, so strong a southwester
-arose, that it was necessary to run before the wind, near shore,
-without knowing of the shoals that were there. That was one of the
-most wretched nights that I have passed on sea. The mainsail was torn
-into shreds, the yard was broken, the foremast was snapped off, and
-the rod of the steering-gear was broken. We all went into the cabin,
-and recited the rosary and the litanies of our Lady, waiting for what
-God was going to do with us. All had already confessed. After midnight,
-being worn out, I fell asleep in a little corner. When I awakened,
-the wind had ceased, but the dead seas troubled us greatly. We saw
-land near us, and certain landmarks were recognized, by which we
-were not a little consoled. We had been one and one-half months in
-that region. We there encountered the island called Diablo [i.e.,
-Devil's Island], and we could have entered the kingdom of Totole,
-if our courage had not failed us. The commander resolved to turn
-back and go to the kingdom of Bohol, [30] in order to lay in fresh
-supplies. The journey was half over when the wind veered to the bow,
-and we again ran before it. Thus did we plow through that sea. We
-returned the second time to Bohol. We were all but gone, and it was
-my counsel to return. The commander said: "Father, some angel spoke
-through your Reverence's lips; for it is a foregone conclusion that
-we would perish if the furious wind which arose had taken us where we
-were the day before." Some things were purchased. We carried thence
-an Indian from Manila, now half Moroized, who afterward proved a great
-consolation to us, as he was most experienced on that coast. On Corpus
-Christi day we anchored near Totole, where we found Captain Navarro,
-who was also going to Macasar in another champan. We were very joyful
-at that, although our joy was short-lived. By the variation of time
-during the voyage which is made through Eastern India, it is well
-known that twelve hours are gained, while a like time is lost in
-our Indias. From Terrenate to India the reckoning of the Portuguese
-is observed. According to our reckoning, we reached that place on
-Corpus Christi day (a Thursday) which those who were en route from
-Terrenate reckoned as Friday; so that we had eaten flesh at noon,
-and at night when we were in the port we ate fish. We lost that day,
-as well as the following one, which was Saturday--so that, if we had
-anchored at midnight, we would properly have had a week without any
-Friday, and only five days long. As for the divine office, although
-I was not under obligation to recite all the prayers for Friday,
-I recited, since I had time and to spare, those for Thursday and
-those for Friday on the very day of Corpus Christi.
-
-3. We bought a quantity of sago [31] there, called by the Indians in
-Manila yoro. It is the heart of certain palm-trees; when soaked, it
-makes a yellow meal (properly it looks like yellow sand). Certain cakes
-are made from it which serve that people in lieu of bread; we lived on
-it for six months. Although it is a good food for Europeans, at times
-it fails to satisfy the hunger. Sometimes it seemed insipid food, but
-at others it tasted good. That tree is so flexible that it is never cut
-although it may be more than one vara in circumference. In Manila the
-Indians eat this food in time of need. That caused us considerable pity
-when we saw it, for really it is only pounded wood; but then it seemed
-to us to be a great dainty. That site [i.e., Totole] lay in a trifle
-over one degree north latitude. From ten until two the sun beat down
-fiercely, but, at that hour, a heavy shower fell every day, and there
-were terrible thunders and heavy winds that cooled off everything;
-and the nights were so cool that we had to put on heavy clothing.
-
-4. Captain Navarro and the commander agreed between themselves to
-winter there. Our anger at that was great. Two other passengers and
-I tried to buy a boat from the king and to go away in it. Having made
-the agreement and paid the money, the king went back on his bargain,
-and kept more than one-half of the sum paid. He was a great rogue,
-although he treated me with much honor, and always seated me near
-himself. Some very ridiculous things happened to me with him. His
-palace was a little hut of bamboos and straw; but he bore himself
-there with an incredible majesty, and all who spoke to him prostrated
-themselves on the ground. He gave us a banquet, in which he offered us
-some sago cakes, and some very small fish cooked without a particle
-of salt. The prince died there, and I confess that I was astonished
-at the burial. The king and queen went to his funeral, the king with
-wooden shoes and the queen barefoot. When they returned, as the queen
-was going up to her house, a female servant washed her feet on the
-ladder. For twenty-four hours, some swivel-guns which stood at the
-palace door were fired every half hour. The king went into retreat,
-and would not grant audience for many days. He made an auction of
-all his possessions, in order to express his grief; but no one dared
-buy anything. We noted a very extraordinary thing there, namely,
-that the majority of those people did not care for silver. If we
-showed them an eight-real piece and a single real, they preferred
-the single real to the eight-real piece. As long as the single reals
-lasted we lived cheaply, but when we ran out of them, they refused to
-give us as much for an eight-real piece as they had given us for a
-single real. We suffered great hunger. One day I went to the beach,
-and encountered a negro cook of the commander, who was cooking some
-fish. I asked him to give me one or two of them, but he replied:
-"Father, they have been counted." "Then for the love of God, will
-you give me at least a little of that hot water?" "Yes," he said,
-"I will give you that." I went up along the beach, where I found a
-dirty half of a cocoanut-shell, deeply encrusted with sand; I washed it
-with my hands and got my hot water in it. I put into it a half-crust
-of dry sago (even though it remain a whole day in water, the water
-will not penetrate it), and I managed to eat some mouthfuls of it,
-although it was very hard on my teeth, and drank my hot water. With
-that, I was content to take a bit of exercise, and to finish with
-prayer what was lacking to me [for my meal].
-
-5. When the tide went down, the seamen went to catch shellfish on the
-reefs which were exposed. They caught curious kinds of snails, toads,
-and snakes of a thousand forms and shapes. Everything tasted good,
-and we grew fat. I reached such a state that I stole sago, when I got a
-chance and could do it secretly. Many times I asked what dainties were
-more necessary than a little rice boiled in water. In Manila I observed
-very strictly the rules laid down by the physicians that I should not
-eat butter, or this or that; but during the voyage I ate such things,
-that I know not how I lived. Qui dat nivem sicut lanam [32] applies
-here. We left Totole on the first of August. Those cruel men put us
-all in great risk of losing our lives; four of us had already died,
-and others of us were sick. I noted one very curious thing, namely,
-that a poor negro, who had embarked only to beg alms in Macasar,
-began the voyage so weak that he could not stand upright. Yet all
-that hardship and misery (in which he had the greatest share) cured
-him completely; and he fattened so much that he did not appear to
-be the same man. At sunset of the day of our father St. Dominic,
-we crossed the line and entered south latitude. The line crosses
-two islands, called Dos Hermanas [i.e., Two Sisters]. The wind blew
-so cold off shore that we all wrapped ourselves in all the clothes
-that we had. In Europa, in more than 50 degrees north latitude, men
-were burning with the heat at that time, while we under the line were
-shivering with cold. Who can understand that philosophy?... Two days
-after, we reached the kingdom of Caile, [33] which lies in one and
-one-half degrees south latitude. It has an admirable bay, more than
-three leguas long and two wide. As soon as we had anchored, a Manila
-Indian came to us, one Juan de la Cruz. He read very devoutly, and
-had his rosary about his neck. I ransomed him for twenty pesos and
-took him to Macasar, where he proved to be a great rogue. He told
-us that there were two Portuguese there, and we went immediately
-to see them. On the way, we visited a petty king who regaled us on
-cocoanuts. Captain Navarro asked for some water to drink. The queen
-said that there was none in the house, and the king in anger ordered
-them to go for some immediately. On hearing that, the queen went out of
-her apartment instantly, and having taken a large bamboo went straight
-to the river (which was near) for water; then she returned and we had
-our drink. At that place one of the Portuguese overtook us; the other
-was very sick. We went to his house, where Moros, both men and women,
-came to see us; and among them, those infernal monsters of men clad in
-women's clothes, who are married publicly to other men. Nothing has
-ever surprised me more than that. The Portuguese told us there that
-there were men who preferred to marry these [creatures] rather than
-women. They gave two reasons, one that they look after the welfare
-of their husbands carefully; the other that they were very diligent
-and rich, because they alone could be Orives.
-
-6. That is the kingdom where the men and women dress only in paper;
-and, since it is a material which does not last long, the women are
-continually working at it with great industry. The material consists
-of the bark of a small tree, [34] which we saw there. They beat it
-out with a stone into curious patterns, and make it as they desire,
-coarse, fine, and most fine; and they dye it in all colors. Twenty
-paces away, these appear like fine camlets. Much of it is taken to
-Manila and Macao, where I saw excellent bed-curtains [made of it]; in
-cold weather they are as good as one can desire. In the rainy season,
-which is the great enemy of paper, the remedy applied by those people
-is to undress and put one's clothes under one's arm.
-
-7. The men are always busy in making cocoanut oil, of which they sell
-considerable, and pay much in tribute to the king of Macasar. While
-we were there, he sent for ninety thousand celemins of oil. The
-palm-groves in those fields are astonishing. The bananas which that
-land produces are the best in the world, and innumerable. The natives
-live on them and sow no rice nor any other kind of seed. We remained in
-those villages for one week, without eating anything else than bananas
-or drinking anything else than [the juice of] cocoanuts. They raise
-buffaloes, goats, and horses, which they sell. When they hold their
-general assemblies, they eat one or two buffaloes, half raw and half
-roasted. The villages are excellently arranged, and the council-houses
-are admirable. The climate is fine, and the people would pay homage
-to the Spaniards very willingly, as we were told there, merely to be
-freed from the tyrannical dominion of the king of Macasar.
-
-8. I afterward ransomed another Manila Indian. He was sick, and I
-confessed him; but when we arrived at Macasar he died. I gave six
-pesos for him, and would doubtless have given my habit. We left the
-bay, but on St. Bartholomew's eve we were obliged to put back into
-port because of heavy seas. On the Nativity of our Lady we left once
-more, and by slow sailing we reached the kingdom of Mamuyo. [35]
-We made port with great difficulty, and there all the sailors fell
-sick. Together with the sick Portuguese, and two servants whom we
-had, I bought a small boat. While it was being mended, I rested and
-looked after the sick. I saw the king's palace; it was an excellent
-structure, and made of fine woods. We took our departure, the two
-champans remaining anchored there. It cost us our triumph to escape
-from some dangers; but we passed the nights with great ease and
-rest. Of a truth, we committed some acts of rashness. When we reached
-the kingdom of Mandar [36] we found another king, already an old
-man. He treated us well, and immediately sent the prince to see me;
-he was a fine young fellow. Moreover, we went to Macasar together,
-which is the capital of all the island. [There] we found the people
-more civilized. It was God's will, and was due to His mercy, that I
-should reach Macasar nine months and three days after leaving Manila,
-although that voyage had never taken more than forty days. I thought
-that I had reached Paradise. I found two members of my order there,
-and I thought them two angels; and they certainly were that for me,
-for they regaled me as much as their poverty permitted. As for me,
-it is certain that nothing gladdened me so much as to see myself away
-from the sea, among my friends, and where I could say mass.
-
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VIII
-
-Of my stay in the kingdom of Macasar
-
-
-[The large and fertile island of Macasar, which is located near Borneo,
-is ruled by one called the sumbanco (signifying "emperor"), who has
-many petty kings subject to him. Commerce is brisk, and ships from
-Manila, Goa, and Macao, and Dutch and English ships, frequent the
-island. The Portuguese of Malacca and the Mahometans from Siam were
-the first to publish the name of God there. "Before that trade opened,
-they were all heathen; they thought it well to accept one of the two
-faiths, and to follow it. Not to err in so necessary a matter, they
-resolved to employ a ridiculous method, namely, to despatch at the same
-time a boat to Sian for Moros, and another to Malacca for religious,
-agreeing that they would receive the first ones who arrived." The Moros
-arrived first through the fault of the Portuguese. When Malacca falls
-to the Dutch, many Portuguese and mestizos take refuge at Macasar,
-where they are well received and form a considerable settlement. It
-is a haven for traders, for there are no duties of any kind, but
-the captains need only make presents to the sumbanco. The prince
-receives Navarrete well, and visits him at the house of an influential
-Portuguese. The churches of the Dominicans and Jesuits have been
-destroyed at the request of the bishop of Malacca, whence have arisen
-various troubles. Soon after, Navarrete pays a visit to the prince
-in the palace, where he sees various books and maps that had belonged
-to the missions. An embassy at that time from Jacatra finally results
-in war with the Dutch, who conquer the natives in 1670, and carry off
-the sumbanco and prince. As a consequence all the Portuguese leave the
-island. At Macasar, Navarrete meets the chief of Mindoro who had been
-captured four years before. The missionary preaches in Macasar through
-Lent, but the native rulers do not become Christians. Two Portuguese
-arrested for a murder by the sumbanco are promised life if they will
-renounce Christianity. One, refusing, is killed immediately; the other,
-acquiescing, is allowed to live, but soon escapes to Macao. Many of the
-Portuguese slaves have become Mahometans; and, in addition, Christians
-and Mahometans are living together in concubinage. In Borneo are more
-than four thousand captive Indians from Manila. "In all the islands of
-that archipelago there are Indians from Philipinas, either refugees
-or captives. Wherever I have been, from China to Surrate, I found
-people from Manila and its islands. People try, forsooth, to impute
-the decrease of the Indians to other and fanciful beginnings; but let
-them be well treated, and they will not flee. Let them be protected,
-and they will not be captured. No vessel leaves Manila, whether it is
-of Portuguese, or Siamese, or Cambodians, etc., that does not carry
-Indians from the islands." In May, 1658, a Portuguese ship from Goa
-arrives at the island with information of the loss of Ceylon. Among
-its passengers are some Franciscans and Jesuits. Navarrete, tired
-of the sea, determines to go to Macan with the other religious,
-and devote his life to the Chinese missions.]
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-CONDITION OF THE CLERGY OF THE PHILIPPINES
-
-
-The procurator-general of the Dominicans in Madrid, Fray Pedro Diaz
-del Cosio, made a representation to the queen-regent in August, 1674,
-in regard to the condition of the clergy of the islands, because of
-the almost perpetual vacancies [in the sees] of the archbishop and
-bishops, and the excessive subjection in which the governors held them,
-and the harsh treatment accorded them. [37]
-
-He represented that the bishopric of Nueva Caceres had been vacant
-for about thirty-one years; and that he who had last been presented
-(on September 30, 1672) had not obtained the bulls from his Holiness.
-
-That the bishopric of Cebu had not had any bishop who was regularly
-appointed and who took possession, for about nineteen years, when Don
-Fray Juan Lopez assumed that post in 1666; that the latter had been
-promoted to the bishopric of Manila; that Don Diego de Aguilar was
-presented in 1672, a Dominican of the age of sixty years, but had not
-yet, at that date (1674), obtained the bulls (although he had accepted
-the dignity)--without doubt, because he was old and lived in Mejico.
-
-That the bishopric of Nueva Segovia had been vacant for about
-fifteen years, since the death of the last bishop, Don Fray Rodrigo de
-Cardenas, [38] a Dominican; for he who had then (1674) been presented,
-namely, Don Jose Poblete, dean of the cabildo of Manila, had not yet
-obtained the bulls nor his authorization, for lack of money.
-
-That the archbishopric of Manila, the one which had been vacant the
-least time (since the death of Don Miguel de Poblete in 1668), had
-been given to Don Fray Juan Lopez, bishop of Cebu, whose bulls could
-not arrive until 1674--six years of vacancy.
-
-That the governors were interested in having vacancies; for they
-filled the posts provisionally, and for that reason they were slow
-in giving information of a vacancy.
-
-That the incomes of the bishops were scant, and were collected at
-the will of the governors, who paid them poorly, and curtailed
-them. Therefore arrangements should be made to let the bishops
-themselves collect their dues from the tributes, as these were paid in.
-
-That the cost of the bulls ought to be paid from the royal treasury.
-
-That appointments ought to be given to persons not over forty years
-of age.
-
-That they should be given to Dominican friars, who would obtain the
-bulls without any delay.
-
-That the third part of the income of the vacancies should be given
-to the persons appointed, in order to pay for the bulls.
-
-That the power of exiling bishops should be taken from the governors
-and Audiencia.
-
-That three auxiliary bishops should be appointed, who should
-succeed, according to their seniority, [in case of vacancies] in the
-archbishopric and bishoprics, and should begin to govern immediately.
-
-The father procurator, Fray Pedro del Cosio, set forth those claims,
-but no one took any notice of them. The memorial was presented
-to the Council, October 26, 1674. Having been investigated by the
-fiscal--whom, as well as the other persons who intervened in it,
-Father Cosio visited--it was examined in the Council, March 11, 1675,
-and gave rise to the following resolutions:
-
-That the governors of Filipinas should report promptly to the Council
-the vacancies of the bishoprics, under penalty of a fine of two
-thousand pesos.
-
-That the archbishop of Manila should appoint governors ad interim
-in the vacancies of the three bishoprics of Filipinas; and his
-Holiness should be petitioned for despatches, so that in such case
-the ecclesiastical spiritual authority should be exercised by the
-consecrated bishops left.
-
-That the royal officials of Mejico should remit on separate account
-what was owing to the archbishop and cabildo of Manila, without the
-governor and royal officials of Filipinas having any part in it.
-
-That the Audiencia alone could proceed, in accordance with law,
-against the ecclesiastics, and not the governor by himself alone.
-
-That the archbishop should report the amount of the tithes of the
-islands, in each of the three bishoprics, in order to erect cathedrals
-and establish cabildos.
-
-That the royal officials of Manila should report the amount of the
-third part of the [incomes of the] last vacancies of the bishoprics.
-
-It appears further: That the Council was about to resolve that
-one-third of the incomes of the vacancies of the bishoprics of
-Filipinas should belong to the treasury, and another third part should
-be conceded to the bishops-elect to pay for the bulls. That it was
-resolved to augment the income of the archbishop to five thousand
-pesos, and that of the bishops to four thousand pesos. That it was
-about to petition Roma to lower by one-third the cost of the bulls to
-the bishops of Filipinas. That the archbishop should punish public
-scandals of incontinence, both of lewd women and of men living in
-concubinage. That in the disputes of Don Gerónimo Herrera with the
-archbishop [39] some matters were determined in favor of the latter.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-PREROGATIVES OF EX-PROVINCIALS
-
-GRANTED TO THE PROCURATORS OF THE ORDER OF HERMITS OF ST. AUGUSTINE
-IN FILIPINAS
-
-
-Innocent XI, Pope. In future remembrance of the affair.
-
-Not long ago it was represented to us on the part of our sons the
-brethren of the Order of Hermits of St. Augustine of the province of
-the islands known as the Philippines, in the Ocean Sea that as they had
-to send a religious to attend to urgent matters of the said province in
-the Roman and Spanish royal courts, nor was any religious found willing
-to undertake such burden because of the very long and toilsome journey,
-that could not be made without grave discomforts and danger of life,
-as also because such procurators after laboring three years and longer
-in their charge were not allowed any prerogative, the same petitioners
-very earnestly desire a grant from us to the effect that those who
-for three continuous years shall exercise the duty of procurator in
-the said courts shall enjoy the privileges of ex-provincials. Since,
-moreover, not only the whole province aforesaid, but also the late
-prior-general of the said order, has petitioned for the grant of such
-indulgence, therefore the said petitioners have humbly solicited us
-to make through our apostolic bounty due provision in the premises.
-
-1. Accordingly, desiring to reward the petitioners with special favors
-and graces, moreover considering them all and singular to be free
-from any sort of excommunication, ... and being not indisposed to
-hearken to their prayers, with the counsel of our venerable brethren
-the cardinals of the Holy Roman Church who are in charge of matters
-appertaining to bishops and regulars, and with the consent of the
-aforementioned prior general, by our apostolic authority, in virtue of
-these presents, we grant and allow those religious of the said province
-who in the future shall exercise at least for three years the duty
-of procurator of their province in the aforesaid courts the full and
-lawful possession and enjoyment of all the privileges, prerogatives,
-and exemptions now possessed and enjoyed by ex-provincials of the
-same province--due regard, however, always being had in the premises
-to the authority of the congregation of the same cardinals.
-
-2. Decreeing that these present letters shall always be held as
-binding, valid, and efficacious, and shall obtain their plenary and
-entire results, etc.
-
-Given at Rome, at St. Mary Major's, under the seal of the Fisherman,
-December 17, 1677, the second year of our pontificate.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-ROYAL PATRONAGE EXTENDED TO THE UNIVERSITY OF SANTO TOMAS
-
-
-The King. Inasmuch as Fray Alonso Sandín, [40] definitor and
-procurator-general of the province of Santo Rosario of the Order of
-St. Dominic in the Filipinas Islands, has represented to me that
-a public academic institution was erected in the college of Santo
-Tomás of the city of Manila, by a bull of his Holiness Innocent
-X, promulgated November 20, 1645, at the instance of the king my
-sovereign and father (may he rest in peace) and passed by my Council
-of the Indias, by virtue of which degrees in the arts and theology
-are granted in that institution, with full rigor of examinations and
-publicity, to capable persons in those islands, from which follows
-a notable advantage for furnishing prebends and curacies, for which
-the students therein compete, they petition me that, considering this,
-in order that the students' energy may not decrease in what at present
-is flourishing, I be pleased to admit that university under my royal
-patronage, and declare myself to be its patron. My said Council,
-having examined the petition, together with an authentic copy of the
-document erecting the university and of what my fiscal said concerning
-it, I have considered it expedient to admit, as by this present I do,
-the said university of the college of Santo Tomás of the city of Manila
-under my protection, and declare it to be under my royal patronage. I
-order my president and the auditors of my Audiencia of that city,
-and request and charge the archbishop of the city, the bishops of the
-said islands, the ecclesiastical and secular cabildos, the superiors
-of the orders, and any other of my judges and justices of the islands,
-that they consider it as such, and observe it; and that they cause to
-be observed the privileges and exceptions that pertain to it by reason
-of such patronage, for so is my will. Given in Madrid, May 17, 1680.
-
-
-I the King
-
-By order of the king our sovereign:
-
-José de Veitialinage [41]
-
-
-
-
-
-In the city of Manila, August 21, 1681. The president and auditors
-of the royal Audiencia and Chancillería of these Filipinas Islands,
-while in royal Council, after having examined the petition of father
-Fray Juan de Santa María [42] of the Order of Preachers, and rector of
-the university of Santo Tomás de Aquino, together with his Majesty's
-royal decree which is mentioned therein, in which his Majesty receives
-his university under his royal protection and declares it to be under
-his royal patronage; and that due execution and fulfilment be given
-thereto in this royal Audiencia, together with the petition for the
-fiscal in the examination given it: the aforesaid took the decree
-in their hands, kissed it, and placed it upon their heads, as a
-decree of their king and legitimate sovereign (whom may the divine
-Majesty preserve, with increase of new kingdoms and seigniories);
-and in obedience thereto declared that they would observe, fulfil,
-and execute it, in accordance with, and as his Majesty ordains and
-commands, and--leaving a certified copy of it in the record books--that
-the original would be returned. Thus they voted and decreed and signed
-it with their rubrics before the fiscal.
-
-
-Before me:
-
-Juan Sánchez
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-LETTER TO CARLOS II
-
-
-Sire:
-
-Although the royal Audiencia must give you information of the
-controversies that have arisen between the religious of St. Dominic and
-the fathers of the Society of Jesus--from which resulted others between
-the archbishop of this city and the said fathers, as he attempted
-to be the judge in their suits, upon which they implored your royal
-aid--I cannot avoid, for my own part, giving you an account thereof,
-in order not to fail in my obligation. I must embark in a few days
-for Nueva Segovia, from which place the despatch that I would send
-may not arrive in time [for the mail to Acapulco], on account of
-the storms that may arise and the perils of the way that have been
-experienced--especially at this present time, with the deaths of
-several passengers, among them a religious of St. John of God. [43]
-
-And although in another letter (which I sent by way of Banta) I
-gave your Majesty a detailed account of the litigation that has
-begun to take shape between the college of San Joseph, which is
-in charge of the fathers of the Society, and that of Santo Thomas,
-which is administered by the fathers of St. Dominic, it has seemed
-needful that I should continue that account, giving it quite fully
-on account of the unforeseen events that since have resulted. Years
-ago the said fathers of St. Dominic began a lawsuit against those of
-the Society in regard to the priority of their college, and, too, in
-regard to the authorization enjoyed by the Society of power to confer
-degrees on their students in arts and theology. After many disputes,
-and declarations by the royal Audiencia, both parties had recourse
-to your royal Council of the Indias; the Society obtained sentence in
-its favor, and the royal executory decree was ordered to be issued--of
-which, it cannot be doubted, account can be given in the Council. And
-although the Society have remained in peaceable possession, during
-the course of so long a time as has elapsed since the said executory
-decree, the Order of St. Dominic have tried in every way to disturb
-them--giving, in the "conclusions" which they print, the impression
-that their university is the only one [in Manila], and that the degrees
-conferred in that of the Society of Jesus were null and void. And now
-they are again styling their college of Santo Thomas a "royal college;"
-and for greater ostentation they placed, on the twenty-fourth of
-November in the past year, your Majesty's arms over the gates of the
-said college. When the fathers of the Society saw this, they raised
-objections, demanding the observance of what was decreed and ordained
-by your Majesty in the above-mentioned executory decree, and that the
-rector of the college of Santo Thomas be notified of it, in order that
-he might not plead ignorance on account of not being an old resident
-of this city. The said rector, being notified of this opposition,
-purposely absented himself. Your royal Audiencia commanded that copies
-of the decisions of your royal Council, contained in the executory
-decree, be affixed to the doors of the said college of Santo Thomas,
-and posted in other public places in this city. The rector, without
-doubt, must have resented the command by your royal Audiencia; for
-upon one of the posted copies of the decisions of the Council a lay
-religious of St. Dominic placed another paper, in which he censured
-the fathers of the Society for trading and bartering. [44] Thereupon
-immediately came out your archbishop, who is of the said order, [45]
-with official statements against the Society, calling upon many laymen,
-residents of the city, to express their opinion on the point at issue,
-under [penalty of] censures. He also sent a notary to the ship "Santa
-Rossa" (which had put back to port), for the same purpose, because
-among those who had embarked thereon was Father Gerónimo de Ortega,
-[46] who had been appointed by the said order procurator-general for
-your royal court and that of Roma, with his companion, Father Luis de
-Morales. [47] This arrogant act was perhaps occasioned by seeing the
-said procurator and his companion lade on the ship various goods which
-they ordinarily send to the Marianas for the support and maintenance
-of the fathers who reside there, and of the others who (as is generally
-and publicly known) are aided by the said fathers with their accustomed
-charity and zeal. For these purposes they employ the liberal alms with
-which your Majesty has been pleased to coöperate in the promotion of
-a work so to the service of God our Lord, in that and other labors--as
-in the missions of China and other realms, where they are occupied in
-preaching the holy gospel. Besides, [I must not omit mention of] the
-disinterested manner in which they proceed in the administration of
-the missions which they occupy; this is sufficient testimony to their
-being so far removed from transactions of that sort, and evidence
-that we can and ought to understand; for every one knows that they
-do not exact fees for burials or marriages, or other functions. In
-this condition has remained the litigation of the said fathers--who
-are protected by your royal Audiencia; and since it is necessary
-for a definite account of the proceedings in future, I refer you in
-everything to the official legal report of the Audiencia. May our Lord
-prosper your Majesty with the happiness and success that Christendom
-needs for its protection and promotion. Manila, February 24, 1683.
-
-
-Francisco, bishop of Nueva Segovia.
-
-
-[Endorsed: "Manila; to his Majesty; 1683. The bishop of Nueva Segovia,
-Don Francisco Pizarro. Received on May 19, 1685, by the hand of Diego
-Altamirano, procurator of the Society." These lines are followed by a
-brief synopsis of the bishop's letter, and the comment, "Thus far no
-letter has been received from the Audiencia; but recently letters have
-come from the bishop of Nueva Caceres, Don Fray Andres Gonzalez, and
-the assistant bishop Barrientos, which mention, among other matters,
-the commercial transactions of the Society; and this information has
-been handed to the fiscal."]
-
-[Endorsed: "Council; let two other letters be brought--one from this
-bishop, and the other from the assistant bishop Duran."]
-
-[Endorsed: "Council; June 4, 1685. Carry this to the fiscal, so that
-he can examine with it all the other papers relating to this subject;
-and let a clerk make a brief of the whole matter."]
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-INSURRECTIONS BY FILIPINOS IN THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY
-
-
-Gadanes; 1621
-
-[An account of this uprising is given by Aduarte in book ii,
-chap. xvii, of his Historia; see our VOL. XXXII, pp. 113-120.]
-
-
-In Bohol and Leyte; 1622
-
-[See account of the Bohol revolt in VOL. XXIV, pp. 116-119; it also
-spread to Leyte. We present here some further account, obtained from
-Murillo Velarde's Hist. de Philipinas, fol. 17, 18; Diaz's Conquistas,
-pp. 132-136. Concepción (in Hist. de Philipinas, v, pp. 20-25) adds
-nothing new.]
-
-The majority of the ministers in the island of Bohol [48] had gone
-to Zebu, to celebrate the feasts of the beatification of St. Xavier;
-in their absence Lucifer attempted to possess himself again of those
-souls. The divata, or demon, appeared to some Indians in the woods--its
-face covered, like that of one taking the discipline--and commanded
-them to quit the gospel ministers and the Spanish vassalage, and take
-refuge in the hills; and to build him a chapel, where he would aid them
-and give them whatever they needed to pass their lives in happiness and
-abundance, without the encumbrance of paying tribute to the Spaniards
-or dues to the churches. Two or three Indians, who on account of their
-evil deeds were wandering as fugitives, became priests of this divata,
-in order to persuade the people to apostasy and rebellion; and, to
-take away the fear which they naturally feel toward the Spaniards,
-these priests told them that, if they would attack the Spaniards,
-the divata would cause the mountains to rise against their foe;
-that the muskets of the latter would not go off, or else the bullets
-would rebound on those who fired them; that if any Indian should die,
-the demon would resuscitate him; that the leaves of the trees would
-be converted into saranga (which is a large fish); that when they
-cut bejucos, these would distil wine instead of water; that from
-the banana-leaves they would make fine linen; and, in short, that
-all would be pleasure, enjoyment, and delight. With these magnificent
-promises, so attractive to men--and especially to the Indians, who are
-so inclined to idleness and sloth--four villages revolted; only Loboc
-(which is the chief village) and Baclayon remained firm in the faith,
-and in loyalty to the king.
-
-Information of this reached Zebu, and immediately Don Juan de
-Alcarazo, alcalde-mayor of Zebu, went to quiet the island; [49] he
-invited them to make peace, for which the rebels did not care. Their
-boldness increasing, they burned the four villages and their churches;
-they flung on the ground the rosaries and crosses, and pierced an
-image of the blessed Virgin eighteen times with javelins--although
-afterward in Zebu some tried to make amends to her with the most
-affectionate demonstrations of reverence, and she was placed in our
-church. Thereupon the chief ordered troops from Zebu, fifty Spaniards
-and a thousand friendly Indians, [50] accompanied by a father; and
-on New Year's day, 1622, he began the march to the mountains, where
-the insurgents were. For five days they traveled through rugged hills
-and deep ravines, crossing marshes where the mud came to their knees,
-or even to their waists, and shedding their blood on the thorns and
-briars. On the fifth day, the insurgents killed a friendly Indian;
-this they celebrated with loud shouts, and it greatly increased their
-arrogance. On the following day, more than 1,500 rebel Indians attacked
-our vanguard, which consisted of sixteen Spaniards and three hundred
-Indians; but when our muskets were fired so many fell dead that the
-rebels began to retreat to a bamboo thicket. When we followed them,
-a heavy rain fell, which encouraged the rebels, for they said that our
-muskets were then useless. But Heaven favored our cause with a marvel,
-since, although the pans of the musket-locks were full of water,
-the soldiers declared that the powder never failed to catch fire, nor
-did the matches go out. At this the rebels fled into the mountains;
-and our men arrived at a village of more than a thousand houses, in
-the midst of which was the temple of their divata. Our troops found
-there much food, various jewels of silver and gold, and many bells of
-the sort those people use--all which was given to our Indians. The
-rebels were in a fortification of stone, in which they had placed
-many stones and clods of earth to throw at our men; but the latter,
-covering themselves with their shields, seized the redoubt, with
-the death of many of the enemy, [51] and in a fortnight returned to
-Loboc. Captain Alcarazo, who was foremost in all these engagements,
-commanded that some of the rebels be hanged, and published a pardon
-to the rest; and he returned to Zebu, [52] where the victory was
-celebrated. This success had very important results, for it checked
-the revolt of other islands and other villages--who were expecting
-the favorable result which the demon had promised them, so that they
-could shake off the mild yoke of Christ, and with it their vassalage
-to the Spaniards. Many of them, now undeceived, accepted the pardon;
-but others, who were stubborn, fortified themselves at the summit of
-a rugged and lofty hill, difficult of access, and closed the road
-[to it] with brambles and thorns. [53] They also filled the paths
-with very sharp stakes driven into the soil, and placed among the
-branches of the trees many crossbows, [54] in order that these,
-being discharged as our men passed them, might wound the soldiers;
-and above they provided many stones to throw at the Spaniards,
-hurling them from the top of the hill. Six months later the same Don
-Juan Alcarazo returned, to dislodge those rebels with forty Spaniards
-and many Indians. After suffering great hardships in making the paths
-accessible, nearly all his men were hurt, by the time they reached the
-fort, by the many stones which the enemy hurled down from the summit;
-but our soldiers courageously climbed the ascent, firing their muskets,
-and killed many of the rebels, putting the rest to flight. Thus was
-dispersed that sedition, which was one of the most dangerous that had
-occurred in the islands--not only because the Boholans were the most
-warlike and valiant of the Indians, but on account of the conspiracy
-spreading to many other tribes. Noble examples of fidelity in this
-great disturbance are not lacking. [Murillo Velarde here mentions
-two instances of this.]
-
-The natives of Carigara in the island of Leyte became impatient, and
-revolted without waiting for the result in Bohol, incited thereto
-by Bancao, the ruling chief of Limasava--who in the year 1565 [55]
-received with friendly welcome Miguel Lopez de Legazpi and the
-Spaniards who came to his island, supplying them with what they
-needed, for which Phelipe II sent him a royal decree, thanking him
-for the kind hospitality which he showed to those first Spaniards. He
-was baptised and, although a young man, showed that he was loyal to
-the Christians; but, conquered by the enemy [of souls], he changed
-sides in his old age. [56] This man lived in the island of Leyte, and
-with a son of his and another man, Pagali (whom he chose as priest
-of his idolatry), erected a sacred place to the divata, or devil;
-and they induced six villages in the island to rebel. In order to
-remove from them their fear of the Spaniards, these men told their
-followers that they could change the Spaniards into stones as soon as
-they saw them, by repeating the word bato, which signifies "stone;"
-and that a woman or a child could change them into clay by flinging
-earth upon them. Father Melchor de Vera went to Zebu to give warning
-of this sedition and obtain aid to check it. Captain Alcarazo equipped
-an armada of forty vessels, in which were embarked some Spaniards and
-many friendly Indians, also the father rector of Zebu and Father Vera;
-these united with the forces (both Spanish and Indian) that the alcalde
-of Leyte had. They offered peace to the rebels, but the latter spurned
-it with contempt. Our men, divided into three bodies, attacked them;
-and, when that which Don Juan de Alcarazo commanded came in sight
-of the rebels, they fled to the hills. Our soldiers followed them,
-and on the way put to the sword or shot those whom they encountered;
-and, although the compassion of the Spaniards spared the children
-and women, [57] these could not escape the fury of the Indians. Many
-of the rebels died, the enchantment not availing them by which they
-had thought to turn the Spaniards into stone or clay; the rest saved
-themselves by flight. The Spaniards came to a large building which the
-rebels had erected for their divata; they encamped in it ten days,
-and then burned it. Some one pierced with a lance Bancao, the chief
-instigator of the rebellion, not knowing who he was, whom two of his
-slaves were carrying on their shoulders and immediately his head was
-placed on a stake as a public warning. He and his children came to a
-wretched end, as a punishment for their infidelity and apostasy; for
-his second son was beheaded as a traitor, and a daughter of his was
-taken captive. To inspire greater terror, the captain gave orders to
-shoot three or four rebels, and to burn [58] one of their priests--in
-order that, by the light of that fire, the blindness in which the
-divata had kept them deluded might be removed. The Spaniards also
-cut off the head of an Indian who had robbed Father Vinancio [i.e.,
-Vilancio] and broken to pieces an image of the Virgin, and kicked
-a crucifix; and his head was set up in the same place where he had
-committed those horrible sacrileges. There were many who, in the
-midst of so furious a tempest, remained constant in their religious
-belief. [Several instances of this are related by the author.]
-
-
-Mandayas; 1625
-
-[For particulars of this insurrection, see Aduarte's Historia,
-book ii, chaps, xxviii, xxx, in our VOL. XXXII, pp. 147-152,
-162. Cf. Ferrando's account, Hist. de los PP. Dominicos, ii,
-pp. 114-117; and our VOL. XXII, pp. 69, 95.]
-
-
-In Caraga and in Cagayan; 1629
-
-[See VOL. XXIV, pp. 165, 175, 177, 216, 217, 229; and fuller account
-of that in Caraga, in Concepción's Hist. de Philipinas, v, pp. 163-179
-(in our VOL. XXXV, pp. 89-91).]
-
-
-In Nueva Segovia; 1639
-
-[See Santa Cruz's account (Hist. Sant. Rosario) in our VOL. XXXV,
-pp. 47-51.]
-
-
-In Pampanga, 1645; and in Bulacán, 1643
-
-[The following is taken from Diaz's Conquistas, pp. 483, 484:]
-
-This fearful earthquake [59] was general in all these Filipinas,
-although it was more severe in some regions than in others--for in
-the province of Cagayán, in [the land of] one people called Maynanes,
-a great mountain was cleft open; and the havoc made by it extended
-as far as Maluco. In the heights of Gapang, [60] in the province
-of Pampanga, it was very severe, and lasted several days. Even
-greater damage might have been done by an uprising that was plotted
-by an Indian of evil disposition in the villages of Gapang, Santor,
-Caranglán, and Patabangán, exhorting the natives there to rebel and
-restore themselves to their former liberty, by slaying the Spaniards
-and the religious. He assured them that in Manila there were no
-Spaniards left, because the earth had swallowed them, with the entire
-city, on the night of the earthquake that occurred on St. Andrew's
-day; and that the demon, with whom he had compact and intercourse,
-had promised him that he would aid the natives so that they might
-maintain themselves without paying tribute, and might enjoy much
-prosperity, and provided that they would slay the fathers and burn
-the churches. The delusion of the Indians of Gapang went so far that
-they seized arms, and summoned to their aid many heathen Zambals, and
-burned the churches of Santor and Pantabangán. When this was known in
-Manila, the encomendero of those villages, Admiral Rodrigo de Mesa,
-offered his services to pacify them, and went to Gapang with Alférez
-Callejas, their collectors of tribute, and some friendly Indians; but
-the insurgents, who now were numerous, badly wounded the encomendero,
-who fled on horseback, and a year later died from that wound at
-Manila. They slew Alférez Callejas and many of the loyal Indians who
-went in his company, and fortified themselves in the mountains. The
-prior and minister, Fray Juan Cabello, escaped by the aid of some other
-Indians who were not of the hostile party, came to Manila, and gave
-information of the progress of the rebellion. Opinions differed as
-to the methods which should be employed in pacifying the insurgents;
-and our father provincial, Fray Alonso Carbajal, decided to send the
-father lecturer Fray Juan de Abarca, [61] a religious for whom the
-natives of that district had much affection and respect, since he had
-been their minister for many years. With this commission this religious
-set out for Pampanga, taking with him a companion, Master-of-camp Don
-Agustin Songsong, a valiant Pampango, with as many soldiers of that
-people as seemed necessary. They arrived at Gapang, and by means of
-father Fray Juan de Abarca's preaching and his earnest efforts--which
-would take too long to relate, as would the many perils of death
-to which he exposed himself--that sedition was finally quelled,
-and the insurgents returned to their former quiet. But the Indian
-sorcerer, the cause of this disturbance, did not make his appearance,
-notwithstanding all the efforts that were made to find him.
-
-Another rebellion, which threatened a great outbreak, was checked (in
-the year 1643) by father Fray Cristobal Enriquez. In the district of
-Malolos in the province of Bulacán, an Indian named Don Pedro Ladía,
-a native of Borney, went about promoting sedition; he proclaimed
-that to him belonged the right of being king over the provinces
-of Tagalos, alleging that he was a descendant of Raja Matanda,
-[62] the petty king whom the Spaniards found at Manila in the year
-1571. With these and other impostures, aided by wine--the chief
-counselor in matters of policy and war, among those natives--and
-with the consultations with the demon which always figure on these
-occasions, he kept many villages of that district disquieted. But the
-sagacious procedure of father Fray Cristobal Enriquez intercepted all
-these misfortunes which were threatening us, by furnishing a plan
-for the arrest of Don Pedro Ladía--who already was styling himself
-"king of the Tagálogs;" he was sent to Manila, where, he paid with
-his life for his vain presumption. And thus this revolt, lacking even
-that weak foundation, was entirely quieted.
-
-
-In the Pintados; 1649-50
-
-[The best authorities on this insurrection are the Jesuit historians,
-since it arose in regions under their spiritual charge. We select the
-earliest account, that of Combés, written while the incidents of that
-time were fresh in men's minds; it is found in his Hist. de Mindanao,
-col. 489-498. Murillo Velarde also relates these events, in Hist. de
-Philipinas, fol. 171b-175. Cf. the Augustinian Diaz, in Conquistas,
-pp. 517-523; and the Recollect Concepción, Hist. de Philipinas, vi,
-pp. 247-280.]
-
-The queen of Joló, Tuambaloca, wrote at the same time, asking
-permission to come to end her days in the island of Basilan, and all
-was so secure from war that she remained as arbiter of peace for all
-the islands of Samboangan; and, as such, even the governor of Manila
-availed himself of her power [63] in order to pacify the disturbances
-in the islands....
-
-This occasion made sufficiently evident the greatness of the benefit
-that the islands owe to the Society for the [treaties of] peace made
-with these kings--thus finding the royal arms at liberty for more
-pressing exigencies, and being set free, as regards those kings,
-from the most painful anxiety lest their forces would be allied with
-our dangers. With this, attention could be given to the punishment of
-Burney, a pirate as cruel as impious; and to finding external relief
-in the domestic losses and evils which had rendered our safety so
-uncertain. [Our forces were thus ready] in an almost general revolt of
-all the islands, in the provinces that were most subjugated and had
-never tested the keenness of our arms; for they had yielded to the
-echoes of our trumpets, receiving our troops in peace. But in these
-recent years had been operating in these new worlds the influences
-of that malign planet which was ruining Europe (and especially our
-España), with revolts of entire kingdoms, and has caused rivers of
-blood to run in the populous kingdom of China; and it reached these
-islands, to wreak on them its fierceness. And God--permitting evil,
-for the credit of virtue and the reward of the good--gave warlike
-courage to the most pusillanimous tribes, and armed the nakedness of
-these Indians to resist the unconquerable steel of our Spaniards.
-
-The first region to declare against us was the province of Ibabao,
-which is in the island of Samar; it is the coast which faces the
-north, beaten by the sea of Nueva España. There the Society has a
-new residence, which is occupied by six fathers. All the villages
-connected with it revolted, following the audacious stand of the chief
-among them, which is Palapag. This was occasioned by the oppressions
-arising from our public works--which is a motive that should appeal
-to them, since they were the ones interested in the defense [of
-the coasts against their enemies]. But the Indians, as barbarians,
-do not heed future perils, but rather present fatigues; and to these
-their slothful nature opposes itself. The losses of galleons made it
-necessary to maintain in that province a shipyard. This drafted all the
-carpenters from Manila, and, in order to supply those that were needed
-on that shore, it was necessary to demand from each province a certain
-number--a quota of hardly one to each village, and this so equitably
-that to worldly prudence these allotments seemed advantageous, for
-which many would eagerly ask. But as the Indians have grown up in their
-wretchedness and in the life of brutes in their remote mountains, it
-seems to them that they are maintaining their liberty. They resented
-greatly this political compulsion to citizenship and the formation of a
-village, [so that they would live] as men. Those in the provinces that
-were most civilized and were nearest to Manila had obeyed the decree
-without opposition, but these [remote] provinces immediately made such
-demonstrations of displeasure that all of us perceived the difficulty
-[of enforcing the demand], and several undertook to represent it
-[to the authorities]. Don Diego de Faxardo was the governor, a man
-so harsh in his methods, and having so little pious regard for the
-[religious] ministers, that their intercessions only made him more
-cruel, on account of the dogmatic opinion which he followed, that
-the ministers are the ones who oppose the royal service. Accordingly
-they all gave up any active opposition, but moderated in a thousand
-ways the execution [of the decree] (which they saw could not be
-avoided), sometimes with gifts, sometimes with considerations of
-utility. The men of Ibabao, trusting in the ruggedness of their
-coast or the inaccessibility of their mountains, or in the succor
-which had been positively promised to them by the Dutch--who every
-year make port on their coasts, awaiting with their armed fleets the
-relief [sent us] from Nueva España--immediately declared themselves
-[against us]. At the outset, in their stubbornness and disobedience,
-until their affairs were settled and their retreat prevented, they
-talked of fleeing to the mountains. This was their first opinion; but
-a malicious Indian interfered in the discussion, and told them that
-they could not accomplish anything by that course, because the village
-would not be destroyed, nor would the promoters [of the rebellion]
-have the following that they desired, unless they ordered that all
-should rebel, and slay the father, and burn the church; for their guilt
-in such action would intimidate all of them. As their councils were
-held in the excitement of wine, all readily approved this extravagant
-proposal. Immediately the demon offered them, for its execution, the
-evilly-inclined mind of a vile Indian named Sumoroy, who, although
-he had been much favored by the fathers as being a skilful pilot
-on the sea, and on this account had always enjoyed immunity from
-tribute and personal services, and was actually the castellan of the
-fortified residence that they had there, yet desired--because they had
-removed an obstacle [64] which for many years had kept him at variance
-with and separated from his lawful wife--to find an opportunity for
-vengeance. This man offered to kill the father; and, confirming his
-resolve with many draughts to his success, and loud shouts, they
-dreamed that they were already masters of the entire world, and had
-slain all the Spaniards. He had already prejudiced their minds against
-his enemy, telling each Indian in the village separately that he had
-been assigned by the father to go to the Manila shore; consequently,
-no one now repaired to mass or took notice of public affairs. The
-father rector--who was Father Miguel Ponce Barberan, a native of the
-kingdom of Aragon--saw plainly the hostile disposition of the people,
-but never could have imagined so insane a resolve; and if any one could
-most confidently throw aside anxiety it was this father, for he had
-been, without contradiction, the most beloved and cherished by the
-natives, of all the fathers who had itinerated there--and, as well,
-the one who had spent most years in ministering to those people. A
-Tuesday, then, the first day of June in the year 1649, the traitor
-selected for his sacrilegious parricide; and, as a thief in the house,
-who knew its avenues of entrance and egress very well, he took his
-stand within, awaiting the father at the top of the stairway, when he
-should ascend it after supper. While the father halted on the stairs
-to say a prayer for the souls in purgatory--for which, it happened,
-the bells were ringing--Sumoroy hurled a javelin at him from above,
-which pierced his breast and immediately brought him to the ground;
-nor did he breathe again, spending his last energy in pronouncing
-the sweet names of Jesus and Mary.
-
-For two days the fathers remained at home in suspense, without
-understanding the cause of this evil deed, or knowing who was its
-author; and the rebels themselves delayed to commit sacrileges by
-breaking with shame and declaring themselves [rebels]. Finally, on
-the day of Corpus Christi, about noon, the murderer came in sight,
-leading the multitude, and openly declared that it was he who had slain
-the father, loudly defying the whole world. They gave the fathers and
-the brother whom they found in the house the opportunity to leave
-it, provided that they removed nothing from it; and immediately,
-as barbarians and enemies of God--forgetting the faith and Christian
-belief of so many years, in which they had grown up--they sacked and
-burned the church and house, profaning the ornaments, and cutting from
-them drawers and turbans according to their old-time usage. If there
-were any of the faithful [among the crowd], they let themselves be
-persuaded by the argument of the barbarians for their timidity, that
-if they remained among the insurgents the anger of the Spaniards would
-be moderated, and accordingly they followed the perverse ones. The
-report of this sacrilegious act fanned the flame of infernal zeal
-itself, and found the minds of the people so ready that, almost as if
-there had been a general decision and they only awaited the signal
-for putting it into execution, in almost all the villages on that
-coast they burned their churches, the ministers fled, and the rebels
-retreated to the mountains, where they fancied they could maintain
-their former brutal mode of life.
-
-In the rest of the provinces--either because they perhaps regarded
-it as somewhat discreditable that the men of Ibabao should display
-their valor in order to oppose the Spaniards, and they themselves
-not do so; or because all of them were (as some desire to be) in
-communication with the Dutch--they proceeded to follow the example and
-imitate the boldness of the men of Palapag. Our arms would be found
-greatly embarrassed if those of the Dutch were to add confidence to
-the insolence of the Indians; and, at the very least, there would not
-remain a province which would not be up in arms, and no minister or
-Spaniard of those who were scattered among them would escape. But God
-our Lord, who chastised as a father, and chose to correct with clemency
-the wickedness with which the Spaniards abuse the subject condition
-of these natives--and as a warning to the latter, to confirm them
-in the truth of our holy faith and disabuse them of their errors--so
-adjusted the times that although the Dutch fleets had not failed to
-come to the islands for ten years past, about that very month [i.e.,
-June], in this year the peace kept them away, and the publication of
-it arrived here in good time, so that our forces were left free for
-the punishment [of the rebels].
-
-Immediately the province of Camarines, on the mainland of Manila,
-declared itself against us, and the father guardian [of the
-Franciscans] was banished from Solsogon; and their lead was followed
-by their island of Masbate, where an alférez was put to death. This
-presumptuous act disturbed the peace of Cebú Island; and its natives
-also, without fearing the strong fort and the city to near them,
-also defied us, another officer being slain there. In the province of
-Caraga, the men of Linao revolted, displaying their evil intentions
-by the murder of the father prior (a discalced Augustinian), and of
-the Spaniards in a small garrison which was kept there, some dozen in
-number; but few escaped, and those were badly wounded. In the province
-of Iligan, which borders on Caraga, the Manobos, a barbarian tribe,
-seized the peaceable village of Cagayan. The entire coast [i.e., of
-northern Mindanao], and the adjacent island of Camigin, followed their
-example; in Camigin they bound the father prior (also a discalced
-Augustinian), the impious Indians going so far as to place their
-brutal feet on the neck of the holy religious. In the jurisdiction
-of Samboangan, the Subanos went astray--their principal village,
-named Siocon, releasing itself from obedience with the sacrilegious
-parricide of Father Juan del Campo, and the atrocious murder of his
-companions, as we shall afterward relate. The Boholans, on account
-of their valor, retained their esteem for the faith. Thus, for the
-punishment of so many atrocious deeds and for quelling the insolence
-of the barbarians, there remained to us no other arms than those of
-Samboangan, and no other auxiliaries than those people who had been
-our friends for so few years.
-
-Those of Ibabao aroused the utmost anxiety, their insolence continually
-calling us to arms; for, not content with atrocities in their own
-country, they went to disquiet another region. They even disturbed
-those who dwelt on the opposite coast of Samar, threatening them
-with ruin if they did not follow the lead of the others. Their
-attempts began to be dangerous, since they stirred up the village of
-Paranas, which is only two leguas from the seat of our jurisdiction
-there--Catbalogan, where the alcalde-mayor resides; and in fact many
-fled to the mountains, without regard to the war which menaced them,
-when the Spaniards were placed under arms, two leguas from their
-abode. In the other villages [the natives] were in arms, and regarded
-us all with apprehension. At the outset, the alcalde-mayor was ready
-with such force as he could assemble--adventurers in the province,
-mestizos, and Indians; but, as the former were all collectors [of
-tribute] and the latter all relatives [of the insurgents], some were
-not accustomed to arms and the hardships of campaigning, and the others
-could not use weapons against those of their own blood. Accordingly
-this, instead of checking their fury, only rendered their boldness more
-insolent, and gave unwonted force to their arms; and men who before
-did not find enough woods in which to hide themselves from a Camucon
-ship, now went so far as to make daybreak assaults on our troops, and
-slew our men before our eyes. And as a final token of their contempt,
-when the captain demanded from them the head of Sumoroy, by way of
-atonement for what he had done, they sent down the river to him the
-head of a swine--although in the end, worn out, they considered it
-good luck that they could again secure peace.
-
-[The authorities] in Manila, seeing that the revolt was continually
-gathering strength, and that the insolence of the insurgents was
-passing all bounds, recognized how important it was to repress it,
-undertaking its chastisement in earnest. For this purpose they
-despatched General Andres Lopez de Azaldigui (who was chief of the
-royal galleys of these islands), with the title of lieutenant of the
-captain-general; and with this authority he levied many Spaniards,
-being empowered to obtain them from all the fortified posts. He
-made all the necessary arrangements for the enterprise, but he
-soon recognized the danger that he incurred among the natives--who
-all, regarding those of Palapag as restorers of their liberty,
-were rejoicing over their successes--and that in our reverses we
-had cause to fear them as enemies, since they were on the watch
-to know what fortune those of Palapag had in order to follow it
-if they were sure of the result. A large fleet of native boats was
-needed for the transportation of provisions and military supplies;
-but, the greater the number of these that were thus assembled, the
-more was the danger increased. On this account the general wrote to
-Manila, demanding galleys; and there, in order to avoid the expense
-of galleys and the perils of seas so rough, they despatched orders
-that the armada should come from Zamboangan--for the loyalty of those
-people against the Bisayans, as against their old-time enemies,
-could not be doubted. And with the support of these [auxiliaries]
-effective aid might be rendered by those of the inland provinces,
-which had been ruled without risk by the Spaniards because they did
-not go there entirely in the hands of the natives.
-
-The armada was despatched as promptly as possible by the commandant
-[of Zamboanga]. Sargento-mayor Pedro Duran, with two captains in active
-service--as chief, Captain Juan Muñoz, who was commander of the armada;
-and as second in command Captain Juan de Ulloa--with the most choice
-and distinguished soldiers of the Lutaos. As leader of these, since he
-was the military chief of that people, was sent General Don Francisco
-Ugbo (whom I have previously mentioned), with the master-of-camp,
-sargento-mayor, and captains of the tribe, and as many as four
-hundred of its men. Father Francisco Martinez had then arrived at
-Samboangan, to act as rector of the new [Jesuit] college there--of
-which the official recognition from our father general came in this
-same year--a religious who deserved well of those Christian churches,
-for he had sustained them in their earliest infancy, having labored in
-the arduous beginnings of [the missions in] Joló and Samboangan. By
-this [departure of the Lutaos] Father Alexandro Lopez found his
-occupation gone, and was therefore able to embark with the armada,
-which needed his presence and aid, as it was going for so important
-an enterprise--on the fortunate result of which, as many thought,
-depended the fidelity of all the provinces of Pintados. All fortified
-themselves with the holy sacraments, as solicitously as Christians
-of very long standing could do; and, as if they were such, on all
-occasions which arose in the voyage and in the battle itself they
-made evident, by their reverence for their holy name [of Christians]
-and appreciation of the danger, how they felt these obligations in
-their hearts. The sargento-mayor of the tribe (who belonged to its
-highest nobility) encountered a temptation to his own perdition; but
-he put it behind him by saying that he was going to war, and could
-not at that time discuss a matter which would work injury to his soul.
-
-Great was the rejoicing which this armada caused in all the towns
-where it landed, notably in the city of Cebú, where the Lutaos were
-known (and most of them, especially those who commanded the joangas,
-had the reputation of being pirates), at seeing them, now Christians,
-repair to the churches with so much devotion and attend divine worship
-with such reverence--those very people who had ravaged the islands
-with fire, and damaged nearly all the churches of Bisayas with their
-outrages and robberies; those who yesterday were enemies, but today
-bearing arms in our aid; and those who yesterday were cruel enemies to
-God, now the avengers of insults to Him. Tears sprang to [the eyes of]
-all, and they did not cease to give a thousand thanks to the fathers
-for their labors, so effectual--not only in the conversion of that
-Moro people, but for the benefit of these Christian communities,
-removing their terror and turning their dread and mistrust of the
-Moro arms into joy and expectation of success.
-
-Arriving at Palapag by the month of May [i.e., in 1650], they found
-that the leader of the campaign was Captain Don Xinés de Roxas; and
-that it had been much retarded on account of the reputation which the
-men of Palapag had steadily gained by their daring acts. They had
-fortified themselves on a height which was regarded as impregnable
-by nature, as only one path was known by which it could be ascended,
-and that very narrow and difficult. On this path the enemy had built
-fortifications, and from loopholes therein they did much damage to our
-men, without risk [to themselves]; they lost no opportunity to fall
-suddenly on our troops, and any man who strayed from the rest paid
-the penalty with his life, so sharply did they note any negligence on
-our part; and, as masters of the land, they boldly engaged us, secure
-from being pursued. The captain wearied himself much with various
-fortifications, and kept the men exhausted; and he engaged in the same
-fatiguing labor those of the armada, until the sargento-mayor of that
-tribe, Don Alonso Maconbon, was bold enough to ask him, face to face,
-why he was wearing out the men in work which was not important.
-
-He told the captain that they had not come to haul logs, but to fight
-in battle, and that he must contrive to employ them in fighting; for,
-if he did not, they would go back to their homes. At seeing the daring
-of this man, and the angry words that the soldiers of Samboangan--who,
-as veterans, were eager to have an opportunity for distinguishing
-themselves--flung at him, although he resented their lack of respect
-he was rejoiced to see their courage; and he was encouraged to make
-the assault, which, with the coxcombs and foppish adventurers from
-Manila, seemed a dangerous enterprise. And, as those of the armada,
-it seems, were boasting most of their valor, he assigned them to the
-brunt of the battle, in order thus to employ their courage in carrying
-out their own advice.
-
-He made ready, then, the infantry of the armada, with the Lutaos,
-for a day that he set for the assault, which they were obliged to make
-over a precipitous ascent, exceedingly dangerous--so that they could
-make their way up it only by giving their weapons and their hands
-to each other. [65] At nightfall they reached the slope, and in the
-darkness of the night proceeded to ascend it. The enemy had their
-sentinels, but our Lord easily diverted their attention by sending
-a heavy shower of rain--which our men regarded as a misfortune,
-which made the enterprise more difficult and the ascent all the
-more dangerous. But it was altogether fortunate for the expedition;
-for the pass was so difficult that the sentinel alone could defend
-it against a thousand assailants, and the most feeble old man was
-sufficient for guarding it, especially if the danger [from an attack]
-were known to the insurgents, who had given all their attention
-to the troop of the commander Don Xinés. The time while the rain
-fell was enough to enable all the soldiers to reach the top without
-danger; and so careful were the men that not one of them had his match
-extinguished. They halted there, waiting for the daylight; and when the
-rain gave opportunity to the sentinel he came back, waving a torch in
-order to light his path. Our men could have slain him; but they let
-him go, so as not to raise an alarm. Either because he heard their
-voices, or saw some lighted match, he waited a little while, and then
-returned to inform the rest of it; and the troops, seeing that they
-were discovered, marched toward the fortifications. So quickly they
-reached them that the enemy at once took to flight; our men pursued
-them with their arms, but the enemy quickly escaped, by dangerous
-precipices and paths which they know well. But the Spaniards did not
-choose to divert much of their attention [to the fugitives], rather
-taking care to occupy promptly their Rochelle; [66] accordingly, they
-erected their fortifications, and occupied them with their artillery,
-supplies, and weapons. From that place they sent for the commander,
-Captain Don Xinés de Roxas, who went up to take possession of the
-gains made by the arduous efforts and daring bravery of the men
-of Samboangan. In this enterprise Captain Francisco de Leyba, then
-commander of the Samboangan armada, and Captain Silvestre de Rodas,
-an old soldier of Terrenate, especially distinguished themselves.
-
-The Lutaos dispersed through the place, and, breaking into a house,
-found the mother of the traitor and parricide Sumoroy; and they
-dragged her out and tore her to pieces. Sumoroy had been sent down
-[from their stronghold] the day before, secretly, in a hammock, and
-all the children and women the rebels had already placed in safety;
-for, from the day when they saw the Samboangan armada, they felt that
-their cause was lost, and, lacking confidence in the outcome, they
-forestalled the danger. Thus was ended this longed-for enterprise,
-and the war in Ibabao; for the natives, now disarmed and divided, would
-have no courage left, save for flight, and the hardships of a life so
-full of fear [as that of fugitives] would oblige them to surrender,
-one by one--as was actually the case. Accordingly, the armada [and
-its men] took their departure, leaving the islands thankful for what
-they had accomplished and edified by their good example. For in the
-heat of conflict and in dangerous encounters (which is the time when
-the natural disposition and the inner soul are displayed), those
-soldiers did not fail to invoke the sweet names of Jesus and Mary,
-without ceasing or neglecting this in the utmost confusion and ardor
-of battle, giving pious examples to the Christian soldiery--to the
-admiration of the natives, [although they were] accustomed to these
-[pious] observances; since the clamorous efforts [of the soldiers],
-and solicitude for their danger, disturb the piety of even the oldest
-veterans.
-
-
-
-[We append to this the following account from Diaz's Conquistas
-(pp. 517-523), as being more detailed and furnishing a somewhat
-different light on various incidents of the insurrection. In order
-to place it in the present document, as belonging to this special
-subject, it has been removed from its place in Diaz's history of his
-order and its missions (see VOL. XXXVII, pp. 149-284).]
-
-There was an Indian named Sumoroy in the village of Palapag, who
-was regarded as one of the best, although he was one of the very
-worst, and was as evil as his father--who, accredited with the same
-hypocrisy, was a babaylán and priest of the devil, and made the other
-Indians apostatize. He was greatly addicted to drunkenness, and he
-had so promoted it [in others] that all the village was contaminated
-with this vice, as well as that of lust--vices so closely allied to
-idolatry, of which truth there are many examples in Holy Writ. The
-inhabitants of Palapag were corrupted by those evil habits at the time
-when Governor Don Diego Fajardo--with the intention of relieving the
-near-by provinces of Tagalos and Pampanga from the burden of working,
-at the harbor of Cavite, in the building of galleons and vessels
-necessary for the conservation and defense of these islands--had
-ordered the alcaldes of Leite and other provinces to send men thence to
-Cavite for that employment. That was a difficult undertaking, because
-of the distance of more than one hundred leguas, and the troubles and
-wrongs to the said Indians that would result from their leaving their
-homes for so long a time. The father ministers went to the alcaldes,
-and the latter to Manila, to represent those troubles and wrongs;
-but the only thing that they obtained was a more stringent order
-to execute the mandate without more reply. Consequently they could
-do nothing else than obey the orders of the superior government,
-although they feared what very soon occurred. But what good end could
-so mistaken and pernicious a decision have?
-
-As soon as the inhabitants of Palapag saw that the alcaldes-mayor
-were beginning to collect men to send them to the harbor of Cavite,
-they began to go oftener to the meetings in the house of Sumoroy
-and his father, and to begin (when heated with wine, the ordinary
-counselor of the Indians) to organize their insurrection. They
-quickly appointed leaders, of whom the chief was Don Juan Ponce, a
-very influential man and a bad Christian, but married to a wife from
-a chief's family in the village of Catubig; she was very different
-from him in her morals, for she was very virtuous. The second leader
-was one Don Pedro Caamug, and the third the above-named Sumoroy. Then
-they discussed the murder of the father minister, Miguel Ponce of
-the Society of Jesus, an Aragonese, [67] at the suggestion of that
-malignant sorcerer and priest of the devil, the father of Sumoroy,
-who charged that undertaking upon his son. On Tuesday evening,
-the first of June, 1649, he went to the house of the father, who
-had just eaten his dinner, and was ascending a narrow ladder to his
-house. Sumoroy awaited him at that place, and hurling his lance,
-pierced his breast from side to side, and left him dead, without more
-time than to say "Jesus, Mary." They spared the life of Father Julio
-Aleni, [68] a Roman, saying that he was not their minister, but was
-dedicated to China, whence is inferred their motive in killing the
-[former] father. Next day they despoiled the house and church of its
-furniture and holy ornaments; profaned the altars and sacred images;
-scattered the holy oils; and used the silver chrismatories for the
-ajonjolí oil with which they anoint their hair.
-
-It was the will of divine Providence to show forth the devout fidelity
-of the women amid the infidelity and apostasy of the men; for, the
-day before that spoliation, Doña Angelina Dinagungan, wife of Don Juan
-Ponce, accompanied by another good Christian woman, Doña María Malón,
-went to the church and saved some holy images and ornaments, besides
-a chest belonging to the father, with the little that it contained,
-which they afterward surrendered to him. Among the images that that
-devout woman saved from the sacrilegious hands of the rebels was
-an image of our Lady of the Conception, which was kept with great
-propriety in the house of Doña María Malón, and which was often
-seen to sweat abundantly and to shed tears, a miracle which spread
-throughout the village. When the perfidious Sumoroy heard of it, he
-said: "The Virgin Mary is weeping. Let us see if she will weep if we
-burn the house;" and he went thither, with other men like himself,
-and set fire to it. But Divine Clemency did not permit the fire to
-catch in that house, although it was of bamboo and nipa like the
-others. The husband of Doña María Malón, called Don Gabriel Hongpón,
-was a head man [cabeza de barangay]; and only he and all his people
-remained faithful to God and to their king. God gave him courage to
-resist so many, who always respected him as he was so influential a
-man in that village of Palapag.
-
-The insurgents incited the inhabitants of Catubig, who also
-revolted. They killed a Spaniard, and burned the church and house of
-the father minister, after having sacked it. The contagion having
-spread to other villages, the people did the same at Pambohan, or
-Bayugo, Catarman, and Bonan; and thence passed to infect the provinces
-of Ibalón [69] and Camarines, where they killed a Franciscan religious,
-the guardian of Sorsogón. They killed Alférez Torres in Masbate. In
-Caraga, the inhabitants of the village of Tinao revolted and killed
-their minister, a discalced Augustinian, and a few Spanish soldiers
-of a small presidio established there, the rest escaping the fury of
-the insurgents. In Iligán, the village of Cagayán, a mission of our
-discalced religious, revolted. In the adjacent island of Camiguín,
-a mission of the same religious, they bound their minister and set
-their feet on his neck. The Subanos mutinied in the jurisdiction of
-Zamboanga, in the village called Siocon, where they killed Father
-Juan del Campo [70] of the Society of Jesus. The villages of the
-islands of Cebú and Bohol, who are warlike people, were wavering in
-their loyalty. But Divine Clemency did not permit them to declare
-themselves. Thus with the patience and tolerance of the father
-ministers, who suffered many hardships and found themselves in
-great danger, those fires--which could have consumed the loyalty
-of the provinces of these islands--were soon extinguished. The
-first village to rebel in the island of Leite was Bacor, where the
-church and house of the father minister were burned, and the people
-joined the inhabitants of Palapag, leaving the village deserted. The
-insurgents pretended that two Dutch ships were near, which were coming
-to aid them as equals in their rebellion against the Church and the
-vassalage due to their lawful king; and that pretense greatly aided
-them in their evil design.
-
-As soon as the alcalde-mayor of Leite heard of the insurrection,
-he collected all the boats and men possible, but these were very
-fragile means to oppose to so vast a multitude of insurgent and
-desperate men. Consequently, although they went to Palapag with the
-said alcalde-mayor, one Captain Don Juan Gómez de tres Palacios y
-Estrado, they served no other purpose than to make the rebellion
-worse, and to encourage the enemy. The latter intrenched themselves
-on an impregnable hill called "the table of Palapag;" and what is the
-greatest cause for surprise is that a Spaniard called Pedro Zapata, who
-had married an Indian woman in Palapag (who must have perverted him),
-went with them. But the insurgents gave him his pay by killing him,
-in order to take away the woman, a worthy reward for his incredible
-treason. They made trenches and strong stockades, with many sharp
-stakes and snares, and many stone boulders suspended, which, by being
-thrown upon the strongest army, would cause cruel injury. To work
-greater harm, they gave command of their men to Don Pedro Caamug,
-who descended the hill with two hundred insurgents and returned to
-the village of Palapag, where he killed the father minister, Vicente
-Damián, [71] and two boys who were serving him, who in their fear
-were clinging to the father. They again burned the church, a chamber
-of nipa and bamboo which Don Gabriel and his faithful followers had
-erected for the celebration of mass, furnishing this additional bond
-to their apostasy and rebellion. They returned to their impregnable
-hill after this, which was in their eyes a great victory, and began to
-fortify themselves much more strongly than they were, as they feared
-the war that was expected from Manila.
-
-Governor Don Diego Fajardo, seeing that the undertaking of the
-reduction of the inhabitants of Palapag was an affair requiring much
-care and consideration, because of the evil effects that would result
-from any unfavorable event, after holding a council of war determined
-to entrust this undertaking to the commander of the galleys, Andrés
-López de Asaldigui (already named on many occasions), as he had all the
-good qualities which can form a good soldier; for he was very brave
-and prudent, fortunate in the enterprises that had been entrusted
-to him, and a prime favorite with the soldiers because of his great
-liberality. That commander left Manila with the best men whom he
-could enlist, both Spaniards and Pampangos, and went to Catbalogan,
-the capital of that province, where he mustered thirteen oared vessels
-and two champans. His first order was to send some vessels to Panay
-and Iloilo for food. Well informed of the condition of the rebels of
-Palapag, he found that he needed more war-supplies for that conquest;
-for the insurgents had extended their revolt to many villages of the
-island, and the other neighboring islands were apparently prepared
-to follow their bold acts, if they were at all fortunate. Therefore
-Andrés López de Asaldegui sent to ask the governor for the galleys
-in his charge; but the latter did not send them, in order to avoid
-the expense that would be caused the royal treasury, which was very
-needy. But he sent order instead that the fleet of Zamboanga should
-be at his disposal.
-
-[At this juncture, Asaldigui is summoned by the governor to investigate
-the loss of the galleon "Encarnación," and "entrusting the Palapag
-enterprise to Captain Ginés de Rojas--a brave soldier, but one who
-had little reputation and affection among the soldiers, who regretted
-that order exceedingly, and would have returned home had they been
-able. To such an extent does the reputation of the leader further
-any enterprise."]
-
-Don Ginés de Rojas assembled the thirteen oared vessels and the two
-champans, in the latter of which he stowed the food. Likewise the
-fleet of Zamboanga came up with four caracoas and some Spaniards, and
-four hundred Lutaos; these are Indians of that region who have been
-recently converted to our holy faith from the errors of the cursed
-sect of Mahomet, by the efforts and toil of the religious of the
-Society. Their commandant was their master-of-camp Don Francisco Ugbo,
-a Lutao, and a brave man; and their sargento-mayor Don Alonso Macobo,
-of the same nation. The chief commander of that fleet was Captain
-Juan Muñoz, the admiral was Juan de Ulloa, and the captain was Suárez,
-who were veteran soldiers. In addition to that succor there came from
-Cebú Captain Don Francisco de Sandoval and Juan Fernández de León,
-who brought many men from Sialo, Caraga, and other provinces. When all
-those forces were assembled in Catbalogan, Don Ginés de Rojas divided
-them into three divisions, two under command of Sandoval and León,
-and the third in his own charge. He ordered Captain Sandoval to go
-to his encomienda at Catubig, and thence, with all the men whom he
-could assemble, to go to reduce the village of Palapag. Captain León
-was ordered to go with his men through Tubig, Sulat, Borongán, and
-other villages--first, however, to go to Guigán, to get as many men
-there as possible. Don Ginés de Rojas chose the villages of Catarman
-and Bobor, where his encomienda lay.
-
-All things were ready to undertake the conquest of the impregnable
-hill. Nothing worthy of note happened to Captain Don Francisco de
-Sandoval, but the Indians of Bacor prepared an ambush against Juan
-Fernández de León in a very dangerous pass. Juan de León de Paranas
-had gone out, embarking in the river of Nasán, which is very rapid
-because of its great current--and among other dangerous places is
-one more dangerous than all, namely, a fall and cataract which is two
-spear-lengths in height. Consequently, in order to proceed, one must
-unlade the boats; and, after raising them with great toil by means
-of certain very thick and strong rattans, must, after suspending or
-letting the boat down thus, again lade it. There did the enemy set
-their ambush for Juan de León, but it was disclosed by a friendly
-Indian. Our men firing their muskets and arquebuses at that side, the
-Indians fled with great loss; and our men proceeded to the bar of the
-river, where they fortified themselves in a stout stockade. Sandoval
-did the same in Catubig, as did Don Silvestre de Rodas, whom Don
-Ginés sent as a reënforcement to Sandoval.
-
-Those leaders, having arranged matters in this manner, continued
-to invite and pacify the many Indians who presented themselves. But
-those who were entrenched on the hill, confident in their fortress
-and defense, persisted obstinately in their revolt, and tried to get
-the other villages not to declare in our favor. Don Ginés fortified
-his post, and ordered each captain to do the same with his, for
-he had resolved to blockade and capture the natives on the hill by
-hunger. The natives learned from their spies that Don Ginés had but
-few men in his quarters, as the rest had gone to get provisions; and,
-having determined to use so favorable an opportunity, many of them
-went at night, by the river, near the land. When they thought that
-our men were very careless and sound asleep, they pulled some stakes
-out of the fortification of Don Ginés, and entered in a disorderly
-mob. But the sentinels hearing the noise, sounded the alarm. Don Ginés,
-awaking, seized his sword and buckler; and, accompanied by those who
-could follow him so hastily, confronted the enemy, and drove them to
-flight with great loss--as was judged from the abundance of blood that
-was seen in the camp in the morning. But it was not without any harm
-to our men, some of whom were wounded, although no one died. One ball
-struck Sumoroy on the shoulder, but only one dead man was left in the
-camp; for our opponents dragged the others away and threw them into
-the water. Don Ginés did not care to pursue them, fearing some ambush,
-which would have been easy in that darkness.
-
-The soldiers grumbled much at the great caution and prudence of Don
-Ginés de Rojas, who thought only of strengthening his fortifications,
-to the great labor of those who now desired to busy themselves with
-the enemy, and not the trees of the forest. That rose to such a pitch
-that the sargento-mayor of the Lutaos, Don Francisco Macombo, went to
-Don Ginés impatiently, and told him that neither he nor his men had
-come from Zamboanga to cut timber but to fight with the enemies of
-Palapag. Don Ginés was not displeased to see the willingness of his
-soldiers to fight, and therefore, in order to employ it, he had the
-men called to arms, and arranged the attack. He formed two divisions
-[for attack] from the whole army, and left the third to guard the
-camp. The assault was made in two parts--one by the open road,
-although it was better defended by the opponents; and the other by
-a precipitous path which was passable for the birds alone--for it
-was a huge steep rock, and so narrow at the place where the camp of
-the insurgents was established that only a single man could enter an
-opening made by nature--a place called for that reason by the natives,
-in their own language, "the eye of a needle." The men climbed up
-by that path, using feet and hands without carrying their arms;
-for these were carried by him who followed, and afterward given to
-him who was ahead; and so they did one with another. In addition to
-that, the insurgents had posted a sentinel there to advise them of
-any new move, for which a few coming to his aid would be sufficient
-to prevent many from effecting an entrance.
-
-Don Ginés entrusted that difficult undertaking to Captain Silvestre de
-Rodas, a native of Rota, and a soldier of great renown in his time, of
-whom are recounted incredible exploits performed by him in Ternate. He
-gave him command of the Lutao soldiers, with their commander Don
-Francisco Macombo; for himself Don Ginés took the battalion of the
-soldiers who attacked the hill in front. The vanguard and rearguard
-were placed in command of Captains Sandoval and Juan Fernández de
-León. The assault being planned in that form, Don Ginés engaged
-the enemy with his men, with great valor, to the sound of drums and
-trumpets, and went up the hill with great difficulty and danger. For
-the insurgents, cutting the rattans by which the stones and very large
-trunks of trees were fastened and kept back, would have been able
-by rolling them down to do great damage to our men, had not divine
-Providence directed these missiles to places where they could do no
-damage. Our men went up most of the hill with this obstinacy, and the
-enemy went out to meet them with so great valor that it seemed rather
-desperation; and the damage inflicted upon them by our arquebuses did
-not cool their obstinacy, for they tried to throw themselves on our
-spears and swords in their anxiety to die while killing [others]. The
-great advantage of the fortress of the hill increased their courage,
-as it could have caused great loss to our men to fight in the open
-and unsheltered. The fight lasted many hours, the enemy often being
-relieved, for they had many brave and well-armed men on the hill. Don
-Ginés de Rojas, seeing that the fury of the enemy was invincible (for
-they were fighting more like lions than like men), and that his men
-could not proceed with the undertaking, because they had no further
-strength and were tired, and had many wounded, yielded for the time
-being, and sounded the retreat, leaving more vigorous experience for
-another day. The enemy also retired, satisfied at the resistance that
-they had shown, although much to their cost.
-
-Very different was the success of the brave Silvestre de Rodas, with
-his Lutaos in charge of Don Francisco Ugbo and Don Alonso Macombo,
-who on the second of July, 1650, made the assault in the most difficult
-point--which was the eye of the needle in the rock, as we have stated
-above, through which Silvestre de Rodas was the first to go. He chose
-the silence of the night, a time when they were least likely to be
-discovered. Climbing up one by one and without arms, with the labor
-that was necessary, at the middle of the ascent an obstacle occurred
-that could have blocked so great an enterprise. That was a very heavy
-rain, which lasted a great part of the night, and which the men endured
-without the slightest shelter, but with great vigilance and care that
-fire for their matches should not be lacking--availing themselves for
-that purpose of the shields of the Lutaos, which are called carazas,
-and are made of long narrow pieces of wood, with which they cover all
-the body at the side. The rain ceased and, although they were soaking,
-they all resumed the ascent of the hill; they reached the entrance of
-the rock at an opportune time, when the sentinel, quite unsuspicious of
-such an assault, was absent, as he had gone to get some fire (without
-the company of which those Indians cannot live), or indeed have a
-smoke, for they think that that furnishes them with fine company. On
-that account, Silvestre de Rodas and some of the foremost, who were
-the most vigorous were enabled to enter. The sentinel returned with
-a brand in his hand, and when he was near perceived the bad effect
-of his carelessness, and believed that our camp was already upon
-him. He looked in astonishment, and then, hurriedly taking flight,
-began to cry out and announce that our men had already entered the
-hill by means of the rock. Not less was the confusion of all, who were
-quite free from the dread of so unexpected an assault. Confused and
-lacking in counsel, a panic terror seized them and forced them into
-disorganized flight, so that Silvestre de Rodas and the Lutaos were
-allowed to become masters of the field. Unfurling their victorious
-banners, they took possession of the lodgings, trenches, and food of
-the enemy. Don Ginés de Rojas ascended the hill with his whole army,
-and destroyed the insurgent quarters by setting fire to them. Having
-published a general pardon, those who had been insurgents before,
-presented themselves in peace.
-
-The chief leader Sumoroy and his sorcerer father refused to put in
-an appearance, or to talk of peace. But the very ones whom he had
-caused to rebel killed him, and carried his head to Don Ginés de
-Rojas, although they had been so loyal to him before that when the
-alcalde-mayor of Leite went at the beginning to reduce them to peace,
-and asked them as the first condition to deliver to him the head of
-Sumoroy, they, making light of the request, sent him the head of
-a swine. But afterward, as a token of their true obedience, they
-delivered the head, without any one asking for it. Don Juan Ponce
-remained in hiding in the island of Cebú for a long time, but after
-having obtained pardon he returned to Palapag; there he committed
-crimes that were so atrocious that the alcalde-mayor seized him and
-sent him to Manila, where he paid for those crimes on the scaffold. He
-who had the best end was Don Pedro Caamug; for he was the first to
-present himself, and showed great loyalty in the reduction of the
-others. He continued all his life to be very quiet, and was governor
-of his village, where he was highly esteemed; and it was proved that
-he was not the one who had killed Father Vicente with his hands,
-although he was captain of that band. Moreover, it was found to be
-advisable to overlook much on that occasion, as the quiet of all the
-Pintados Islands, who were awaiting the end of the rebels of Palapag,
-depended on it.
-
-
-[The following additional information is obtained from Concepción's
-Hist. de Philipinas, vi, pp. 247-280:]
-
-[p. 254:] From here [i.e., Cebú] leaped more than sparks to the
-province of Caraga, where there had been some causes for resentment
-between the alcalde-mayor and the father minister of Tandag. The
-father had rebuked the alcalde for oppressions inflicted on the
-Indians, and, perceiving that his exhortations were unheeded, he
-carried his complaints to the supreme tribunal, where hearing was
-given to them. The alcalde-mayor was angry at being prodded from
-Manila, and found means to take his revenge. Governor Faxardo,
-vigilant in defending the provinces from the Dutch, gave orders to
-reconnoiter the harbors and fortify the military posts; and, that he
-might take seasonable precautions, he solicited accurate information
-[from the officials]. The alcalde-mayor, in the anger that he felt,
-availed himself of this opportunity. He informed the governor that
-the fort of Tandag was in condition to make a vigorous defense, to
-which the only hindrance was the church and convent--a very strong
-edifice, which dominates the castle--and that he considered it very
-necessary to demolish it. In virtue of this report, it was decided
-in the military and fiscal councils that those buildings should be
-demolished, as well as all others that might be on that coast which
-were of like materials, in order that the Dutch might not find in them
-means of offense or defense. This order arrived at Tandag, where now
-there was another governor. Captain Don Juan Garcia did not make it
-known, and held a council in the fort regarding its execution, and
-therein was decided the suspension of the order--for, in case that
-the enemy came, the buildings could be easily torn down and burned,
-since the walls were weak and the roofs of nipa or straw--until the
-supreme government should make some other arrangement. Representations
-were made to that government of the great sorrow that the natives
-felt at the destruction [of those buildings], from which it was
-feared that if another church were not built, at a greater distance,
-the natives would take flight to the mountains. Notwithstanding this
-second information, the former order for demolition was confirmed. [See
-account of this measure, and of the revolt of the Indians, and of its
-being quelled by Spanish troops, in VOL. XXXVI, in Santa Theresa's
-narrative. Concepción continues, p. 262:] This father minister [72]
-sent a despatch to Manila, communicating this melancholy information;
-on receiving it, Señor Faxardo immediately sent to Tandag Captain
-Gregorio Dicastillo with a detachment of Spanish infantry, so that, in
-conjunction with Bernabe de la Plaza, alcalde-mayor of that province,
-they might try all measures, even though they might be severe, for
-reducing the insurgents. They went to Butuan, where they established
-a military base or headquarters. In order to justify the severity of
-war, a general amnesty was published. Many Indians came to present
-themselves, of whom several were hanged; a few of those who came
-down from the mountains gained their liberty, the rest remaining as
-slaves. It was a wicked act of those who executed [the governor's
-orders] that they shamefully broke the promise made in the name of the
-king, and in so august a name committed perfidy. Manila and its suburbs
-were full of slaves. The royal Audiencia made formal inquiry into
-these illegal acts, and took the residencia of the principal persons
-concerned in them. One was put to the torture, and confessed; he was
-sentenced to decapitation. The property of another was confiscated,
-after two years of imprisonment; and another found himself reduced
-to extreme poverty. He who was commissioned by the supreme government
-for the trial of these suits, Licentiate Don Manuel Suarez de Olivera,
-the military auditor-general, declared in favor of the Indian slaves,
-setting all of them free. In order that this decree might be effective,
-those included under its provisions were registered by father Fray
-Augustin--then secretary of his province, and known by the name of
-"Padre Capitan" [i.e., "Father Captain"]--who included in the list many
-Indians whose names were not contained in the official documents. He
-presented it to the governor, and asked for a mandatory decree for
-their liberty, which was promptly issued; and then he went with the
-notary through all the houses in which the Indians were distributed,
-enforcing the execution of the decree. This proceeding cost him
-many fatigues and annoyances; for since those who had paid out their
-money for the Indians were left without slaves, there was hardly a
-house where he came where he would not hear opprobrious language. It
-also caused him great expenses; but his efficient management of
-the business came out successfully. He collected all the slaves,
-and furnished them with transportation to carry them back to their
-homes and their native land. This benefaction rendered it easy for the
-Indian chiefs of Linao, who had left their village and were fugitives,
-to return to their due obedience and vassalage....
-
-[pp. 273-281: After the rebellion was put down in Leyte], the Indians
-of Bisayas remained more quiet; by those so costly experiences they
-had been undeceived, and had learned that it is impossible to shake
-off the Spanish yoke, by force or by fraud; their wildness subdued
-by trade and intercourse [with us], they recognize that they ought
-not to thrust aside what produces so many advantages for them in
-being treated by our sovereign as his children. These tribunals treat
-them with charity, mildness, and justice, besides bearing with their
-troublesome traits and their weaknesses, without adding injury to
-their wretched condition.
-
-Don Francisco Ugbo returned from the Palapag expedition wounded,
-and attacked by a serious malady, which was declared mortal. This
-commander, learning that his last hour was at hand, showed how deeply
-rooted was the Christian religion in his heart, although it was of
-recent growth; he received the holy sacraments with extraordinary
-devotion and reverence, exhorted all his family and acquaintances to
-become good Christians, and in the midst of his intense pains endured
-them without complaint or anger. In his testament he commanded,
-as his last wishes, that his property should be shared between his
-relatives and his soul [i.e., in saying masses for its repose]; and
-he died while offering fervent acts of contrition, to the admiration
-and consolation of those who were present.
-
-By the death of Father Juan de el Campo the [religious] administration
-of La Caldera and Siocon was left forsaken. The provincial of the
-Society sent to that conversion Father Francisco Combes, who applied
-his efforts to gathering those wild natures into a social group; with
-this basis he undertook their instruction in our supreme mysteries, and
-they gradually became accustomed to a rational and civilized life. On
-the river of Sibuco there was an Indian named Ondol, so cruel that
-he would kill any person without further cause than his own whim;
-and this man had a brother of the same barbarous habits, who kept a
-great number of women in his power that he might abuse them. Ondol
-sought to kill Father Adulfo de Pedrosa, and also threatened Father
-Combes; but the latter discreetly took no notice of it, and Ondol
-went on, trusting to this. Consequently, before he realized it he
-was seized, and sent a prisoner to Samboangan; the governor there
-received him gladly, at seeing in his power an Indian who had made
-so much mischief. His brother continued to rouse disturbances,
-and an armada was sent against him, but accomplished nothing. This,
-however, warned him to avoid the blow, and he hid among the woods
-and hills. The guards of Father Combes seized by stratagem more than
-fifteen relatives of this evil man, and sent them to Samboangan;
-love for his people, and their danger, brought this bloody man to the
-church, to beg mercy from the father. The latter gladly admitted him,
-and proposed to him the conditions, [of his pardon]--he and all his
-people, who were Lutaos, must live in range of the artillery of the
-fort, and render service in the armada. He also obtained, by diligent
-efforts, the ascendency over the insurgents of Siocon. Father Combes
-entered that village, landing there with his men; they asked for the
-bones of Father Campo's companions, which they found lying among the
-brier-patches. These they buried together, and placed a cross over the
-tomb. Father Combes took from that place a hermit, who, dressed as a
-woman, punctually observed the natural law, and professed celibacy;
-he was named Lavia de Manila. [73] This man was converted to the law
-of Christ, and spent the remainder of his life as a faithful servant
-[of God].
-
-In Basilan, affairs were more difficult. Most of the people of that
-island had been subdued by Father Francisco Lado, [74] who with the
-aid of the governor of Samboangan had driven from it all the panditas,
-[75] and the vicious and suspicious characters. Only one of these was
-left, who by his malice stirred up much disquiet; this was one Tabaco,
-who incited the natives of the island to revolution. All who desired
-to be freed from the tribute and other obligations repaired to him,
-and at once found in him their patron. His faction rapidly increased,
-and at Samboangan it was decided to intercept this danger. Diligent
-were their efforts, for the very Basilanos whom it was necessary
-for the Spaniards to employ warned this man of all that they did;
-and with their information he mocked the utmost efforts of the
-Spaniards. An adjutant undertook a raid, with a considerable number
-of Spaniards and Pampangos, and burned his grain-fields; but he did
-not encounter Tabaco, and had to return. Father Lado went to find him,
-and asked him to wait for him in a certain place; the father made such
-representations that he succeeded in inducing this man to leave the
-mountains. He went with the father to see the governor of Samboangan,
-and gave the latter such assurances of his desires for peace and quiet
-that to him was entrusted the reduction of the natives. He returned to
-Basilan, and to his perverse mode of life--so much so, that he tried
-to kill Father Lado, in order to remove that obstacle to his evil
-designs. The father knew his depraved intentions, and fled from the
-blow that was aimed at him; and at Samboangan there was discussion,
-in a military council, of the most effective measure for restraining
-those seditious natives. Among the speakers was an alférez, Don Alonso
-Tenorio, who said that it was a fruitless trouble and fatigue to
-transport [to Basilan] arms and troops, since these carried with them
-the warning to the rebels to place themselves in safety; that efforts
-should be made to kill Tabaco, and the rest would be subdued, and
-thus this source of evil would be stopped without wearing out either
-Spaniards or Indians. The governor, who supposed that Don Alonso spoke
-without experience, and that the arrogance of youth led him too far,
-said to him: "Then, your Grace, go and kill him." Tenorio was not a man
-to jest, or one to form speculative projects which others might carry
-out; he took this order quite in earnest, and immediately set out for
-Basilan with some companions. He summoned Tabaco to a certain place,
-in which he must communicate to him an important matter, which would
-be to his advantage. Tabaco went to the place designated, with several
-of his most valiant companions; and Tenorio also arrived with his
-friends. The Indian awaited him without fear, at seeing him destitute
-of forces adequate to his own; and Tenorio, having talked about the
-subject that had been agreed upon, said to him, in a most resolute
-voice, "Tabaco, unless thou desirest me to kill thee, give thyself up
-as a prisoner." Tabaco, without showing any alarm, rose to his feet,
-holding his lance, in order to reply with it; Tenorio attacked him
-with astonishing courage, and the companions of both engaged in the
-fight. Our men killed Tabaco, and seven of his braves; and on our side
-one Spaniard and two Indians were slain. Tenorio cut off Tabaco's head,
-and those of his seven companions, and in forty hours [76] was already
-on his return to Samboangan with these trophies. Thus promptly was
-concluded an exploit which pledged [the safety of] all the forces
-of the garrison; with the death of Tabaco his followers lost their
-courage, and the island remained entirely quiet. Such is the power of
-an heroic resolution. It is certain that conversions of the Moros are
-difficult, but those which are successful are stable; they steadfastly
-maintain the true religion, when they cast aside the errors of their
-false belief. The following instance is an edifying one, and goes far
-to confirm our statement. When the Joloans were conquered and reduced
-to quiet, the turbulent and cruel Achen--a dato, and a notorious
-pirate--was not pacified. He made a voyage to Borney, in order to stir
-up the natives there, and to make them companions and auxiliaries in
-his robberies. He carried with him his wife Tuam Oley, [77] daughter
-of Libot; the latter was a urancaya or petty king of the Lutaos of the
-Siocon coast, and was a Mahometan by profession. Enlightened within and
-from above, he had received holy baptism, and very strictly maintained
-its innocence. Achen became very sick in Borney, and, reduced to the
-last extremity, as a last farewell he made his wife swear that she
-would never abandon the doctrine of Mahoma. After Achen's death,
-Oley began to feel the sorrows of an afflicted widowhood, and she
-sadly wrote to her father, Libot, asking him to go to carry her away
-from that wretched exile. His paternal affection made him resolve,
-although he was now old and feeble, to go to console his daughter. The
-governor [of Samboangan] tried to prevent this voyage, on account of
-Libot's age, and because, as the latter had grown up in the errors
-of that sect, it was feared that there was danger of his perversion
-[from the Christian faith]. The governor therefore proposed to him
-measures which were sufficient for removing his daughter from that
-country. Libot assured him of his constancy in the faith, and in proof
-of his firmness, gave a contribution of a hundred pesos to the church;
-as it was not easy to detain him, they acquiesced in the voyage. He
-arrived at the court of Borney, where, on account of his advanced
-age and the hardships of the journey, he fell ill, and this sickness
-proved to be mortal. The king, seeing Libot, exhorted him to abandon
-the new religion and return to his former faith; but Libot remained
-steadfast. Then the king sent him his panditas, or learned doctors,
-in order to convince him; but they found that their efforts were
-in vain. The king was angered at this constancy, and threatened
-to take Libot's property from him, make his daughter a slave, and
-fling his dead body into the open field. All this Libot scorned,
-and charged his daughter to bury him as a Christian, without using
-the ceremonies of the Moors [i.e., Mahometans] in their funerals,
-or even mingling these [with Christian rites]; and so he died, in
-a very Christian frame of mind. The prince took possession of all
-Libot's property, and ordered that his daughter Oley be imprisoned;
-but she, availing herself of her many slaves, forced her way out of
-her prison, and risked going as a fugitive to Samboangan. The king,
-furious, undertook to avenge this affront on the corpse of her father,
-and commanded that it be disinterred; but through Supreme Providence
-they were never able to find it, although they attempted to, with the
-closest search, and they believed that his daughter had carried the
-body with her. Oley arrived at Samboangan safely, and soon fell ill,
-not without suspicion of some deadly poison. The fathers went to her,
-to see if they could convert her to the faith of Jesus Christ, but
-their persuasions were vain. In compassion, the governor and other
-persons opposed such obstinacy, with both promises and threats; but
-they could not make her change her opinion in the least. The victory
-was won by the [native] master-of-camp, Don Pedro Cabilin, a very
-influential and respected man, who pledged himself to persuade Oley
-to become a Christian. She listened to him attentively on account of
-his nobility, and because he was of her own kinsfolk and blood. With
-these recommendations, and his effectual arguments, that obstinacy
-was conquered, and she received holy baptism, to the universal joy
-of the entire garrison. Her godmother was the wife of the governor,
-Doña Cathalina Henriquez, and the newly-baptized convert took that
-lady's name. Oley had an excellent intellect, and put it to good use in
-her last moments, continually invoking God up to her last breath. The
-Spaniards gave her a very solemn burial. The chiefs carried her body on
-their shoulders up to the door of the church, where the governor and
-the officers of the garrison took it, carrying it in the same manner
-to the burial-place, and afterward to the tomb--this magnificent
-display causing edification to all.
-
-[See Santa Theresa's account (in VOL. XXXVI) of one of the outer
-waves of this insurrection, that among the Manobos of Mindanao.]
-
-
-In Pampanga and Pangasinan; 1660-61
-
-[The following account of this revolt is taken (partly in synopsis)
-from Diaz's Conquistas, pp. 568-590. These events are also related
-in Santa Cruz's Hist. Sant. Rosario, pp. 331-341; Murillo Velarde's
-Hist. de Philipinas, fol. 253b-256; Concepción's Hist. de Philipinas,
-vii, pp. 9-35; and Ferrando's Hist. de los PP. Dominicos, iii,
-pp. 67-74.]
-
-[p. 568:] All the ten years of the government of the prudent and
-magnanimous governor Don Sabiniano Manrique de Lara were a melancholy
-period of troubles and misfortunes, greater and more continual than
-these islands had ever before suffered; and without doubt they would
-have been more painful and intolerable if they had not been ameliorated
-and diminished by the discretion, affable behavior, and clemency of
-this great governor--so that it seems as if divine Providence (or,
-in heathen phrase, Fortune) had trained Don Sabiniano for a governor
-in such times. [Diaz then enumerates several of these disasters,
-notably the losses of richly-laden galleons.]
-
-[p. 571 et seq.] So frequent were these losses that Don Juan Grau de
-Monfalcón, procurator in Madrid for the city of Manila, in a curious
-treatise which he presented to the royal and supreme Council of
-Indias makes a computation of them for sixty-five years, and finds
-that only fifteen of these were exempt from such misfortunes. But
-they were almost continual in this calamitous term of office,
-although Don Sabiniano met all these disasters with serenity and
-steadfastness, and apparently with cheerfulness; this he did through
-prudence, in order that the sorrow [of the people] might not extend
-to despair.... But no art could long veil so much misery. The more
-warlike provinces of these islands ascertained the unusual events
-which had caused our forces to be so small, however much prudence
-dissimulated these; and they sought to avail themselves of so good an
-opportunity, deeming it a suitable time for recovering their liberty,
-a gift of priceless value. Subjugation is always a matter of coercion,
-and this in turn needs other and greater violence that it may repress
-this natural inclination; and in natives whose condition makes them
-abject this desire increases more vehemently. They did not realize
-that the Spaniards had freed them from the harsh captivity of their
-barbarous tyranny, transferring them to an honorable subjection which
-made them more the masters of their liberty, because these rebels
-had not endured that tyranny. They came to know our lack of strength,
-and from that passed to despising it; they presumed more on their own
-strength than they ought, and rashly went on, without consideration,
-looking only at the end and forgetting the means [to attain it].
-
-The first who decided to try fortune by experience were the Pampangos,
-the most warlike and prominent people of these islands, and near to
-Manila. [Their rebellion was] all the worse because these people had
-been trained in the military art in our own schools, in the fortified
-posts of Ternate, Zamboanga, Joló, Caraga, and other places, where
-their valor was well known; but it needed the shelter of ours, and
-therefore it was said that one Spaniard and three Pampangos were equal
-to four Spaniards. This people were harassed by repeated requisitions
-for cutting timber, for the continual building of galleons, and
-they received no satisfaction for many purchases of rice for which
-the money was due them. The province of Pampanga is in our charge in
-spiritual matters, and there we have sixteen convents and doctrinas,
-among the best which there are in this field of Christianity. The
-convents are: Bacolor (which is the head of them all), Baua, Lubao,
-Sexmoan, Betis, Porac, Mexico, Minalin, Macabebe, Apalit, Candava,
-Arayat, Magalang, Gapan, and Santor. Then in the hill-country beyond
-these places we have large missions of warlike peoples who are being
-converted to our holy faith, called Italones, Abacaes, and Calonasas,
-and Ituríes, and various others, who have been induced to settle in
-several villages. These are continually increasing, and we expect in
-God that they will attain much growth if it is not interfered with by
-subjecting them to tribute and personal services, of which they have a
-great horror. These are the hindrances which delay the conversions of
-these numerous peoples, some heathens and others recently converted;
-for among these tribes of low condition the appetite for liberty
-increases with great force--spurred on by the envy which is aroused
-in them at seeing the freedom which is enjoyed by other peoples as
-being more noble or vigorous, or because the cultivation of their
-mental powers procures it for them. Many peoples were conquered
-because they did not know their own strength until they found that
-they were subdued. In these islands we find by experience that in
-no province do the people live more peaceably than in those which
-received us with hostility, and in none have they attempted a change
-[of rule] except in those which invited us with [offers of peace]--and
-the most pusillanimous of these have most strenuously endeavored
-to throw off the curb of subjection. Those immediately surrounding
-Manila were the last to do so, because in them our hands had seized
-the reins. Some were intimidated by the contact with our power, and
-others were restrained by a sense of honor, seeing themselves admitted
-to the privilege of [carrying] our arms, and honored by the confidence
-which up to this time had been merited by the fidelity of the Pampango
-people. On this occasion they were the first who broke away, because
-even our esteem could not remove from them their mean nature.
-
-The Pampangos, determined to break the bonds of subjection and throw
-off the yoke of the Spanish dominion, carried out that resolve with
-valor. In their opinion, they had just cause for this action, in the
-timber-cutting that was being done in their forests, in the place
-called Malasinglo and Bocoboco; they alleged as their first pretexts
-some acts of oppression committed on them by Juan de Corteberria,
-[78] chief overseer of the said timber-cutting--which lasted eight
-months, a thousand Pampango men assisting in the work, levied in the
-usual repartimientos. In the early days of October, 1660, the loyal
-population of Pampanga made their first rebellious movements--the
-people being exasperated against the overseers of the wood-cutting,
-who had been ill-treating them. Setting fire to the huts in which
-they had lodged, they declared, by the light of the fierce flames,
-their rash intention; and as leader of their revolt they appointed an
-Indian chief named Don Francisco Maniago, a native of the village of
-Mexico, who was master-of-camp for his Majesty. The post of chaplain
-for the said wood-cutting was filled by a religious of the Order of
-St. Dominic, named father Fray Pedro Camacho; [79] he made all possible
-efforts to pacify them, but all in vain. On this account he decided
-to come to Manila and report everything to Don Sabiniano Manrique
-de Lara, to whom he represented that he did not regard as prudent
-the idea that he must proceed with rigor against the ringleaders
-of the sedition. At the same time when the information of that fire
-reached Don Sabiniano there came also advices from the alcalde-mayor
-of the province of Pampanga, Don Juan Gomez de Payva, that he had
-exhausted all measures for restoring security. In consequence of
-this, Don Sabiniano again despatched father Fray Pedro Camacho with
-a message for those people, that he on his part would assure them
-of pardon and relief if they would return and resume their work. Don
-Sabiniano rightly guessed the burden imposed by the circumstances of
-the occasion; for the revolt was in one of the most warlike nations of
-these islands, and the garrison at Manila was drained of soldiers by
-the continual reënforcements sent to Maluco, and by the aid [furnished
-from it] to the relief that had come from Nueva España. This had been
-brought in the patache "San Damián," in charge of Admiral Don Manuel
-de Alarcon, sent by the viceroy, Conde de Baños, and had been secreted
-on the coast opposite the port of Lampón; and therefore Don Sabiniano,
-although he put on an appearance of assurance, in reality experienced
-the utmost anxiety. He wrote secretly to our father Fray José Duque,
-who was then prior of the convent of Sexmoán, and to father Fray
-Isidro Rodríguez, prior of the convent of Baua, to ask that they,
-with the authority which they had acquired during so many years as
-ministers in that province, would endeavor to persuade those people to
-return to their obedience. Those religious labored to that end, with
-all the greater eagerness on account of what was risked in the revolt;
-but the only effect was to set spurs to the boldness of the insurgents,
-who attributed to the governor's fear of them the peaceable measures
-that were proposed. The result showed this, for, tearing off at once
-the mask which they had worn, they presented themselves, armed,
-in the village of Lubao, under the command of the above-named Don
-Francisco Maniago, although many of the mutineers had gone to their own
-villages. Others gathered in a strong force in the village of Bacolor,
-closing the mouths of the rivers with stakes, in order to hinder the
-commerce of that province with Manila; and they wrote letters to the
-provinces of Pangasinán and Ilocos, urging them to follow their example
-and throw off the heavy yoke of the Spaniards, and to kill all of the
-latter who might be in those provinces. Information of this reached
-Don Sabiniano at night, and, without stopping to wait for daylight,
-he embarked in company with the twelve military leaders, and set out
-at daybreak for the village of Macabebe.
-
-The governor took with him, besides his alférez Francisco de Roa and
-others, the following recently-created officers: Generals Don Felipe
-de Ugalde, Juan Enrique de Miranda, and Don Juan de Vergara; Admirals
-Don Diego Cortés and Don Felix de Herrera Robachero; Sargentos-mayor
-Don Pedro Tamayo, Martín Sanchez de la Cuesta, and Pedro Lozano;
-Captains Don Pedro Carmona, Don Juan de Morales, Don José Cascos de
-Quirós, Don Alonso de las Casas, Don Alonso de Quirante, Don Gabriel
-Niño de Guzmán, Juan Diaz Yañez, Silvestre de Rodas; and for his
-secretaries General Sebastian Rayo Doria and Juan de Padilla. The
-government notaries were Captain Juan Fijado and Captain Simón
-de Fuentes; and the aides-de-camp, Pedro Méndez de Sotomayor and
-Francisco Iglesias. With this detachment, who numbered at most 300
-men, in eleven small champans and with four pieces of artillery,
-each carrying four-libra balls, Don Sabiniano began his journey;
-and he reached the village of Macabebe at six in the afternoon of the
-following day, having been delayed a long time by removing the stakes
-with which the insurgents had closed the entrances to the rivers. All
-the islands were imperiled by this war, since all the tribes were
-on the watch for its outcome--which, in case it were adverse to the
-Spaniards, would give to this [Pampango] people a great reputation,
-and to the rest so much confidence that not one of them would forego
-the opportunity for their fancied relief. A very hazardous corrective
-was that of resort to arms; for, whether [we remained] victorious or
-conquered, in any event the Spanish power would be left diminished
-and weakened. For, although only 200 infantry had been taken from
-the Manila garrison for this expedition, it was necessary that
-the deficiency should be made good by the ecclesiastical estate in
-that city--which was left in charge of Master-of-camp Don Domingo de
-Ugarte. As we have stated, Don Sabiniano arrived at Macabebe, a rich
-and populous village in that province; he came opportunely, as on that
-very day the people in that village had made ready their vessels and
-weapons to go to join the mutineers. Those of Macabebe received the
-governor with affected friendliness, the presence of the Spaniards so
-well armed having taken away their courage; and all their anxiety was
-to hide the tokens of their disorder. The governor was lodged in the
-house of Don Francisco Salonga, as it was the best in the village,
-although the convent was offered to him by father Fray Enrique de
-Castro (who was its prior), observant of the civilities requisite to
-guests so honored, although unexpected. He also endeavored that all
-the women should be kept out of sight, so that the wanton conduct of
-the soldiers might not give any occasion for new dangers; and Don
-Sabiniano gave the men strict orders, with heavy penalties for the
-transgressors, so that they might not render the Spanish name more
-odious through fault of ours. This unexpected arrival diverted the
-course of the resolution made by the Macabebe natives, and therefore
-they revoked it, dissimulating with affected protestations of loyalty;
-but those who were found with arms did not neglect to hasten to hide
-their weapons, in order that their recent inconstancy might not render
-suspicious, by so manifest a token of rebellion, the loyalty which
-their respectful behavior pledged. Don Sabiniano well understood it
-all, but, feigning affable manners, and careful to show confidence,
-he made a virtue of the occasion. The obsequious solicitude of
-the Macabebe men rendered doubtful the resolution of the others,
-who in the village of Apalit took away the despatches that had been
-given to Don Agustin Pimintuan, the intended ambassador of the rebels
-for conspiring in the provinces of Pangasinán and Ilocos, their near
-neighbors--fearing that he who bore them would place them in the hands
-of the governor, that he might with the names of the conspirators
-blot his own from the list of the traitors. All were afraid at the
-so close proximity of the governor, imagining that they already had
-upon them the entire Spanish power, which discouraged the former ardor
-of all. It was worth much to Don Sabiniano that he had made sure of
-one individual, named Don Juan Macapagal, a chief of the village of
-Arayat, since it was necessary to pass through there to reach the
-province of Pangasinán; and, this being assured, we were free from
-the danger that the Indians of the two provinces might unite their
-forces. Don Sabiniano wrote a letter to Don Juan Macapagal, in which,
-assuming his fidelity to his Majesty, he ordered that chief to come to
-confer with him at Macabebe. Don Juan Macapagal immediately left his
-home, and, passing through the camp of the rebels, went to assure Don
-Sabiniano of his obedience, offering his life in the service of his
-Majesty. Don Sabiniano treated him with great kindness, accompanied
-with promises [of reward], with which the fidelity of Macapagal was
-easily secured. Don Sabiniano made him master-of-camp of his people,
-and, as pledges for his constancy, asked him for his children and
-wife, on the pretext of assuring in Manila their safety from the
-rebels--thus mingling his confidence with measures of suspicion,
-but veiling this with pretexts of protection. The Pampango, quite
-contrary to what was believed, accepted this so harsh condition;
-but when once the resolution of a nobleman has been declared, any
-alteration brings in greater distrust. Don Sabiniano sent Captain
-Nicolás Coronado with twenty-five soldiers, ordering him to construct a
-fort in Arayat, as was afterward done, and also to hasten the coming
-of the wife and children of Macapagal. [The mutineers send an envoy to
-Macapagal to secure his support, but he kills the envoy and compels
-his followers to turn back.] The chiefs and leaders of the mutiny
-were already finding that their followers had grown remiss, and the
-courage of those who supported them had diminished, and they despaired
-of the constancy of these. They were still more depressed by the news
-which they received of the extreme honors which the governor paid to
-the wife and children of Don Juan Macapagal--sending them to Manila
-with great distinction, and entrusting them to the gallant care of
-General Don Francisco de Figueroa, the alcalde-mayor of Tondo--and
-of their entertainment and kind reception, in which they were served
-with a display beyond what their condition and nature required. At this
-demonstration the envy of the rebels guessed the superior position to
-which Macapagal's fidelity would raise him, above all those of his
-people. By the honors paid to this chief, the governor allured the
-ambition of the rest, and introduced discord in order to separate
-by craft that body which ambition held together. Our religious
-availed themselves of this opportunity, and like thieves in the
-house, since they understood the natural disposition of the Indians,
-they neglected no occasion to persuade some and allure others with
-promises--an endeavor which, although the governor had not charged
-it upon them, they prosecuted with great earnestness, on account of
-the great risk which was incurred by the Christian church in such
-disturbances. All the ministers of that province accomplished much,
-especially the father definitors Fray José Duque and Isidro Rodríguez,
-also Fray Jose de Vega (the prior of Guagua), Fray Andres de Salazar,
-and Fray Enrique de Castro, and others--whom those natives reverenced,
-as their abilities deserved. Soon the results of these efforts became
-available; for the chief promoters of the rebellion, finding the
-courage of their followers so weakened, began to search for paths for
-their own safety. They despatched our father Fray Andrés de Salazar
-with a letter to Don Sabiniano, in which they alleged, as an excuse
-for the disturbance, the arrears of pay which were due them for their
-services, together with the loans of their commodities which had been
-taken to Manila for the support of the paid soldiers; they entreated
-his Lordship to command that these dues be paid, so that their people,
-delighted with this payment and therefore laying aside their fury,
-could be disarmed by their chiefs and sent back to their homes. Don
-Sabiniano allowed himself to be influenced by the arguments which
-they placed before him, considering that the anger of the people is
-not easily quenched by resorting to another force, and so he agreed to
-grant them a part of what they demanded; and they were pacified by his
-paying some part of the debt--although the authorities must contract
-fresh obligations to do this, as the royal treasury was exhausted on
-account of not having received even the interest on the money which
-had been landed at a place one hundred leguas from Manila. In view of
-this, the governor offered them 14,000 pesos, on account of what was
-due them, which amounted to more than 200,000 pesos. For this he sent
-his secretary, General Sebastian Rayo Doria, to authorize two other
-commanders, Generals Juan Enriquez de Miranda and Felipe de Ugalde,
-to establish peace and publish the general amnesty for the past
-which he granted to all that people. When the writ of amnesty was
-drawn up, and the words were repeated to them in their own language
-by the amanuensis (who was one of the Pampango tribe), in reading to
-them these words, "In the name of his Majesty I grant pardon, for
-the sake of avoiding all bloodshed," he altered the sense of this
-sentence, telling them the very opposite [of what it said]. Then,
-slipping out of the conference, he went among the crowd to tell them
-[this false statement], and from this resulted fresh disturbances. The
-effect of this was the detention of our generals as prisoners, and the
-choice of a new head, or master-of-camp, for the mutiny, Don Nicolás
-Mañago--who immediately issued a proclamation that on the following
-day all should be on hand, with their arms ready for use. That day's
-interval gave opportunity for the labors of our religious, who did
-everything in their power to undeceive the people and dispel the error
-under which they were laboring--making known to them the true meaning
-of the terms of the amnesty; and thereupon those timid creatures began
-to grow calm. Nor was the governor negligent meanwhile; for, as soon
-as he was informed of the condition of the generals whom he had sent,
-he commanded that the drums should immediately call the troops to arms,
-and they should move against the rebels--for his very desire for peace
-had made him keep his forces in readiness and at their stations; but,
-as a good officer, he knew that the most suitable means of securing
-an honorable peace is to make more formidable the preparations for
-war. The troops--[as yet] in peace, but well armed--were encamped
-very near the rebels; they traveled through the open country,
-as is possible in the settled part of that province (which is all
-rivers and bayous), conveyed in boats that were adequate for their
-numbers. The mountain route was taken by Captain Don Luis de Aduna
-and Don Sebastian Villareal with the cavalry, in order to embarrass
-the enemy's retreat, and deprive them of their accustomed refuge,
-which is the mountains. Don Juan Macapagal, who with loyal ardor took
-the field in his Majesty's service, was sent to his own village of
-Arayat, that he might, in conjunction with the people from the farms
-about that village, prevent the enemy from using that route to go to
-Pangasinán--a matter which caused the governor much anxiety, as those
-natives are warlike. On the same day, at sunset, Don Sabiniano met his
-secretary, General Sebastian Rayo Doria, whom the rebels had sent back
-with entreaties, that he might delay the just wrath of his Lordship,
-and they accompanied these with submissions and offerings. Most
-of our success in quieting this second revolt is due to the many
-efforts made by the fathers who were ministers in that province,
-not only with the common rebels but with their leaders--offering to
-the former amnesty, and to the latter rewards, on the part of his
-Majesty. With only the near approach of the army, its march being
-directed toward the rebels, and with no other writ of requisition
-than its fearful reputation which threatened them with chastisement,
-affairs assumed another guise; and those who before looked at any
-plan for peace with distrust now solicited it, having lost their
-expectation of any more favorable arrangement.
-
-As Don Sabiniano understood the desire which led them, he spoke to
-them with affected severity, and despatched a courier to give them
-orders that they must immediately send him the two generals (whom
-they had detained to secure a settlement favorable to their fears),
-with their weapons, furnishings, and clothing, without a thread being
-missing. He said that if any one of these articles should be lacking,
-a duel would be enacted in honor of it, which would be satisfied
-[only] with the fire from weapons that were already intolerable in
-the hands [of the soldiers]; and that, if their valor could ill endure
-the bridle of clemency so ill recompensed, if they did not accept it
-he would now proceed to exchange it for severity. At the distance of
-a few paces the courier met Generals Sebastian Rayo Doria and Juan
-Enriquez de Miranda, whom the rebels had set at liberty through the
-persuasions of the father ministers. As their fear was not quieted by
-any means whatever, they made haste to the safety which imagination
-suddenly presented to them; they feared that the illegal detention of
-the Spanish generals would add fire to our indignation. The governor,
-seeing our honor thus satisfied, and discretion triumphant, turned
-to the alcalde-mayor of that province, and told him that on the
-following day he must surrender to him its chief men. Those who were
-present looked at one another in surprise, wondering that the governor
-should not know the condition in which the chiefs still were, united
-and armed in so great a number that their submission was not to be
-expected at a mere summons. It is a fact that in the excuses which
-the chiefs had given for their resolution they cast the blame on the
-villages, attempting thus to confuse their own malice with [that of]
-the multitude. Accordingly, it was expedient that the governor should
-follow their usage, by making them think that he had not fathomed their
-purposes, so that they could not guess that he was dissimulating. The
-result corresponded to the ingenious scheme, skill obtaining what
-guile had concealed. For the chiefs, seeing that their excuses were
-so readily received, attempted to carry them further; and therefore at
-one o'clock at night they arrived, with all the people of the revolted
-villages, in eighty vessels, at the village of Macabebe. The military
-officers felt anxiety, not only at their coming at a suspicious hour
-of the night, but at the multitude, a great impediment to negotiations
-for peace; in view of this the governor deferred until the next day
-giving them audience. But as there are cases in which confidence is
-safer than mistrust, especially when one is intent on giving security
-to distrust and calming fear, the governor commanded that all should
-enter his presence, and that our armada and troops should, without
-any outcry or demonstration of anxiety, watch very attentively the
-actions of these people. It was the effect of fear, which is with
-difficulty laid aside when conscience itself accuses, that these
-rebels came armed to capitulate, concealing by the submission that
-they tendered the cunning with which they acted. Many things have
-to be tolerated in an enemy when there are certain expectations
-of gaining one's end. The governor overlooked their being armed,
-and granted what they asked; and his efforts succeeded in allaying
-the fears of those people. He commanded the chiefs to make the
-people go away, so that they might resume their industries; and,
-in testimony of the fidelity which their authority guaranteed in the
-common people, he ordered them to continue sending the men necessary
-for the timber-cutting for the galleons, the only source of life
-for these islands. The multitude gladly took their departure, and
-the governor, although he was victorious and armed, did not choose
-for that time that the chiefs who had incited the rebellion should
-make amends for their fault; instead, he granted them all that they
-asked, and afterward talked with them quite familiarly--endeavoring
-to convince their minds, although he saw their strength conquered
-at his feet. To the chiefs who were humble and repentant he said:
-"I cannot deny that in demanding the payment of what was due you, you
-asked what was just; but as little can you deny that you did not ask
-it in a just way. Not only because, when the manner in which you act
-must be so costly both to yourselves and to the king, he who solicits
-justice by such means is the aggressor, more cruel than is justice,
-perverting peace and introducing war (in which this virtue [of justice]
-is always lacking), but because in war all the wealth that one had
-intended to increase is destroyed; and it is more cruel than kind to
-employ, in order to show anger at the wealth which recognizes a debt,
-what will cause the ruin of property and lives. Who has ever grown rich
-through war? and who has not lost in war that which in peace he held
-secure? Many are they who with the wealth that they possessed had not
-yet been able to attain the success at which they aimed; and those who
-had attained it were subjected to a lamentable misery--the villages
-burned, the countries depopulated, and their customs trampled under
-foot. It is not, then, justice to bring in general ruin as the price
-of so limited an expectation, which vanishes through the very means
-by which it is secured. If this mode [of obtaining what you demand] is
-so harsh, your purpose is no less unjust. You make an arrogant demand
-upon the king, when you know that he cannot pay you; and in order to
-expedite it you oblige him to incur greater expenses, thus doing more
-to render his efforts impossible. Ignorance may serve other provinces
-as an excuse, but not you, whom our continual intercourse with you has
-rendered more intelligent. You know very well the scantiness of the
-relief which has come from Nueva España during my term of office;
-and you are not ignorant of the unavoidable expenses which this
-government is obliged to meet for the preservation of the country,
-which much exceed the aid received. One galleon alone demands half
-of the money, even when the wages and other expenses are reduced to
-what is absolutely necessary. The [expenses of the] fortified posts,
-which are paid for by all the native peoples, amount to five thousand
-[pesos]; while the aid [sent], averaging one year with another, hardly
-amounts to 5,000 pesos. The king has no other wealth than that of his
-vassals, and his own is in the amount that their defense requires,
-when the necessities of these islands are so great; for with you
-[Indians] he does not avail himself of this right, which is that
-of all kings and commonwealths. Many times have I written to his
-Majesty to ask that he regulate this matter; and from his clemency
-I am expecting the relief for which I have been so anxious, which I
-am sure he will furnish. Must his Majesty, since the peace of these
-islands and the maintenance of the faith in them are all so costly to
-his royal treasury, make up the omissions of the officials in Nueva
-España? Your patience would be greater than ours if your gratitude
-more quickly recognized our kindness in employing our forces for
-your defense, and our arms in watching over your peace. I ask you
-to consider, not the powerful enemies who oppose our forces, but the
-wretched condition in which you formerly lived without our arms--in
-continual wars, within even your own homes, one village against
-another; without liberty having two leguas of extent, and being
-waylaid by your own tyranny, without any right save might, or further
-justification than deeds of violence. Let me remind you of the way in
-which you lived; your huts were the taller trees, like bird's nests,
-[80] your sleep was disturbed by the nightmare of anxiety, because
-danger confronted you, so near that it was no farther away than from
-one house to another. Cast your eyes on the Spanish infantry; consider
-the hardships which they endure on sea and land; and see what support
-they receive, only the fourth part of the wages assigned them, which
-still does not bring them to the condition which among your people is
-misery. See how they give to the king, as a loan, each year much more
-than this, and of much more importance--since they deprive themselves
-of life itself, without any opportunity remaining to them for supplying
-their needs. They serve as if they were slaves, and would be fortunate
-if we paid them as we do our servants. And finally, consider that
-the king taxes himself in enormous sums, for your safety and defense
-alone, while the rest of the nations in the world obey him and pay
-him tribute. They all enrich his treasures, yet he willingly lavishes
-these here, for you people. Understand these reasons, and you will see
-how little cause you had for so ungrateful a resolution. Your natives
-must be blamed for the ungrateful way in which they have acted, since
-they have shown no patience with a nation which has endured so much
-for you, or for its king, who has so generously spent his money for
-your welfare. Notify them also that I acknowledge the docility with
-which they have returned to their obedience, more in humility than
-in distrust; for I would grieve much if we came to blows, since if
-fighting began I could not restrain the soldiers from compelling me,
-against my wishes, to behold your entire ruin. You know very well
-that there is no people in these islands who can resist their valor
-in the field, and no hope could render you secure [from them]. The
-open country [would be] clear of obstructions, the ground level,
-the villages wide open; and you would have to flee to the mountains,
-wherever necessity guided you lost creatures, or else the ashes of
-your villages must be mingled with those of your bodies. I have had
-a greater struggle with the Spanish valor, to check its ardor, than
-even with your thoughtlessness [in trying] to bring you to a full
-knowledge of your error. Now let your behavior blot out that error,
-since I have forgiven you for what is past; and beware that you do
-not repeat your faithless ingratitude."
-
-Thus did the discreet and sagacious governor, Don Sabiniano,
-destroy the infernal seed that discord had sowed in the hearts of the
-Pampangos, alluring them with [the idea of] liberty, more potent than
-the apple of gold flung down at the marriage of Peleus and Thetis....
-
-Don Sabiniano received all their excuses with his usual affability,
-and in the name of his Majesty restored them to his favor and to the
-condition of faithful vassals, and gave them in due form, in writing,
-a general amnesty. He commanded the alcalde-mayor to distribute to
-them with exactness and care the sum which he had, by contracting
-new obligations, brought for their relief; and to order them in
-testimony of their repentance--now that he had brought them back to
-their former fidelity, and as this outbreak had been [the result
-of] their anxiety, in grief rather than in rebellion--to repair,
-as before, with men to the wood-cutting for the construction of the
-ships. They asked from him time to repair their houses, and permission
-to attend to their cultivation of the soil; and this was granted, to
-their satisfaction. The affairs of the province were immediately put
-in order. The governor commanded Juan Camacho de la Peña to retire,
-and left as governor of the province General Don Francisco de Atienza
-y Báñez--an old soldier whose valor was equal to the wisdom gained by
-his experiences in the governments which he had held in these islands,
-in Caraga and Zamboanga--with orders that he must exercise vigilance
-in regard to every indication of disturbance, and by prudent action and
-kind treatment constrain the natives to prefer their own tranquillity.
-
-He sent a despatch by Adjutant Francisco Amaya, accompanied by seven
-soldiers, to the province of Pangasinán, to notify the alcalde-mayor,
-named Francisco Gómez Pulido, of the outcome in Pampanga, in order that
-he might with this example be on the alert in his own province. Don
-Sabiniano also ordered him to communicate this information to the
-alcaldes-mayor of Ilocos (Don Alonso de Peralta) and of Cagayán,
-and warn them to keep watch on the movements of the natives, and
-to endeavor that the submission of the Pampangos should confirm the
-others in their tranquillity. Nor was the governor content with this
-activity only; but he sent a sealed letter to the sargento-mayor of
-the royal regiment in Manila, Francisco Pedro de Quirós, with orders
-that he should deliver it, in a well-equipped champan with twelve
-soldiers, to a thoroughly reliable person; and that the latter, when
-two leguas beyond Mariveles, should open the letter, and execute the
-orders that he should find therein. These were, that he should take
-the route to Pangasinán, and deliver the letters which he had sent to
-the alcalde-mayor, in which he warned him by the events in Pampanga
-of the danger which he had cause to suspect in the province which was
-in his charge, and of the watchful care that he must exercise over
-the actions of the natives therein; and that if any Pampangos should
-be dispersed through his villages--and he regarded it as certain
-that such had been sent, in order to form conspiracies among those
-natives--he should by suitable plans arrest them and send them to
-Manila. Having made these arrangements, the governor returned to the
-capital, taking in his company Don Francisco Mañago, under pretext of
-employing him in the office of master-of-camp for those of his tribe
-in that city. Under the pretext of honoring this chief, he cloaked
-his anxiety to remove from the sight of the Pampangos the man to
-whom all eyes were directed on account of his authority and power,
-and from whom, it was understood, their resolution took new breath;
-for, if their regard for peace grew weak, his prestige and authority
-might not be lacking for seditions--although this alone was not the
-sole incentive which moved them, since it was accompanied by the
-influence of José Celis, a native of that province, who was incited
-by the laws that he had learned, which had been taught to him by the
-auditor Don Francisco Samaniego y Cuesta, under whom he had served. At
-the same time he carried with him others of the more guilty, whom he
-attracted with the hope of greater rewards; there was no discussion
-of other modes of satisfaction, as the occasion did not allow them.
-
-After the return of the governor to Manila, affairs were so skilfully
-arranged that the Pampangos themselves demanded that two garrisons
-be placed in their province, as necessary to their security--one in
-Lubao, to free themselves from the invasions which in that direction
-they are continually suffering from the blacks of the hill-country;
-and the other in Arayat, as a precaution against the fears which
-arise from the Pangasinans--and that these should be in charge of
-officers thoroughly satisfactory to the governor. This, the very thing
-that the governor desired, was quickly agreed to, and he stationed
-in Arayat Captain Nicolás Coronado, and in Baras (which is Lubao)
-Captain Juan Giménez de Escolástica, soldiers of great valor. This
-step was of great importance on account of the commotions (which will
-be considered further on) in the provinces of Pangasinán and Ilocos,
-the results of which were so lamentable that up to this day they have
-not ceased to arouse grief. Very different were they from the events
-in Pampanga, for in the latter province there was not experienced any
-death, or ravaging of churches, or burning of villages, but merely
-threats of disobedience to their chiefs; but in the other provinces,
-all these things occurred, and many of each kind.
-
-The alcalde-mayor, Francisco Gómez Pulido, replied to the governor's
-letter that the natives in his province maintained remarkable peace,
-and that the alcalde-mayor of Ilocos, Don Alonso Peralta, had made
-the same report to him; and with this the anxiety that was felt in
-regard to those provinces was partly dissipated. But his vigilance
-was deceived; for in a fortnight from that time, in the village of
-Malunguey in the province of Pangasinán, from some slight cause was
-raised a sedition which compelled the alcalde-mayor to hasten out
-with the soldiers whom the governor had sent him in the champan. Those
-first disturbances were quieted, more because the fruit of rebellion
-was not yet matured than because other endeavors were made [by the
-Spaniards]. The alcalde-mayor was more easily satisfied than he should
-have been with the dissembled tranquillity, and sent a report of the
-whole affair to Manila. However much the ashes of dissimulation hid
-the fire, it did not fail to make its presence known, by the smoke
-that it sent forth, or by the flames which arose at every breath
-of wind. One is wont in such case to curb caution, even though he
-has not yet the wood ready for keeping up the fire of his strength;
-but if one is sure of safety without having turned over the ashes,
-a fire that cannot be checked will leap upon him in his sleep.
-
-The fire, covered during two months, steadily spread, through the
-hidden passage of the intercourse between different villages, until
-its effects became so serious that the alcalde-mayor Francisco Gómez
-Pulido was undeceived, and had to give up his groundless confidence. A
-spark flew over to the province of Ilocos, and left matters there ready
-for the operations that afterward were seen.... It took two months,
-as I have said, after apparent quiet was secured, to explode the mine
-which the faithlessness of the Pangasinans had covered, [and this
-occurred] with a fearful crash. On the fifteenth of December, 1660,
-this perilous volcano was revealed in Lingayén, the chief town of
-that province. The reason why its effects were so long delayed was
-the great bulk which it had acquired through the diligence of Don
-Andrés Malóng, his Majesty's master-of-camp for that tribe, a native
-of Binalatongan. The first proceeding of mob ferocity was to go to
-the house of the alguazil-mayor [81] and kill him and all his family,
-and then set fire to his house. From here the multitude went, hoisting
-their sails, under the guidance of Malóng to conquer the villages--by
-the cruel acts of armed force gaining those who would not voluntarily
-have surrendered to them. Encouraged by their large following, which
-was hourly increasing, Malóng directed his efforts to capture by force
-the village of Bagnotan, one of the richest and most populous of that
-province, whose inhabitants had thus far refused to range themselves
-on the side of the traitors. The loyalty of those people proved very
-costly to them; for they were suddenly attacked one night by Don Andres
-Malóng, followed by more than four thousand rebels. They sacked the
-town, and after having committed many inhuman murders set fire to
-it, and reduced it to ashes--the voracity of the flames not sparing
-the convent and church, a magnificent edifice which was one of the
-finest that the fathers of St. Dominic possessed in that province. The
-father minister thought himself fortunate that he could escape with
-his life, fleeing on a swift horse from the barbarous cruelty of the
-assailants--who, on learning that the alcalde-mayor Francisco Gómez
-Pulido had left Lingayén in flight, flew thither on the wings of their
-fury. He had embarked with all his family, and with the soldiers whom
-the governor had sent him, in the champan of a ship-master named Juan
-de Campos; but, as unfortunately they could not pass over that bar
-on account of the ebb-tide, they had to wait for high tide, and this
-gave the insurgents time to arrive. Attempting to attack the champan,
-they found such resistance from the firearms of those within it that
-they had to curb their first fury; but they were soon freed from this
-hindrance by the malicious cunning of some Sangleys, who imparted to
-them a scheme for success. This was, to cover some small boats with
-many branches of trees, when they could safely attack those on the
-champan--which plan they carried out so effectively that a great number
-of little boats in entire safety made an assault on the champan. Those
-who were in it could make no resistance to such a multitude, and were
-all put to the sword--among them the alcalde-mayor, who did wonderful
-things in the defense, until, covered with wounds from arrows and
-javelins, and faint from loss of blood, his strength failed. The
-rebels killed his wife, who had recently become a mother, and his
-sister-in-law, a young girl, and all those in his service--soldiers,
-servants, and other people--no one being able to escape from this
-barbarous cruelty except a little girl and a little boy (the latter
-only a few days old), the children of the alcalde-mayor. Their lives
-were saved by the efforts of a friendly Indian from the village of
-Binalatongan; Don Sabiniano afterward rewarded him, and gave the girl
-an encomienda for the services rendered by her father. With this deed,
-which seemed a victory to Don Andrés Malóng, he persuaded himself
-that he had closed the account with the entire Spanish nation, his
-arrogant confidence believing that the Spaniards would not return
-there on account of their punctilious regard for honor. Carried away
-by his vanity, he caused himself to be acclaimed king of Pangasinán,
-with much drinking of wine; and he bestowed the title of Conde on Don
-Pedro Gumapos, a native of the village of Agoo. In order to perpetuate
-by might his new but tyrannical dignity, he summoned to his aid the
-Zambal tribe--a people who know no more civilized mode of life than
-the savage abode of the mountains and rocks; and without recognizing
-any one as king save him who, most barbarous of all, distinguishes
-himself as most courageous. They accepted the invitation, attracted
-more by the desire to plunder than by friendship, a relation which
-they recognize with no one. With this succor, Malóng easily persuaded
-himself that he was invincible; his arrogance therefore led him to send
-letters to all the chiefs of the provinces of Ilocos and Cagayán,
-commanding that they immediately acknowledge him as their lord,
-and slay all the Spaniards whom they might find in those provinces,
-unless they wished to experience chastisement from his power. He sent
-other letters, similar to these, to Pampanga, and especially to Don
-Francisco Mañago; these were seized from the messengers by the wary
-artifice, inspired by loyalty, of an Indian, a native of Magalang,
-who offered to the messengers to place the letters safely in the hands
-of Don Francisco Mañago. He delivered them to the commandant of the
-fort at Arayat, Captain Nicolás Coronado, who without delay sent them
-to the governor, who received them on the twentieth of the same month
-of December. When he opened these, he found that their contents were,
-in brief, to tell Don Francisco Mañago that, if he did not undertake to
-arouse the province of Pampanga to take sides with Malóng, killing the
-Spaniards who were found therein, he would send for the chastisement
-of that province Don Melchor de Vera, with six thousand men who were
-already under his command. This assertion was not a false one; for
-so great was the multitude of adherents who were coming to him--some
-attracted by the novelty, others by their eagerness for plunder,
-and others by inconstancy or fear--that he was able to divide his men
-into three parts. To Don Melchor de Vera he gave orders to descend on
-Pampanga with six thousand men, and conquer the villages; to Don Pedro
-Gumapos he assigned three thousand Pangasinans and Zambals, with orders
-to reduce the provinces of Ilocos and Cagayán; and he himself was left
-with two thousand men, to furnish aid wherever necessity required it.
-
-This information was received by the governor without surprise, as if
-he had been expecting it; and on that very afternoon he despatched, to
-fortify the post at Arayat, Captain Silvestre de Rodas--an old soldier
-of experience and reputation in many encounters, in which his valor
-always obtained the advantage over the enemy. The governor gave him
-fifty infantry, so that in case Don Melchor de Vera arrived with the
-rebel army he could maintain his position, going out to encounter them
-until the arrival of General Francisco de Esteybar with the Spanish
-army. The latter was on the same day appointed commander-in-chief
-of the troops and lieutenant of the governor and captain-general,
-with all the body of soldiers who, under the pressure of necessity,
-could be detached from the scanty garrison of Manila. On the same
-day Don Sabiniano appointed, as commander of the armed fleet which he
-resolved to equip and despatch against the rebels, General Felipe de
-Ugalde--a man of unusual prudence, and distinguished by heroic deeds
-in the army of Ternate, where he was sargento-mayor. To this he added
-a commission as commander-in-chief of Pangasinán and Ilocos, in order
-that he might be able to act independently, wherever he might be,
-and, in the lack of a governor for those provinces, carry out their
-pacification through their fear of punishment. In this army went the
-following officers: Sargento-mayor Diego de Morales, and Captains Simón
-de Fuentes, Alonso Castro, Juan de San Martín, Don Juan de Morales,
-Don Juan Francisco. In it were also the company of Merdicas (who are
-Malays), and their master-of-camp Cachil Duco, the prince of Tidori;
-Don Francisco García; the company of creole negroes, [82] with their
-master-of-camp Ventura Meca; and the Japanese of Dilao. They had four
-pieces of artillery, which carried four-libra balls.
-
-On December 22 General Esteybar began the march by land; on the
-twenty-fourth General Don Felipe de Ugalde set out by sea, with four
-champans and under their protection a joanga. With the former went
-two hundred infantry, and other troops of all nationalities, Japanese
-and Merdicas; while Ugalde took seventy Spaniards and some thirty
-Pampangos--with Captains Don Alonso Quirante, Don Juan de Guzmán,
-Juan Díaz Yáñez, Don Diego de Lemos; the adjutant Diego Sánchez de
-Almazán, Miguel Roldan, and Cristobal Romero; Captains Nicolás Blanco
-and Lorenzo Coronado. Ugalde carried orders to land at Lingayén,
-the chief town in the jurisdiction of Pangasinán, and fortify a post
-from which he could inflict injury on the enemy. This was compassed
-by the activity of General Ugalde; for, having stationed a force
-in Bolinao, he assured [the loyalty of] that village, [83] which
-had been doubtful. Although those natives had not yet committed the
-cruelties of those of Pangasinán, they carried out the orders sent
-them by Malóng; and they had captured a Spanish woman, and slain a
-Spaniard named Pedro Saraspe, the collector for Bolinao--which was
-an encomienda of Admiral Pedro Duran Monforte--and had sent his head
-to Don Andrés Malóng. General Ugalde quieted all their fear of the
-chastisement which they saw threatening their heads, and, placing
-the government of the village in the hands of a chief who had shown
-himself most steadfast in loyalty, Don Luis Sorriguen, he left Bolinao
-secured for the service of his Majesty. Then he pursued his way, and
-came in sight of the bar at Lingayén on January 6, 1661; although he
-strove, at the risk of his armada, to enter it against the severity
-of the storm that opposed him, the weather prevailed, and compelled
-him to make port two leguas to leeward of the bar, at Suali. He sent
-the joanga (which is an oared vessel) to make soundings at the bar,
-with orders to summon him by signals, so that he could approach with
-this opportunity near enough to reconnoiter the fortifications of the
-rebels. He discovered a large crowd of people, who made him no other
-reply than that of bullets and arrows; and he observed the haste with
-which they were building fortifications, working behind a shelter which
-they had made of gabions. The foresight of the general suspected that
-they had not closed the bar against him, and he again strove, although
-without avail, to enter it on the eighth of the same month. Then,
-seeing that the weather was steadily becoming more favorable to
-the enemy, he proposed to assault the village by land. This idea of
-his was opposed by all the military leaders, and he therefore had
-to repeat his attempt by sea, on the ninth; but they had hardly set
-sail when they encountered a messenger from the minister of Lingayén,
-Father Juan Camacho, [84] of the Order of St. Dominic. He informed
-them that the usurping "king," Malóng, had despatched soldiers with
-orders to cut off the head of the governor of that village, named
-Don Pedro Lombey, to burn the church, and to carry the religious
-as prisoners to him at Binalatongan, where he was waiting far them;
-for with this severity he expected to compel the few people whom that
-governor and the religious were keeping peaceable, to take sides with
-his faction. At the same time, that religious related the grievous
-injuries, the plundering of property, and the burning of buildings,
-that had been inflicted by the cruelty of the insurgents, and those
-which must result if the above order were carried out; for then that
-village and the Christian church which had been maintained under its
-protection would be finally destroyed.
-
-General Ugalde immediately formed another resolution, without
-submitting it to the opinions of other men; since in critical moments,
-when reputation and the common welfare are at stake, such opinions
-serve rather as a hindrance than as an advantage to success. He
-commanded the infantry to disembark, without allowing them to take with
-them anything save their weapons. He despatched the armada in charge
-of Captain Don Diego de Lemos, commanding him to contend once more
-against the severity of the elements [for an entrance to the river],
-and, if he could not overcome their hostility, to return to the harbor,
-and there await the result and new orders. He ordered the adjutant,
-Diego Sánchez de Almanzán, to enter the river with the joanga, at
-all risks, as its passage was so important for the security of the
-people against the enemy, who were awaiting them on the other side;
-and told him that if the joanga should be wrecked they would find
-him and his troops at a post convenient for securing the people from
-invasion by the enemy. Ugalde divided his soldiers into three bodies;
-one of these went ahead as vanguard, under command of Captain Miguel
-Rendón. The battalion was given to Captain Cristobal Romero, and
-the rearguard to Captain Juan Díaz Yáñez. Captains Nicolás Blanco
-and Lorenzo Coronado were sent forward with some arquebusiers, to
-reconnoitre the field. The general gave public orders to the men of
-the rearguard to shoot the first soldier who should retreat from his
-post. He was awaited at the bar by the forces of the insurgents, who
-supposed that he had come in the champans which they saw endeavoring
-to occupy the bar. By this precaution he took them by surprise,
-so little ready for it that, seeing themselves assailed and the
-drums sounding the call to arms behind them on the land, this second
-danger so terrified them that their defensive array was thrown into
-confusion; and their fear giving them no leisure for other plans,
-it sent them headlong and dispersed them in precipitate flight. The
-army of Ugalde arrived at the river without encountering the enemy,
-at four in the afternoon, and continuing the march, he entered the
-village of Lingayén at sunset, with all his men. The only persons
-whom he found alive there were the father ministers and four chiefs;
-but they saw in front of the royal buildings, impaled on stakes,
-the heads of Alcalde-mayor Francisco Gómez Pulido, Nicolás de Campos,
-Pedro Saraspe, and the wife and the sister-in-law of Pulido--which the
-rebels, in their confusion, could not hide. When those people rebel,
-and see that they involve themselves in danger, they try to lead the
-rest to engage in destruction, in order thus to persuade the rabble
-and those who are easily deluded that, if they remain in the villages,
-they expose themselves to the blows of the vengeance which will be
-executed on those whom the sword encounters. For the same reason,
-they try to burn the churches and kill the priests, thinking that with
-such atrocious deeds the crime becomes general, even though it has
-been committed by only a few. Thus fear, which so easily finds place
-in their pusillanimous natures, drives them to flee as fugitives;
-and necessity makes them take refuge with those who are traitors,
-fearing their cruelties. It was this that had caused most [of the
-people of Lingayén] to flee, since their hands were free from such
-crimes. On the same night when General Ugalde arrived, four agents
-of Don Andrés Malóng came, in accordance with the warning of Father
-Camacho which had hastened the general's decision; they came to set
-fire to the church and seize the religious; and, as they did not
-find the men whom they had left in defense of the bar, or any one
-of their faction in the village who could warn them in time, they
-easily fell into the power of Ugalde's men. He immediately ordered
-that their heads should be cut off and suspended from hooks on the
-road to Binalatongan, in order that these might be tokens of the
-severity that would be experienced by those who were stubborn in their
-rebellion. By this means General Felipe de Ugalde so quickly pushed
-his good fortune that when the military commander-in-chief arrived,
-which was on January 17, only two villages in the entire province of
-Pangasinán, those of Malunguey and Binalatongan, persisted in their
-rebellion; and most of the inhabitants of the villages had returned
-to their homes, remaining in their shelter and peace.
-
-The commander-in-chief, Francisco de Esteybar, although he at first
-set out by land, was detained for some time because he halted at
-Arayat, to wait for the Pampango troops who were being levied for
-this campaign--until on the sixth day he was constrained to begin the
-march by the news which he received about the natives of Magalang,
-the furthest village in Pampanga, by a chief from Porac named Don
-Andrés Manacuil. This man had been snared and captured by Malóng,
-with eleven companions who were lying dead from lance-thrusts,
-and he alone had escaped. He declared that Don Melchor de Vera was
-approaching with an army of six thousand Pangasinans, and that they
-would reach that village on the following day; that it was not strong
-enough to resist the enemy, and therefore it would be necessary for
-the Spaniards, unless they received reënforcements, to abandon the
-village and take refuge in the mountains. The general's reply was
-prompt action; he gave the signal to march with all the energy and
-promptness that the emergency demanded, and on the same day reached
-Magalang, at nightfall. There he learned that the rebel army had
-lodged that night at Macaulo, a hamlet two leguas distant. Francisco de
-Esteybar proposed to push ahead, but this was opposed by the leading
-officers, on account of the men being exhausted with marching all
-day long. The cavalry captain Don Luis de Aduna offered to go, with
-the freshest of the men, proceeding until he encountered the enemy,
-so as to ascertain how strong they were, and doing them what damage
-he could. The commander-in-chief gladly accepted the offer, and,
-adding a detachment of thirty foot-soldiers to the cavalry troop,
-he despatched them very quickly. The enemy Don Melchor de Vera came
-to meet the army, ignorant and unsuspecting that he would find it so
-near and in the field; and the night, the fatigue of his men, and the
-present hostile attitude of the people, rendered futile the activities
-of his spies. The troop of Don Luis de Aduna marched in good order,
-and, although he sent forward men to explore the road, when daylight
-came he found himself in the midst of the enemy, who were stretched
-out in a pleasant open field--nearly all of them lying on the ground,
-either from their natural sloth or overcome by sleep. The Pangasinans
-raised an alarm, uttering a loud shout, a signal with which all these
-peoples begin their battles, in order to arouse their own courage and
-weaken that of the enemy; but such was not the effect of their activity
-on this occasion, for apprehension awoke, without enlivening their
-courage, and, their fear of unforeseen danger prevailing, it made them
-run away in disorderly flight from the perils that they dreaded. As for
-our men--whether the horses, frightened by the unaccustomed shouting,
-could not be held in by the curb; or their riders, at sight of that
-frightful multitude armed, felt the natural effect in their hearts;
-or their ears were deafened by the hideous shouts, of for some other
-reason--the cavalry of the squadron turned their backs, with the
-same haste as did the enemy, without either side waiting to prove
-the danger with their weapons. Who doubts that Don Luis de Aduna,
-already informed of the multitude of those whom he was going to seek,
-had carefully considered the hazard? But it is not the same thing
-to look at the danger from afar, and to consider it while in the
-midst of it, if the leader has known danger beforehand from similar
-experiences. If he had fought in other campaigns, he would have known
-that mere numbers do not make these peoples more valiant; for they do
-not know how to wage war except in their ambuscades, where they are
-quite safe, and in the open field they cannot, for lack of military
-discipline, maintain battle for an instant. At last the cavalry arrived
-in safety at the camp, to report to their commander, General Francisco
-de Esteybar, without having accomplished anything worthy of note.
-
-The commander, not only to proceed with the foresight which the
-remoteness of the country and the laborious march required, but to make
-sure that the enemy's army should not leave Pampanga, waited there
-a week, going round a hill opposite, which had a spring on the other
-side. Don Melchor de Vera, although he had seen his own men take to
-flight, as he saw that our soldiers did the same thing, attributed to
-his own valor that panic of terror of which the incidents are perhaps
-noted among the barbarous exploits of these peoples, in recording the
-events of war in these islands. Don Melchor de Vera returned to the
-presence of his [superior, the] usurping king, and assured him that
-he had left the Spaniards conquered, and cut off the heads of three
-hundred of them and more than a thousand Pampangos, without losing
-a single man of his own. But all the exploit that he had performed
-was to cut off the heads of three Indians from the village of Cambuy
-(a visita of Arayat), whom Don Juan Macapagal had sent on business to
-the village of Telbán; their bodies were found this side of the village
-of Paniqui. What these peoples gain easily they regard with credulity
-and confidence; accordingly they supposed that the failure of the
-Spaniards to follow them was a recognition of their power. This delay,
-which they attributed to fear, gave them assurance; and as General
-Felipe de Ugalde had not yet set his troops in motion for Lingayén,
-they all considered themselves safe, and talked of following up their
-enterprise, to which they were led by their eagerness to make an
-actual raid on the province of Ilocos; for it was rich in gold, and
-its inhabitants had little courage. They were encouraged to this by
-the favorable result of the raid which "Conde" Don Pedro Gurcapos had
-effected a few days before, although he only went as far as Bauang;
-but now, with their troops still further reënforced, they wished to
-go as far as Cagayán, to stir up the minds of those natives, so that,
-if they succeeded, they could induce those people to join them. For
-this purpose, they detached from the best troops of the rebel army as
-many as four thousand men, Zambals and Pangasinans, and placed them
-under command of Don Jacinto Macasiag, a native of Binalatongan, for
-the new conquest--which they supposed would be very easy, as the minds
-of some of the chiefs there, with whom they had held correspondence,
-were prepared for it.
-
-Soon Don Andrés Malóng repented of having separated so large a
-number of troops from the main body of his army, when, on the ninth
-of January, General Ugalde gave the signal for hostilities by way
-of Lingayén; and on the seventeenth of the same month the commander,
-Francisco de Esteybar, came unexpectedly with all the strength of the
-Spanish army. The rebels of Binalatongan had torn down and burned the
-bridge, which was built of planks--a difficulty which might prove an
-obstacle to the courage of Francisco de Esteybar; but a courageous
-soldier named Cristóbal de Santa Cruz, with two bold Merdicas, made
-the crossing easy. The latter leaped into the water, swimming, and
-the Spaniard walked upon their shields or bucklers; and in this way,
-fastening together all the logs and bamboos that they could collect,
-they made a raft large enough to transport on it the infantry. Malóng
-sent to summon Don Melchor de Vera, and in the interval, urged on more
-by the fear arising from their guilt than by the number of the Spanish
-soldiery (which, compared with that of the rebels, was much smaller),
-all the rebels took refuge in Binalatongan; but this did not last
-them long, for the two generals, having united their forces, marched
-forward to attack them and thus end the war at once. Don Andrés Malóng,
-having been informed of this intention, would not wait to confront
-the chances of fortune. He set fire to the village of Binalatongan,
-and plundered it of everything; and he burned the church and convent,
-the images of the saints which were therein becoming the prey of
-that barbarous multitude, who trampled on them and broke them in
-pieces, venting on, these figures of the saints the fury and madness
-which obliged them to retreat to the mountains. This they did in
-such haste that many fell into the hands of the soldiers whom the
-commander-in-chief, observing their flight, quickly sent for this
-purpose. The main body of the troops--not only the cavalry but the
-infantry--followed the rebels, as far as the ground allowed them to,
-killing, while the pursuit lasted, more than five hundred Zambals and
-rebels. After this the army not being able to continue the pursuit,
-returned to Lingayén in order to aid the other provinces wherever
-necessity might require. Soon afterward, troops of Indians began
-arriving, to cast themselves at the feet of the commander-in-chief,
-entreating pardon; and he in virtue of the powers with which he had
-been invested, detained those whom he considered guilty, and allowed
-the rest to go to their villages. The natives, in order to check
-the just wrath of the Spaniards, thought best to offer themselves
-to bring in Don Andrés Malóng a prisoner; and Francisco de Esteybar,
-having learned where this man had concealed himself--which was in a
-forest between Bagnotan and Calasiao--sent Captain Simon de Fuentes and
-Alférez Alonso de Alcántara with sixty soldiers, fifteen Spaniards,
-with fifteen Merdicas and creoles, and Sargento-mayor Pedro Machado
-of Ternate and some Pangasinans, who served as guides. They found the
-hut of Don Andrés Malóng, where they arrested him and his mother,
-Beata de Santo Domingo; they also took away a girl of ten years,
-a sister-in-law of Francisco Pulido, whom he had kept a captive for
-the purpose of marrying her. They found a large quantity of gold,
-pearls, and silver, which Malóng had taken with him. Carrying him
-to Binalatongan, they placed him in prison, under close guard. It is
-quite worth while to note what happened to Don Francisco de Pacadua,
-one of the principal rebels, who in this farce played the role of
-judge to the king Don Andrés Malóng. They had carried him a prisoner to
-Binalatongan; and, as he was very rich he formed a plan to escape from
-the prison by bribing the guards with much gold. He succeeded in this,
-and in his flight, while crossing the river, a crocodile seized him;
-but it did him no further harm than to carry him held fast in [its
-mouth], to the mouth of the river of Binalatongan, where some soldiers
-were on guard, and to leave him there, half-dead with fear, with only
-some slight wounds from the creature's claws. The soldiers ran up to
-see who he was, and recognized Pacadua; they took him prisoner, and
-in due time he atoned for his crime on the gallows. They conveyed him
-to the presence of General Francisco de Esteybar, who ordered that he
-be carefully guarded until his punishment should be duly adjudged;
-for in the province of Ilocos very lamentable events were making
-pressing calls upon the Spanish forces--since, as will be seen in
-the proper place, the natives there had slain two religious.
-
-Francisco de Esteybar was informed how, among the ravages and cruelties
-which the rebels had committed in the village of Malunguey, they had
-demolished the church and convent in order to use the planks in these
-for making their fortifications; and in a thicket had been found an
-image of the mother of God, [that had been taken] from that church,
-showing marks of ill-treatment, and with its hands cut off. Francisco
-de Esteybar went to Malunguey with most of his army, and they carried
-the sacred image in a triumphal procession to Binalatongan, where
-it was reverently deposited. It is said that the rebels used the
-hands of the sacred image as spoons for eating their cooked rice
-[morisqueta]--an act of insolence which was made known as being
-insurrection and rebellion against both Majesties. It is also related
-that they trampled on the rosaries and committed other impious acts,
-tokens of their apostasy. The fathers of St. Dominic labored much in
-reducing and pacifying the insurgents, displaying the ardor and energy
-in insurrection which they are accustomed to exert in their missions
-and ministries; but as the hearts of the Pangasinans were so cold,
-and their wills were so obstinate in their treacherous rebellion, they
-would not be affected even by blows from the hammer of the strongest
-Cyclop. But many withdrew from the ranks of the insurgents through the
-counsel and persuasion of father Fray Juan Camacho--Don Carlos Malóng,
-the brother of the usurping king Don Andrés, and many others--who,
-being tractable, in time embraced his wholesome counsels.
-
-Thus was finally extinguished this fire which rebellion kindled in the
-province of Pangasinán, which threatened great destruction--although it
-wrought no slight havoc in the burning of the two villages Bagnotan and
-Binalatongan, which were the most important in that province; and up
-to the present time they have not been able to recover the wealth and
-population that they formerly had. That the outbreak of these rebels
-was no more extensive is due to the fact that the governor undertook so
-promptly to apply the remedy, sending out by land and sea officers so
-valiant, and so experienced in conquest--as [for instance], Francisco
-de Esteybar, who was one of the most fortunate soldiers who have been
-known in these regions. In a printed history [85] I have seen mention
-of this rebellion in Pangasinán with much solicitude to exonerate the
-insurgents, and omitting many circumstances which aggravate it. But I
-am not influenced by prejudice, for I do not feel it; but I am guided
-by the relations of it made by disinterested persons of that period,
-and of soldiers who took part in the said reduction. Some of these
-are still alive, among them Captain Alonso Martín Franco, who was
-present in all the revolutions, those of Pampanga, Pangasinán, and
-Ilocos, and gives an account of all the events above mentioned and
-of those which are related in the following chapters. In the latter
-are recounted the ravages wrought by Don Pedro Gumapos, by order of
-his king Don Andrés Malóng, in the province of Ilocos, aided by the
-Zambals, a cruel and barbarous people, who inflicted so much harm on
-that province that it is deplored even to this day.
-
-
-Raid of the Pangasinans and Zambals into the province of Ilocos;
-1660-61
-
-[This is related by Diaz, continuing the above account, in his
-Conquistas, pp. 590-616 (book iii, chapters xxi-xxiv).]
-
-That I may give a more satisfactory relation of the melancholy tragedy
-in the province of Ilocos, I have thought it best to defer for later
-mention the march of the fantastic "Conde" Don Pedro Gumapos to
-that province, where we shall find him in due time, and to follow
-the relation of all those occurrences which was sent to our father
-provincial, Fray Diego de Ordas, by his vicar in that province,
-father Fray Bernardino Márquez--adopting the simplicity of his mode
-of writing, that I may without exaggeration accurately describe the
-events of all that occurred there; for a uniform style cannot always
-be employed, especially when the accounts of others are followed.
-
-On the sixteenth day of December in the year 1660, the father preacher
-Fray Luís de la Fuente, prior of that district, having left the
-village of Bauang--to which he had gone to make his confession--to go
-to his village of Agoo, learned on the route of the insurrection in
-the province of Pangasinán, and the raid of the Zambals into that of
-Ilocos. He returned to Bauang with that information, and communicated
-it fully to the father preacher Fray Bernardino Márquez, [86] prior
-of that convent and vicar-provincial of Ilocos; and at the same time
-asked permission to go up to Lamianán, which is the most northern
-district in that province. Father Fray Bernardino attempted to turn
-father Fray Luís from this purpose, telling him that it was not right
-to abandon one's flock in time of tribulation--for which reason he was
-of opinion that Fray Luís should return to his ministry at Agoo; and in
-order to do so with safety he could go accompanied by an Indian chief
-named Don Pedro Hidalgo, who was much beloved by the Zambals. Father
-Fray Luís was as willing as prompt to comply with his superior's
-wishes; but Don Pedro Hidalgo answered that it was not proper to
-expose father Fray Luís's life to so evident a risk; and that it was
-better that he himself should first go to ascertain in what condition
-affairs were in the village of Agoo. This opinion of Don Pedro was
-approved by father Fray Bernardino, who thereupon gave permission
-to father Fray Luís to make his journey to Laminián. He set out for
-that place on the seventeenth of December, 1660, in company with a
-Spanish tax-collector named Juan de Silva, who had come [to Bauang]
-to escape the fury of the rebels in the province of Pangasinán.... On
-the sixteenth, father Fray Luís had warned Captain Aguerra and the
-alcalde-mayor of the province of Ilocos, Don Alonso de Peralta, of
-the disturbed condition in which those districts were; and on the same
-day a letter went by way of Bauang from Don Andrés Malóng, who styled
-himself king of Pangasinán. The letter was written to all the Indian
-chiefs of the provinces of Ilocos and Cagayán, and he advised them
-therein to take up arms and slay all the Spaniards, as he had done in
-his kingdom of Pangasinán; and declared that if they did not do so,
-he would go thither with his soldiers and punish them as disobedient.
-
-On the day of the Expectation of our Lady, which they reckon the
-eighteenth of December, father Fray Bernardino Márquez, while in his
-church at Bauang ... [was warned of the approach of the Zambals]. He
-found at the door of the church two Indian chiefs of that village,
-one of whom was named Don Juan Canangán; they told him not to be
-afraid, as they were there determined to defend the father from the
-fury of the Zambals, who were already near, even if it cost them their
-lives.... While he was saying mass, the Zambals arrived; their leader
-or captain was he who had been titled "Conde," a native of the village
-of Agoo and married in Binalatongan, named Don Pedro Gumapos, who
-had been an associate of Don Andrés Malóng in that insurrection. The
-Zambals waited very quietly for the father to finish saying mass;
-and when he had returned thanks and begun to say the prayers, a
-message came to him from Don Pedro Gumapos asking permission to
-kiss his hand. Father Fray Bernardino gave it, and Gumapos came
-up accompanied by Zambals and Negritos, armed with balazaos [87]
-and catanas. He kissed father Fray Bernardino's hand, and told him
-absurd things about his rebellion against the Spaniards, and at the
-same time he asked permission for his soldiers to search the convent,
-to see if any Spaniard were concealed there. Father Fray Bernardino,
-certain that no one was there, told him that he might do as he pleased;
-Gumapos ordered his companions to make the search, and if they met any
-Spaniard to kill him. The Zambals carried out this order of Gumapos,
-and in the course of the search looted whatever there was in the
-convent. While this was being done, Gumapos remained talking with
-father Fray Bernardino Márquez; and, when he asked where was father
-Fray Luís de la Fuente, father Fray Bernardino answered that he had
-gone up to Bagnotan to make his confession. Gumapos replied to this
-that he had come to kill Fray Luís, unless father Fray Bernardino
-would ransom him for 300 pesos. To this audacious proposition the
-father answered that he had not so much money, and that Gumapos should
-therefore take his life, or carry him away as a slave, and let father
-Fray Luís go. Gumapos replied to this that no injury of any kind would
-be done to the father, for he himself would rather suffer such harm in
-his own person; but this was no virtue of Gumapos, but [the result of]
-an order given to him by his little king Don Andrés Maléng, who was
-very fond of father Fray Bernardino Márquez.
-
-[Gumapos orders the headman of Bauang to go after Fray Luís with
-a troop of Indians, Zambals, and Negritos; they kill the Spaniard
-who accompanies him, and carry the father back to Bauang. Gumapos,
-after vainly trying to exact a ransom from the friar, orders the
-Indian to kill him; but they take pity on him, and collect among
-themselves the sum of eight and a half taes of gold, "the greater
-part of this being given by Doña María Uañga, chieftainess of the
-visita of Balanac." Finally Gumapos imprisons both the religious in
-a cell, where they remain under guard until the rebels go away.] All
-the time while the Zambals remained in Bauang, they were engaged in
-plundering and robbing the poor Indians, and did all the damage that
-they could. The religious emerged from their prison, half-dead from
-weakness, for they had remained almost three days without eating or
-drinking; but the Zambals had left nothing in the convent, and the
-religious therefore had to send to the Indians to beg food. That day
-father Fray Bernardino wrote a letter to father Fray Juan de [88] Isla,
-the commissary of the Inquisition in that province and his visitor,
-entreating him to notify the bishop--who then was bishop of Nueva
-Segovia, the illustrious Don Fray Rodrigo de Cárdenas, belonging to
-the Order of St. Dominic, and a native of Lima; a man who excelled
-in virtue as well as in learning--and that both of them should ask
-the alcalde-mayor, Don Alonso de Peralta, for the aid which those
-districts of Bauang and Agoo so greatly needed.
-
-On the following day, the twentieth of December, nearly all the
-people in the village of Bauang confessed and received communion,
-most of those who had taken part in the murder of the Spaniard Juan
-de Silva doing penance--especially the headman, who, as he had a
-very quiet and peaceable disposition, had been constrained by fear of
-Gumapos to assist in such a crime. The fathers were greatly edified
-by the Christian spirit of the Indians, which is so great in this
-province of Ilocos. Father Fray Luís pursued his journey to Lamianán,
-accompanied by a native named Don Dionisio Maricdín--a friendly act
-which no other Indian is known to have performed on that occasion,
-as being disobedient to the orders of "Conde" Don Pedro Gumapos,
-of whom all had conceived so great fear. For this service he was
-afterward rewarded by General Sebastián Rayo Doria, who made the said
-Don Dionisio Maricdín sargento-mayor of the villages of Aringuey,
-Bauang, and Agoo, on July 5, 1661. Father Fray Luís reached the bar of
-Purao, and found there Alférez Lorenzo Arqueros, alguazil-mayor and
-deputy of the alcalde-mayor of the province of Ilocos; he had come
-with a troop of Indians from that province to set free the fathers,
-Fray Bernardino and Fray Luís, from the power of the Zambals. They
-all came to Bagnotán, from which place they notified father Fray
-Bernardino, who was in Bauang.
-
-In consequence of the repeated advices of Zambal raids into Ilocos,
-the alcalde-mayor, Don Alonso de Peralta, called a council of war at
-Vigan, to provide suitable measures for averting the many dangers
-which were threatening the province. At this council were present
-the bishop of Nueva Segovia, Don Fray Rodrigo de Cárdenas, the father
-visitor Fray Juan de Isla, and all the Spaniards; and it was decided
-that the alcalde-mayor should go in person to the succor of those
-districts infested by Zambals, accompanied by father Fray Gonzalo
-de la Palma and father Fray José Polanco. [89] The lord bishop
-was to remain in Vigan, in company with father Fray Juan de Isla,
-with the charge of sending a troop of Ilocan and Cagayan Indians who
-were being levied, and of taking such other measures as might prove
-desirable. In order to render aid and confront the Zambals as quickly
-as possible, the alcalde-mayor sent ahead Alférez Lorenzo Arqueros,
-with such men as could be collected in so short a time; and soon Don
-Alonso de Peralta followed him, [with troops] lightly equipped [a la
-ligera], accompanied by the two fathers, Fray Gonzalo and Fray José,
-as far as Namacpacán, the first village of the province of Ilocos.
-
-I have already related how father Fray Bernardino Márquez had remained
-at Bauang, where he received notice of the arrival of Lorenzo Arqueros
-at Bagnotán for the succor of those districts; and at the same time he
-had very accurate information that the Zambals were planning to make a
-second raid on the province of Ilocos. He immediately warned Lorenzo
-Arqueros of this, who was still at Bagnotán--asking that officer to
-go down to Bauang, if he thought it best, that he might from a nearer
-station check the designs of the Zambals. Father Fray Bernardino
-continued to receive reliable advices of the coming of the Zambals,
-and on that account decided one night to leave Bauang in a boat,
-with six Indians as a guard, to go in search of Lorenzo Arqueros. At
-the cost of much hardship the father found him near the visita of
-Dalangdang, on his march toward Bauang; the father joined the troop
-of Lorenzo Arqueros, and they continued the march to Bauang. They
-arrived there at daybreak, but found the village without inhabitants,
-because for fear of the Zambals they had fled to the woods.
-
-Lorenzo Arqueros ordered his men to beat the drums, and soon the
-village was full of people. Father Fray Bernardino talked to the
-Indians, and sent notice of this aid [just received] to the village
-of Agoo. Those people replied by informing him that the Zambals were
-ready to make a second raid; and that in any case the Spaniards ought
-to see that Don Miguel Carreño was hanged. He was a native of the
-visita of Aringuey, and the father of Don Pedro Gumapos, the head
-of the conspirators, to whom he communicated all the operations of
-the loyal Indians. In consequence of this advice, Lorenzo Arqueros
-ordered Master-of-camp Don Lorenzo Peding, a valiant Ilocan, to go
-with a hundred men to arrest Don Miguel Carreño. [Carreño is seized
-and hanged; the Zambals of his command, dispirited by losing him,
-are defeated and take to flight.]
-
-Lorenzo Arqueros reported all this to his captain the alcalde-mayor,
-Don Alonso de Peralta, who was still at Namacpacán--asking at the same
-time that he would come to his aid, since he knew with certainty that
-the Zambals, with much larger numbers, were coming in search of him. At
-this, Don Alonso de Peralta resolved to go in person to the succor of
-his lieutenant; but this resolution was opposed by the fathers, not
-only because it was not right for him to go on so important a relief
-expedition with only six or seven Spanish mestizos, who accompanied
-him, but also because he ought not to leave his jurisdiction, which
-extended only as far as Namacpacán. They told him that it would be
-better to wait for the soldiers whom the bishop was to send from Vigan,
-so that he could with this reënforcement go to look for the enemy;
-but the alcalde-mayor, urged on by the letters of Lorenzo Arqueros,
-and, besides, encouraged by the latter's previous success, pursued
-his resolution, and marched for Bauang, accompanied by father Fray
-José Blanco [90] and father Fray Gonzalo de la Palma. As soon as he
-encountered Lorenzo Arqueros, he ordered the latter to set out for the
-village of Agoo, to succor Master-of-camp Don Lorenzo Peding. [Arrived
-at Agoo, Arqueros finds the Zambals in sufficient force to render
-more aid necessary; and his urgent request brings Peralta to
-Agoo. The latter brings with him two jars [tibores] of gunpowder,
-which had been kept in the convent at Bauang. Arqueros advises
-Peralta to retreat, since their auxiliaries are all undisciplined,
-and the Ilocans somewhat timid, while the enemy are superior in
-numbers--having more than five thousand men, while the Ilocans did
-not exceed one thousand five hundred. Peralta refuses to do this,
-especially as the Ilocans have firearms, "which the Zambal so greatly
-dreads." The Ilocans go, without orders, across the river, to form
-an ambush against the foe; Arqueros goes to their aid, followed by
-Peralta. "The fathers disguised themselves, fearing that the Zambals,
-if they should be victorious, would, angered by having seen fathers
-in battle, slay the Dominican fathers of the province of Pangasinán,
-who were in their power." At daybreak the enemy come to the attack;
-the Ilocans are soon overcome by fear, and take flight, neither the
-officers nor the friars being able to restrain them. Don Lorenzo Peding
-dies bravely fighting, after having slain many of his assailants;
-and all the guns and other weapons, and the gunpowder, of the Ilocans
-are captured by the Zambals. Peding's death utterly destroys the
-little remnant of courage in his followers, and they flee pell-mell,
-trampling on and drowning each other in the ford of the river. "The
-most pitiable thing was to see the children and old men in flight,
-and especially the women--some of whom gave birth to children, and
-others suffered abortion through fear, the infants being abandoned in
-the camp. The children were drowned, and the old people were overcome
-by exhaustion; all were in most pitiable condition. Those who felt it
-most keenly were the fathers, who aided some but could not help all,
-since all the people had fled." The Spanish leaders attempt to rally
-the Indians at Agoo, and afterward at Bauang, but all in vain; they
-are compelled to return to Namacpacán, where they arrive on January 4,
-1661. Finding that they can obtain neither men nor arms, they continue
-their retreat to Vigan. On the route, they stop at Narbacán, and
-order "the Indians of that village, with those of Santa Catalina,
-a visita of Bantay, to erect a stockade and rampart in Agayayos
-[91] to prevent the Zambals from passing through there for Vigán and
-Cagayán. He garrisoned this post with a body of Indians, in command of
-one of them, named Don Pedro de la Peña, a native of Santa Catalina,
-and continued his journey to Vigán."]
-
-The father visitor, Fray Juan de la Isla, had considered it expedient
-to command the father ministers to retreat to Vigán; they obeyed,
-although against the dictates of their paternal charity, which was
-unwilling to abandon their spiritual sons. Some fathers thought that
-they ought not to obey this mandate; and one of them made his way
-through the middle of the enemies, to go to his ministry of Taguding,
-and others to the hills, to which the Ilocans had retreated, for fear
-of the Zambals.
-
-[Arriving at Vigan, the Spaniards hold a conference regarding the
-threatening dangers.] The alcalde-mayor, Bishop Don Fray Rodrigo
-Cárdenas, and father Fray Juan de Isla were of opinion that the most
-prudent measure was to place in a ship all the father ministers and
-all the Spaniards who were there, and send them to Manila, so that
-they might not experience the worst severity of ill-fortune. For,
-although it could not be doubted that aid would come from Manila, it
-was very uncertain whether information of the disordered condition of
-those provinces had reached the supreme government, while it was most
-evident that the Zambal army would soon come [to Vigan], aided, as was
-already conjectured, by their communication with some Indian chiefs of
-that province. Many forcible arguments were brought forward against
-this opinion by the father ministers, especially Fray Bernardino
-Márquez, Fray José Arias, and Fray Gonzalo de la Palma, who were
-followed by all the other ministers. They concluded by saying that if
-the ministers were to retreat, it would be utter ruin to the province,
-in regard, not only to God but to the king; for the Indians who yet
-maintained their faith and loyalty would abandon all if they had not
-the fathers--either through fear, or carried away by their heathen
-customs. In that council it was also resolved to build a fort at Vigan,
-so that they could resist the Zambals until aid from Manila should
-arrive. This work was begun, but not carried out; for the Indians
-who worked at it were continually disappearing. The alcalde-mayor,
-therefore, Don Alonso de Peralta, finally decided to give orders that
-all the Spaniards who were in the province--except Lorenzo Arqueros,
-who refused to embark--and all the father ministers, both secular and
-religious, who wished to go to Manila, should go aboard the champans
-which he had at the bar there. He himself embarked in a champan with
-the father visitor Fray Juan de Isla and father Fray Luís de la Fuente,
-the bishop promising to follow them. The retreat of Don Alonso Peralta
-caused great injuries to that poor province, although the rest of
-the religious remained in Vigán, in company with the bishop and in
-his house; he had at his side only two secular priests--one named Don
-Gerónimo de Leyva, the judge-provisor and commissary of the Inquisition
-for that bishopric; and the other, father Don Miguel de Quiros.
-
-I have already told how the governor, Don Sabiniano Manrique de Lara,
-hearing at Manila of the uprising and disturbances in the province
-of Pangasinán, commanded that an army and some vessels be assembled
-as promptly as possible, so that our arms might by land and sea
-punish the conspirators; and how he appointed as commander of the
-land forces Francisco de Esteybar--a valiant and fortunate soldier,
-a native of the town of Mondragon, in the province of Guipúzcoa--and
-of the armed fleet Felipe de Ugalde, also a brave soldier, and a
-native of the same province of Guipúzcoa. Don Sabiniano gave them
-orders that, in the emergencies that might arise in the campaign,
-each might act for himself, without waiting for the opinion of the
-other commander--for this reason, that often excellent opportunities
-in war are liable to miscarry. The instructions of Don Sabiniano
-were so judicious and clear that to this, more than any other cause,
-is due the speedy pacification of those provinces. At this time
-the Zambals--who, eager to plunder the rich province of Ilocos,
-and encouraged by the victory over its alcalde-mayor, had continued
-the pursuit of the conquered--arrived at Narvacan, where they waited
-some time through fear of the resistance which they would meet in
-the pass of Agayayos; but they were soon relieved from this fear by
-the very man, Don Pedro de la Peña, who had remained for the guard
-and defense of that pass. He tore down the stockade, and very gladly
-went to offer them a free passage; accordingly, they went on without
-further hindrance. This treason of Don Pedro de la Peña was the whole
-cause of the Zambals being able to raid the villages of Ilocos, from
-Vigan on; for this post of the Agayayos is so difficult of passage that
-it only affords easy entrance to one man, and a horse can go through
-with difficulty, between two great cliffs, which are inaccessible by
-the summits. And since the Zambals must pass through it one by one,
-it would have been impossible for them to succeed in penetrating it,
-with even a very few men to defend the entrance. But this traitor to
-his country was like Conde Don Julián in España, who gave free passage
-to the enemies. Don Pedro paid for it with his life, on the gallows;
-but that province even now bewails the harm [that he caused it].
-
-On that same day letters arrived at Vigán from General Felipe
-de Ugalde, written to the alcaldes-mayor of Ilocos and Cagayán,
-informing them of his arrival by sea for the succor of the province
-of Pangasinán, and of the arrival of General Francisco de Esteybar
-by land. On account of the absence of the alcalde-mayor, Don Alonso,
-the letter which came for him was opened by the bishop, and his
-illustrious Lordship and his companions were delighted at the good
-news, and full of hopes that they would soon enjoy peace; but their
-joy was quenched by the information which soon followed that the
-Zambals had already arrived at Santa Catalina, a visita of Vigán.
-
-On the following day, the twentieth of January, the Zambals arrived
-at Vigán. [The bishop waits for them to come, prepared to say mass for
-their benefit, since they have sent him word that they wish to hear it,
-"a singular mode of hostility, and a still more rare mode of devotion,
-which looks more like craft than simplicity, although all traits at
-once are possible in these people." A number of the Zambals, including
-their leaders, hear mass with much reverence, and even confess to the
-priests, saying that many of their men have come on this raid through
-fear, rather than their own inclination. Most of the troop, however,
-proceed to loot the village; the people take refuge in the bishop's
-house and the church, thus saving their lives, although they endure
-great suffering and privation by being shut up indoors for two days,
-with little food or drink. Finally the fathers persuade the Zambals
-to let the people return to their houses.] On that day the enemy
-appointed Don Juan Celiboto headman of the village, and from that time
-the Zambals made great haste to seize as many Indians as they could,
-both men and women, to be their slaves. Only the sacristans had been
-left on guard in the church; the Zambals slew them together in the
-baptistery, and plundered it of all the ornaments and cloth that
-they found; and there they also killed a negro who tried to avail
-himself of the church to escape from their hands. Many Ilocans died in
-various places on that day--so many that when the number was reckoned
-it was found that the village of Bantay alone had eighty [92] dead,
-whose bodies they hid among the hills, so that they might not be
-seen by the fathers. In those villages all was confusion, outcries,
-the ringing of bells, the discharge of arquebuses, and shouts; and
-among the ecclesiastics all was affliction and grief at seeing so
-many calamities, without being able to remedy them.
-
-Some Indian chiefs, for greater security, had brought to the bishop's
-house the gold, silver, and other valuables which they possessed;
-and the amount thus brought together was so great that there was not
-space for them in the rooms above, and much property was even placed
-below the house. The Zambals cast their eyes on this wealth with
-eager desire, and their sentinels therefore watched very closely
-the house of his illustrious Lordship; this was a source of great
-anxiety to him and to the fathers, lest the poor owners should lose
-their property. The commander Don Jacinto [Macasiag] had promised
-to confer with the bishop about providing safety for these things,
-but did not keep his promise; his illustrious Lordship therefore
-commanded father Fray Gonzalo to go to talk with Don Jacinto in his
-quarters. The father did not shun making these journeys, because
-he lost no time on the road, hearing some confess, and baptizing
-others, even of the Zambals themselves. At the same time he gained the
-opportunity of seeing one of the champans of General Felipe de Ugalde
-arrive at the bar; it had been sent to reconnoitre those coasts,
-under the appearance of selling merchandise. Under the pretext of
-looking at the goods, father Fray Gonzalo went aboard this vessel,
-and informed the captain of the wretched condition in which they all
-were. Nothing was gained, however, by this effort, as the champan,
-on its return, was maliciously steered away from the place where the
-commander was who had sent it; but the ecclesiastics were left with
-the consolation that aid would soon come.
-
-The Zambals came, plundering and killing, as far as the slope of Baduc,
-but they could not pass from that place to the province of Cagayán,
-on account of the resistance made by Alférez Lorenzo Arqueros with
-a troop of Ilocans and Cagayans. The bishop and the fathers were
-well aware of the greedy anxiety of the Zambals to plunder the
-valuables that were in the house of his illustrious Lordship--who,
-hearing reports of the abominations, thefts, and murders which they
-had committed in the churches, summoned them before him, and, when
-most of them were assembled, publicly cursed and excommunicated all
-those who should hereafter kill, or meddle with things belonging
-to the churches or to his house. Immediately after this, a sermon
-was preached to them by the father vicar-provincial, Fray Bernardino
-Márquez, rebuking them for the evil that they did instead of keeping
-the law of the Christians--for such were the greater part of the
-Zambal army. They listened very attentively to the sermon, much to
-the satisfaction of the bishop; and, as he always did when affairs of
-importance came before his illustrious Lordship, he availed himself
-of the Augustinian religious (especially of father Fray Gonzalo de
-la Palma), on account of the secular clergy being unacceptable to
-the Zambals. Nor is it to be doubted that not only the clerics but
-his illustrious Lordship would have perished, if it had not been for
-our religious, as is fully proved by letters written to the supreme
-government by the illustrious Don Fray Rodrigo de Cárdenas.
-
-As soon as the coming of the Zambals was known, much silver belonging
-to the churches, and much silver and gold of private persons, were
-buried in different places; but on Wednesday afternoon the Zambals
-began to open [these] tombs, until no silver or gold was left. Our Lord
-granted that some of the church silver should afterward be restored;
-but all the gold and silver of private persons was lost. Father Fray
-Gonzalo asked permission of the Zambal leader, Don Jacinto, to dig
-up the silver belonging to the church of Taguding; Don Jacinto gave
-this, and promised that he would, for the father's greater safety,
-assist him in person. He did so, as he had promised; but while they
-were engaged in digging up the silver the Zambals rushed to the house
-of the bishop, and pillaged whatever hampers and chests they found
-under the house--with so much violence and clamor that the religious,
-affrighted, took refuge in the apartments of his illustrious Lordship.
-
-[The eagerness of the Zambals for plunder soon induces them to send
-the bishop and the priests to Santa Catalina, so that they may loot
-the bishop's house and whatever of value remains in it. On the way
-they see many corpses of Indians slain by the foe; the village of
-Bantay is burned, only the church and convent, and a tiled house,
-are left standing. Arrived at Santa Catalina, the Zambals who escort
-the priests proceed to plunder and burn that village; and the fathers
-are unable to procure any food until the next day, save a little rice,
-and are compelled to flee for their lives from the flames--finally
-spending the second day with no shelter save a tree, and no food save
-what is given them by the Zambals from whom they beg it as alms.]
-
-In the afternoon came Don Marcos Macasián to notify the fathers of the
-order given by his chief, Don Jacinto, that the bishop and the rest
-who were with him should go on with the rebel army, which included
-three hundred Ilocan Indians--some forced to join them, and others
-who were traitors; counting these with the Pangasinans and Zambals,
-the whole number was about three thousand. He brought some talabones
-[93] in which the bishop and the fathers were accommodated--although
-but poorly, on account of the few men available to carry them, and
-the ill-will of the bearers. On this account, and so that they might
-aid the bishop, who was in poor health, the religious and the priests
-were reduced to traveling on foot over most of the route from Santa
-Catalina to Narbacán--where it is necessary to go through the Agayayos,
-which are certain cliffs very difficult of passage.... In the middle
-of the [second] day they reached Agayayos, and at nine in the night
-they entered Narbacán. At the entrance to this village the Zambals
-had a skirmish with the Indians of that district, who, allied with
-the Tinguianes, did all the harm that they could to the Zambals. So
-daring were they that they seized and carried away one of the men
-who were escorting the fathers, and, without his companions being
-able to prevent it, the assailants cut off his head, and ran into
-the woods. In this manner more than four hundred Zambals had already
-died. Moreover, they had thickly planted the road from Narbacán with
-sharp stakes, in order that the Zambals might not use it; and for
-this reason the fathers suffered greatly, because they traveled on
-foot. As soon as they arrived at Narbacán, they notified the native
-governor [gobernadorcillo], (who was the father of the traitor Don
-Juan de Pacadua), who gave the fathers sufficient cause to fear; for
-between him and his blacks he held the fathers fast, unwilling to let
-them go, by saying that he preferred that they should be entertained
-in his own house, which was quite spacious, and not in the convent,
-which was ill supplied. The fathers would not go anywhere except to
-the convent, and thus the contest lasted until the arrival of the
-bishop; he also insisted on going to the convent, with which they
-gained their point; and the captain of the village went with them,
-to escort them and light the way. They arrived at the convent, where
-they found not even water to drink; then the father went out to get
-some, and to find also a little rice [morisqueta] for the bishop,
-of which he was in great need.
-
-On the following day, January 31, the entire Zambal army encamped in
-Narbacán; it had been awaited by the leader, Don Jacinto Macasiag,
-who had been detained in Vigan by his plan of attacking a champan
-sent by Don Felipe de Ugalde with more than twenty soldiers. Don
-Jacinto returned to Narbacán, without having been able to carry out
-the intention which had delayed him; and found at Narbacán a letter
-from his kinglet, Don Andrés Malóng. The latter informed him of
-the arrival of the Spanish forces in his kingdom, for which reason
-Don Jacinto must make haste to go there with troops under him, so
-that they and his own men might together put an end to the "Spanish
-rabble;" and he must carry thither with him the Indian chiefs of the
-villages that they had conquered, so that these might be witnesses
-of the rebels' valor against the Spaniards. Many were the letters
-and papers written by that infernal monster to all the Indian chiefs
-in all the provinces; and in the last ones written to Don Jacinto
-Macasiag, which the bearers concealed without giving them to him, he
-ordered Don Jacinto to burn all the villages with their churches and
-convents, and to retreat to the woods with the Zambals, since he had
-already conquered the Spaniards. But the result was quite different;
-for when he wrote it Don Jacinto had already fled and taken refuge
-in the hills, and the Spaniards were pursuing him.
-
-When the Zambals saw the letter from Malóng, they began to clamor
-against the natives of Narbacán, on account of the injuries which they
-had received from the latter; and they swore that for this cause they
-would kill them and burn their village. But they did not fulfil the
-latter threat, nor dare to carry out the first, not only because the
-Indians had concealed themselves in the woods, but on account of the
-fear that the Zambals had conceived of them--especially of the Indian
-who led them in battle, named Don Felipe Madamba, a native of the
-village of Bringas; he was so loyal to his Majesty, and so valiant,
-that he dashed alone, on horseback, among the Zambals and Calanasas,
-cutting off their heads, without any one being able to resist him. He
-was able to escape from these affrays, but his horse and he were
-covered with the arrows which they shot at him, although not one of
-these caused him any injury worth mention.
-
-On the same day (that of St. Ignatius the martyr), the army of the
-Zambals set out to go to Pangasinán, leaving part of the village of
-Narbacán in flames; the fathers, having compassion for those people,
-entreated the leader, Don Jacinto, to order his men to put out the
-fire. He did so, by a public order; and immediately they extinguished
-the flames. Litters and carriers were already provided for the bishop
-and the fathers, that they might follow the army; but they all, with
-one voice and opinion, told the guards that they would not depart
-from Narbacán, even though it should cost them their lives. When the
-guards perceived their firm resolution, they notified their chief, Don
-Jacinto Macasiag, who was willing that the fathers should remain; but
-when this decision was learned by Gumapos, who had marched ahead, he
-commanded his arquebusiers to go there and slay the bishop and all the
-ecclesiastics. They would have carried out this order, if Don Marcos
-Macasián had not dissuaded Gumapos from it--the latter saying that
-the fathers did not serve in the army, and that they were more of a
-hindrance than anything else, and it was therefore better to kill them.
-
-[On the third day after the departure of the enemy, the people of
-Narbacán return to their homes. The bishop is accidentally hurt,
-and Fray Bernardino becomes ill--both cases being aggravated
-by the sufferings which they endured while in the hands of the
-Zambals.] Generals Francisco de Esteybar and Felipe de Ugalde were
-in Pangasinán, uncertain in what part of the country the enemy might
-still be, in order to send thither their forces; for, although General
-Ugalde had sent two champans to reconnoiter the coasts of the provinces
-of Ilocos and Cagayán, they had not returned with their report. By
-land, he had no letter from either the alcaldes or the religious
-of those provinces. With this, and the assurances of the fathers of
-St. Dominic in the province of Pangasinán that those of Ilocos and
-Cagayán were free from enemies, the commanders were perplexed, and
-almost determined to withdraw their forces from those provinces. Our
-Lord permitted that, the champan in which Alcalde-mayor Don Alonso de
-Peralta and the father visitor Fray Juan de Isla were sailing having
-landed at Bolinao, they should learn there how the Spanish armada was
-in Pangasinán; accordingly, they directed their course thither, and,
-having arrived, found the commanders and related to them the wretched
-condition in which that province of Ilocos was left. In consequence of
-this information, Francisco de Esteybar at once gave orders that the
-army should set out for that province. Before Francisco de Esteybar
-departed from Binalatongan, he left the place fortified, with a
-stronghold in the court of the church; it had four sentry-posts,
-four pieces of bronze artillery carrying four-libra balls, and four
-officers--Captains Don Alonso Quirante, Juan Diaz Ibáñez, Don Juan de
-Guzmán, and Nicolás Serrano. As chief commander he left Sargento-mayor
-Domingo Martín Barrena, with some infantry--Spaniards, Merdicas, and
-creole negroes [criollos morenos]. The alcalde-mayor returned in his
-champan to Vigán, and fathers Fray Juan de Isla and Fray Luis de la
-Fuente marched with the Spanish army, which on its way reached the
-village of Santa Cruz. The Zambals left Narbacán, and, reaching the
-village of Santa María, sacked and burned it, as well as the convent;
-they did the same at San Esteban and the village of Santiago--to
-whose patron [i.e., St. James] was attributed their failure to burn
-the church, although they set fire to it. They burned and plundered
-the villages of San Pedro and Candón, going from the latter to that of
-Santa Cruz. There they learned that the Spaniards were at Santa Lucía;
-then they collected many of the valuables and cloths which they had
-plundered and set fire to them, and they set out in search of the
-Spaniards, who also were coming with the same object. The latter,
-ignorant of the enemy's proximity, learned of it by an accident; this
-was, that father Fray Juan de la Isla, having pushed ahead of the
-Spanish army, encountered a party of Zambals, from whom he escaped
-by a miracle. Father Fray Juan warned the Spaniards of the Zambals'
-approach, and they forthwith set out to fight the enemy. The armies
-came into sight of each other between the villages of Santa Cruz and
-Santa Lucía, and General Francisco de Esteybar at once commanded that
-the signal for attack be given. The Zambals twice engaged our men,
-with fierceness and loud shouts; but they were finally conquered
-by the Spaniards--more than four hundred Zambals being killed,
-and the greater part of their force taken prisoners. One of these
-was Don Pedro Gumapos, holding in his hand the staff of the bishop,
-thus being fulfilled what the holy prelate had prophesied to him.
-
-The victory completed, Francisco de Esteybar withdrew with his army to
-Namacpacán, where he had left Captain Simón de Fuentes with a division
-of the army; they took with them Gumapos and many other prisoners,
-and afterward sent them to Vigán. There, in company with others, they
-hanged the rebel leader, and after his death cut off that sacrilegious
-hand, which was fastened near the house of the bishop. The loss of the
-Spaniards was very small, but a circumstance worthy of admiration was
-noted; it was that, not only in this battle but in other encounters
-which had occurred, all those of the Zambal army who were slain lay
-face downward, and all the dead of the Spanish army had their faces
-turned upward--as if by this God had chosen to show that the Zambals
-died under the curse and excommunication of the bishop. On account of
-this so fortunate success, Generals Francisco de Esteybar and Felipe
-de Ugalde talked of returning to Manila, believing that now everything
-was quiet; but information came to them of the new uprising by the
-Indians of Bacarra, and Francisco de Esteybar at once ordered the army
-to march to that village. The manner in which those Indians revolted
-is as follows: I have already pointed out the multitude of letters
-and documents which the usurping king Malóng wrote [to the leading
-men] everywhere--more especially to Don Juan Magsanop and Don Pedro
-Almazán. The latter was a very rich chief, a native of the village
-of San Nicolás (then a visita of Ilauag), and so bitterly hostile to
-the Spaniards that he kept in his house as many pairs of fetters as
-there were fathers and Spaniards in the entire province, in order to
-fasten these on them when he should have opportunity. This Don Pedro
-Almazán formed an alliance with Don Juan Magsanop, a native of Bangi,
-a visita of the village of Bacarra; and with Don Gaspar Cristóbal,
-headman of Ilauag, and a native of that village. The former, in order
-to make sure of Don Gaspar Cristóbal, asked him for his daughter, to
-marry her to his own oldest son; and these three Indians, as being so
-influential, continually stirred up others to join their conspiracy,
-and called in the Calanasa tribe to aid them.
-
-The Calanasas were heathen barbarians who lived in the clefts of
-the mountains and other rocky places, and their only occupation was
-the killing of men and animals. Feeling safe with such aid as this,
-the leaders of the conspiracy undertook to make Don Pedro Almazán
-king of the province of Ilocos, and they swore allegiance to his son
-as prince; the latter celebrated his wedding with the daughter of
-Don Gaspar Cristóbal, as they had agreed. In order that the [former]
-function might be celebrated with all solemnity and not lack what was
-requisite, they plundered the church in the village of Ilauag, and
-with the crown which they took from the head of the Queen of Angels
-(who is venerated in that church) they crowned Don Pedro Almazán
-as king and the married pair as princes. All these proceedings were
-carried on so secretly that they could never be traced; and in this
-condition of their plot the letter of Don Andrés Malóng found them,
-in which he notified them that he had conquered the Spaniards. As
-now they were free, in their own opinion, from that danger, and safe
-from the Zambals, who were on their march from Pangasinán, it seemed
-to them now time to bring to light their depraved intentions. Before
-doing so, Don Juan Magsanop wrote from Bacarra a letter to Don Gaspar
-Cristóbal, in which he asked what opinion the latter had reached, and
-that he be informed of it. The reply which Don Gaspar Cristóbal gave
-was to take a fagot of reeds in his hand, and himself set fire to the
-church in Ilauag; and he ordered the bearer of the letter to carry
-back that reply. When this was known to Magsanop, he made himself
-known, with banners displayed, at Bacarra at the end of January,
-1661, and sent word to the Calanasas to come down with all speed
-to his aid. In the rebel league were joined the villages of Pata
-and Cabicungán, administered by the fathers of St. Dominic, their
-minister at that time being father Fray José Santa María; hearing
-the tumult and the shouts of the rebels, he went out of the convent,
-against the advice of a Spaniard (whose name is not known) who had
-taken refuge in it. Father Fray José persisted in his resolution,
-but as soon as the rebels saw him many attacked him; and, piercing
-him with many javelins they cut off his head, and with great delight
-went to sack the convent. They made the attack by way of the church,
-the doors of which were locked; but the brave Spaniard, now bereft
-of the father, when he heard their clamor from within fastened all
-the windows and doors that he could reach, and loaded two guns that
-he had inside. The servants of the father who had remained there
-kept loading the guns for him, and, aiming through some loopholes or
-apertures, they allowed the multitude to come close to the building,
-and then fired, without a shot failing to hit. He accomplished so much
-that the rebels, persuaded that some company of soldiers were inside
-the church, retreated without executing their purpose of sacking and
-burning the church and convent.
-
-On the first of February this melancholy tidings reached the village
-of Narbacán, where there were nine religious of the order of our
-father St. Augustine, exchanging congratulations and expressions
-of joy over the freedom that they were beginning to enjoy with the
-departure, that day, of the Zambal army. All their joy was changed into
-sadness and perplexity by the news of what had occurred at Ilauag;
-but the one who felt this most was father Fray José Arias, at that
-time prior of the village of Bacarra. [Feeling that duty calls him
-to go back, there, he does so, although against the entreaties of
-his brethren. His people welcome his return, but at the news that the
-Calanasas are approaching all take to flight, carrying the friar with
-them; but later they leave him in the house of a native helper. "The
-streets were full of rebels and Calanasas, who with loud shouts
-and yells acclaimed Don Pedro Almazán as king, and threatened all
-the Spaniards with death." Fray José and the helper plan to escape
-by night, but an envoy from the rebels warns the latter to drive
-the friar from his house, or they will kill him and his family;
-frightened at this, he carries the father to another house. "In a
-little while Don Tomás Bisaya, one of the heads of the conspiracy,
-sent a mulatto named Juan (who had been a servant of the fathers)
-with some men, and an order to Fray José to enter a petaca [94],
-so that he could escape to the village of Ilauag." He does this,
-and the party set out for that village; but on the way they meet a
-party of rebels, who kill the father, cut off his head, and carry
-it to Magsanop. Diaz here copies the relation of this affair which
-was sent to the Augustinians throughout the province, a letter from
-the provincial, Fray Diego de Ordás, citing the account sent to him
-by Bishop Cárdenas. "Magsanop and the other tyrants celebrated this
-victory, all drinking from the skull of the venerable father, which
-served in their barbarous proceedings as a precious vase.... After
-several days his head was ransomed, and interred with his body."]
-
-The army of General Francisco de Esteybar marched to Bacarra, but the
-first to arrive was Lorenzo Arqueros, with a detachment of more than
-a thousand men, Ilocans and Cagayans; the rebels and the Calanasas,
-not daring to face these, retreated with all speed to the woods, but
-Lorenzo Arqueros did not fail to search for them, in whatever places
-they had concealed themselves. He seized Magsanop, who, angered at
-seeing himself a prisoner, drew a dagger and killed himself with it,
-a worthy punishment for his sacrilegious perfidy. Don Pedro Almazán,
-who had taken horse to flee, burst into a fury, and died raging;
-[95] and all his children met wretched deaths.
-
-General Francisco de Esteybar arrived with all his army at the village
-of Bacarra, but Lorenzo Arqueros had it already reduced to quiet, so
-that the general had nothing to do, except to order that a fort be
-built in Bacarra and garrisoned with soldiers, so as to secure the
-province from other disturbances. General Sebastián Rayo Doria gave
-orders for the execution of the commission which he bore, by agreement
-of the royal Audiencia, to administer justice to those who were most
-guilty; his military judge was Licentiate Don Juan de Rosales, and
-the notary was Nicolás de Herrera, who began their official duties,
-bringing legal proceedings [against the rebels]. The penalties of
-justice were inflicted as follows: In Vigán, Don Pedro Gumapos was
-shot through the back, and afterward the hand with which he took
-the staff from the bishop was cut off; and Don Cristóbal Ambagán,
-Don Pedro Almazán, Don Tomás Boaya, [96] Don Pedro de la Peña, and
-others, to the number of sixteen, were hanged. In Binalatongan was
-erected a square gallows, as in Vigán, and the following were hanged:
-Don Melchor de Vera, Don Francisco de Pacadua, Don Francisco Along,
-and Don Jacinto Macasiag; a Sangley mestizo, named Domingo Isón,
-although he said that he died innocent; a man of half-Malabar blood,
-named Lorenzo; and others, to the number of fourteen. It is quite
-remarkable that, when the sacristans were in the [church] tower with
-orders from the father ministers to toll the bells as soon as each of
-those who were hanged was dead, when it came to the turn of Domingo
-Isón they rang a peal instead of tolling, without having had an order
-for it; in this it seems as if the divine Majesty chose to demonstrate
-his innocence, as it was afterward ascertained. They promptly shot
-Don Andrés Malóng, placed in the middle, seated on a stone; and this
-was the end of his unhappy reign in Pangasinán. Afterward, in Mexico,
-punishment was inflicted on Don Francisco and Don Cristóbal Mañago,
-who were shot; and some were hanged--Don Juan Palasigui, Don Marcos
-Marcasián, Sargento-mayor Chombillo, Supil and Baluyot of Guagua,
-the amanuensis, and many others. José Celis, the lawyer, was carried
-to Manila, where he was hanged. After these executions, Licentiate
-Manuel Suárez de Olivera, the senior advocate of the royal Audiencia,
-printed a treatise against Don Juan de Rosales, in which he condemned
-the excessive rigor of these punishments. This was answered by Don
-Juan de Rosales with another pamphlet--very learned, which also was
-printed--whose theme was Feci judicium et justitiam, non tradas
-me calumniantibus me, drawn from Psalm 118, [97] justifying his
-proceedings to the satisfaction of those who were free from prejudice.
-
-Thus was quenched that infernal fire which kindled discord in the
-hearts of the natives of the provinces of Pampanga and Pangasinán,
-and of the Indians of the village of Bacarra in Ilocos--a fire
-which threatened to consume the peace and obedience of the other
-provinces of these islands, whose people were on the watch for its
-outcome, in order to declare themselves [rebels] and prove Fortune,
-and to gain what seemed to them liberty. But this would have been,
-quite to the contrary, their entire perdition; for, escaping from
-their civilized subjection to the Spaniards, they would have fallen
-back into the barbarous tyranny of their own people--which, like
-chips from the same log, [98] is what most hurts, as experience
-shows; and the natives themselves know this. They were continually
-experiencing this in the tumult in Pampanga, for the tyrannical acts
-and the extortions which they suffered from the principal leaders of
-the revolt were more grievous than those which they experienced or
-could fear from subjection to the Spaniards. So true is this that
-in the village of Guagua it was said by an old chief who survived
-that time, named Don Pedro Anas, that so great was the confusion
-and lawlessness, and so tyrannical were the leaders of the outbreak,
-that if the governor Don Sabiniano Manrique de Lara had not come so
-promptly with his troops, the Indians themselves would have gone to
-Manila to make their submission at his feet; some of them could not
-unite with the others, and, although all desired liberty, they did
-not work together to secure the means for attaining it, and therefore
-they experienced a heavier [yoke of] subjection. And among the peoples
-whom God seems to have created that they may live in subjection to
-others who govern them with justice and authority are those of these
-Filipinas Islands; for when the Spanish arms conquered them with so
-great facility they were living without a head, without king or lord
-to obey--being only tyrannized over by him who among them displayed
-most courage; and this subjection was continually changing, other men,
-of greater valor and sagacity, gaining the ascendency.
-
-Nor was the least cause of their reduction the diligent efforts
-of the religious who were ministers in these provinces, with their
-notable assiduity in preaching to the natives and exhorting them,
-with the arguments that we have already stated; and in this task they
-suffered the greatest hardships and dangers to life. In the province
-of Ilocos, fathers Fray Bernardino Márquez, Fray Gonzalo de la Palma,
-Fray Luís de la Fuente, and Fray Juan de Isla. In Pampanga, the
-following fathers were very prominent in the reduction: in Bacolor,
-Fray Francisco de Medina Basco; in Guagua, Fray Luís de la Vega; in
-Lubao, Fray José Botoño; in Mexico, Fray José Cornejo; in Candaba,
-Fray Pedro de Eguiluz; in Apalit, Fray José de Tapia; in Macabebe,
-Fray Enrique de Castro; but, more than all, Fray José Duque and Fray
-Isidro Rodríguez, whose authority among the natives could overcome
-the greatest difficulties. Information to this effect was given to the
-royal and supreme Council of the Indias by Don Sabiniano Manrique de
-Lara himself, in Madrid, after his return from his government in the
-year 1667--when father Fray Isidro Rodríguez was at the same court as
-procurator for this province, soliciting the numerous mission which
-he conducted hither, and in which I came, the least of its members.
-
-[Notable among the losses and injuries caused by the Zambal raid
-was the death of the bishop of Nueva Segovia, Don Fray Rodrigo de
-Cárdenas, of whom Diaz gives a biographical sketch. He died at Manila,
-early in May, 1661.]
-
-
-In Otón (Panay); 1663
-
-[As related by Diaz in his Conquistas, pp. 640-644.] At the time when
-this conflagration [99]--which threatened to destroy what Spanish
-constancy had gained in these islands during a hundred and ten
-years--had just been extinguished, another and new one began to burn
-in the province of Ogtong in Pintados; and, if timely measures had
-not been taken to check it, this one would have caused greater ravages
-than the previous rebellions in the provinces of Pampanga, Pangasinán,
-and Ilocos. This entire province is in charge of our religious. We
-have in it eight convents and doctrinas--Antique, Guimbal, Tigbauan,
-Ogtong, Jaro, Dumangas, Laglag, and Pasig [100]--which belong to
-the jurisdiction of the alcalde-mayor who resides in Iloilo, where
-there is a good supply of artillery, with two companies of Spaniards,
-and one of Pampangos. This province and that of Panay are united in
-one island, yielding a great abundance of rice; it is the Sicilia
-of Filipinas for its fertility, and also resembles that island in
-its extent, and in having three promontories such as gave it the
-name Trinacria. This island is called Panay, so even its name suits
-it; for in it there grows so great an abundance of rice, which is
-the bread of this country. It contains two provinces, governed by
-two alcaldes-mayor--that of Iloilo, already mentioned, and that of
-Panay; the latter rules over nine large villages. Of these, six are
-in charge of the order of our father St. Augustine--Capiz, Panay,
-Batan, Mambusao, Dumalag, and Dumarao; [101] two are administered
-by secular priests, Aclán and Ibahay; and the island of Romblón
-is a doctrina of the discalced religious [i.e., Recollects] of our
-father St. Augustine. [Diaz here refers to the description of Panay
-and the Augustinian houses therein which is given by Medina, and to
-the foundation of their convent at Laglag. [102]] This ministry and
-doctrina comprises five visitas and dependent churches: two on the
-river that is called Araut, named Sibucao and Sumandig; and three
-in the mountains, Misi, Camantugan, and Malonor. These were a cruel
-and rude people, and greatly addicted to superstitions and heathen
-rites on account of living so separated from intercourse with the
-gospel ministers--who throughout the year share, in their turn,
-in the instruction and administration of these visitas. It cost
-the first religious many hardships to tame these mountaineers and
-instruct them in the holy faith; for what they gained with the utmost
-toil in a week was dissipated during the absence of the religious
-from their ministry. The village of Malonor always had disguised
-babaylanes--which is the same as "priests of the demon," by whose
-direction the sacrifices which they made proceeded. They offered up
-swine, birds, and various kinds of food produced by the ground; and
-held solemn drinking-feasts--the main purpose of the universal enemy
-[of souls], since from this vice resulted many acts of lewdness and
-[other] abominations, all which tended to the perdition of their souls.
-
-The prior and minister of that district in this year of 1663 was
-father Fray Francisco de Mesa--a native of the city of Manila,
-[103] and who had professed in our convent of San Pablo; a religious
-of great virtue, and most zealous and diligent in fulfilling the
-obligations of his office. In the visita of Malonor there was at this
-time a malicious Indian, a noted sorcerer and priest of the demon,
-who lived in concealment in the dense forest; and there he called
-together the Indians, telling them that he was commanded by the
-nonos--who are the souls of their first ancestors who came over to
-people these Filipinas--in whose name he assured them that the demon
-had appeared to them in trees and caves. This minister of Satan was
-named Tapar, and went about in the garb of a woman, on account of the
-office of babaylán and priest of the demon, with whom they supposed
-that he had a pact and frequent communication. Moreover, he wrought
-prodigies resembling the miracles, with which he kept that ignorant
-people deluded.
-
-With these impostures and frauds Tapar obtained so much influence that
-the people followed him, revering him as a prophet, and he taught
-them to worship idols and offer sacrifices to Satan. Seeing that he
-had many followers, and that his reputation was well established,
-he made himself known, declaring that he was the Eternal Father;
-and he invented a diabolical farce, naming one of his most intimate
-associates for the Son, and another for the Holy Ghost, while to a
-shameless prostitute they gave the name of María Santisima ["Mary
-most holy"], as the name of Mary had been given her in baptism. [104]
-Then he appointed apostles, and to others he gave titles of pope
-and bishops; and in frequent assemblies they committed execrable
-abominations, performed with frequent drinking-bouts, in which there
-were shocking fornications among the men and women, both married and
-unmarried. This debauchery ended with the sacrifice to the demon,
-who, they said, gave them replies, although confused ones; but all
-were for their greater perdition; at other times, they believed,
-the demon appeared to them in various forms. All these things were
-done in the most retired part of the mountains, which there are very
-craggy. For a long time this infernal epidemic remained concealed;
-but finally spread as far as the visitas of the villages of Jaro and
-Pasig, although those who were infected by it were not so many there as
-in the village of Malonor, where the morals of those wretched people;
-deluded by the demon, were more corrupt.
-
-Father Fray Francisco de Mesa received word of the unhappy condition
-in which were the souls of those parishioners of his; and, knowing
-that that cancer, which was spreading so far, needed to be severely
-cauterized, he gave information of all this to the purveyor-general of
-Pintados, the alcalde-mayor of that province, Admiral Pedro Duran de
-Monforte--a valiant soldier, whom we have mentioned in this history at
-various times. That officer, with the promptness that was necessary,
-sent Captains Gregorio de Peralta, Nicolás Becerra, and Francisco
-Duarte, and Adjutants Pedro Farfán and Pedro Brazales, with some
-Spaniards, Pampangos, and Merdicas from Siao (which is an island of
-Maluco)--a brave people, but cruel, which is a vice of cowards.
-
-While the people were on their way to the village of Malonor, father
-Fray Francisco de Mesa decided to risk the attempt to prove whether he
-could through his preaching persuade them to accept better counsels,
-and, repentant, to put an end to that abominable farce of apostates;
-for it seemed to him that he would not fulfil his obligation if he did
-not make this endeavor. He encountered much opposition from the chiefs
-of the village of Laglag, who were not accomplices in the sedition
-by those of Malonor; but with intrepid courage to confer with the
-rebels. He reached the village and sent word to them to assemble in
-some convenient place, where he would go to discuss with them what
-concerned the deliverance of their souls, in case they were unwilling
-to come to the place where father Fray Francisco was. They replied
-"that they would not go out of the place where" (on account of its
-being rugged) "they had taken refuge for the sake of their safety--not,
-however, for fear of the Spaniards, whom they esteemed but lightly, for
-they themselves were accompanied by all the Holy Trinity, the Blessed
-Virgin Mary, and all the apostles, who would defend them by working
-miracles." They also said that they did not need father ministers,
-because they had popes and bishops and priests who could minister to
-them in their own way, although it was very different from that which
-the fathers used; and "that Fray Francisco should be content with this,
-that they did not undertake to do harm to the other Christians who,
-deluded, followed him--although they could do these much harm with
-the power of God the Father, who assisted them"--and in this fashion
-they uttered other execrable blasphemies.
-
-Father Fray Francisco, grieved at the perdition of those souls,
-with intrepid heart determined to go to the place where the rebels
-were (which was almost inaccessible on account of its ruggedness),
-where they had erected a shed which served them as a temple in which
-to offer their sacrifices to the demon and to hold their infamous
-assemblies. But he did not venture to do so, being dissuaded by the
-peaceable Indians of Laglag, and by Fray Martín de Mansilla, the
-prior of Pasig; for that would be to search imprudently for danger,
-without hope of accomplishing even the least good, since the people
-of Malonor were so obstinate. The prior told him that it was better
-to wait for the coming of the Spaniards. But this was not enough to
-prevent him from going to the said Laglag. [105]
-
-The father arrived, very late in the day, at the house which he had
-in the village, close to the church, with the intention of obtaining
-better information regarding the condition of those misguided people,
-so as to see if he could make any endeavor for the good of their
-souls. In case he could not do so, he intended to return to Laglag
-the next day, and there await the coming of the Spaniards. The
-rebellious apostates consulted the demon as to what they should do;
-and in consequence resolved to put Father Francisco to death; and they
-proceeded to carry out this decision. It was about midnight when they
-all came down to the village in a mob; and some surrounded the house,
-which was made of bamboo, and others began to thrust their lances
-through the openings in the floor, between the bamboos, wounding father
-Fray Francisco, and uttering many abusive words. The father religious,
-alarmed at his peril, sprang up intending to jump out at the windows,
-as the house stood very low, not considering the greater danger of
-this. As he leaped, the insurgents ran toward him, and received him
-on the points of their lances; and all he could do was to reach the
-cross which stood in the cemetery, next to the church. He embraced it
-tenderly, and in this position received many lance-thrusts; and thus,
-his arms flung round the holy cross, and uttering loving and devout
-words, he rendered his soul to the Lord--to go, as we may piously
-believe, to enjoy eternal peace. [106] The insurgents burned the
-house and the church, but they did not dare to profane the body of
-the venerable father, and retreated to the most secluded part of
-those mountains.
-
-On the same day when the news that the apostates had killed the father
-reached the village of Laglag the Spaniards and soldiers arrived whom
-Admiral Pedro Durán had sent; and with them came the notary-public
-of the province and Lorenzo Tallez Mucientes to make an investigation
-[of the murder], although there was some delay in the arrival of the
-alcalde-mayor, Pedro Durán, in person. Two days after the death of the
-venerable father, they went to the village of Malonor, and found the
-body of the venerable father at the foot of the cross--quite ruddy and
-without corruption, and the blood dropping from it as if the murderers
-had but that instant slain him (as the notary Bernabé López has assured
-me at various times); and it remained in the same incorruption, and
-without the blood coagulating, until the third day, when they buried
-it in the church of Laglag. Pedro Durán proceeded, as both a soldier
-and a judge, to search for the aggressors; and a considerable time
-after the death of the venerable father, and after many endeavors, and
-having employed adroit spies, the Spaniards seized the principal actors
-in the diabolical farce. Others defended themselves and were slain;
-but their corpses were brought in, and carried with the criminals to
-the port of Iloilo. There justice was executed upon them; they were
-fastened to stakes in the river of Araut, [107] and the body of the
-accursed woman who played the part of the Blessed Virgin was impaled
-on a stake and placed at the mouth of the river of Laglag.
-
-
-In Otón; 1672
-
-[This is related by Diaz in his Conquistas, pp. 696-697.]
-
-The spirit of discord also roamed through the mountains of the province
-of Ogtong in the island of Panay, causing a disturbance which had an
-aspect more ridiculous than serious; and if I have concluded to set it
-down here it is only to show the pliability of disposition in these
-Indians in believing every new thing, even when it is groundless,
-simply because fear persuades them to believe whatever is inimical
-to the Spaniards, and especially if it is to their discredit. In
-the villages of Miagao and other visitas of Tigbauan, the collector
-of tributes for the king was a soldier born in Nueva España, of a
-merry and jesting disposition; he without heeding what would result,
-told among the Indians this exceedingly absurd story: "That the king
-of España had gone out to the seashore for recreation, so heedless
-of danger and so lightly attended that he had been captured by some
-Turkish galleys that landed at that shore, and had been carried
-away to the court of the Grand Turk, who demanded for his ransom an
-enormous number of slaves; and that to comply with this demand he
-had sent many ships, which were to carry all the natives of that
-province to him, so that he could deliver them to the Turks." The
-soldier told them that several ships had come for this purpose, which
-were already in the harbor of Iloilo; and that the alcalde-mayor
-Don Sebastián de Villarreal and other Spaniards had to go with the
-ships, in order to make this delivery. This foolish and so perverse
-story was so thoroughly believed by the Bisayan Indians [108] that
-it caused a great disturbance and commotion among the inhabitants
-of the villages of Tigbauan, Miagao, Guimbal, and their visitas--so
-that, abandoning their homes and villages, they fled to the woods
-without concerted action, publishing the story that the Turks were
-already close by to seize them, and would carry the natives to their
-king as prisoners. The father ministers, as being nearest to them,
-experienced great perplexity, not being able to bring back the
-fugitives, as they did not know the cause of their disturbance; for
-when the natives perceived any religious they only took to flight,
-crying out, "Turks!" and thus the villages were being depopulated.
-
-When the said alcalde-mayor learned this, he gathered all the soldiers
-that he could find, and reënlisted many veteran soldiers; and, in
-company with the father ministers Fray Marcos Gabilán, Fray Marcos
-González, and Fray Agustín de Estrada, he set out with all speed to
-see if he could check the disturbance; for he did not know of the
-falsehood uttered by the demon through the lips of the soldier. But
-this measure tended to fan the flames and to give further confirmation
-to that lie; they found, therefore, the villages deserted, and feared
-that this was a general rebellion. At last, the absurd cause which
-had influenced the natives was ascertained; and in a conference of
-the father ministers and the sensible Spaniards they chose the more
-prudent measure of withdrawing the troops, and allowing the natives
-to be undeceived by the course of events. The soldier, who must have
-been more knave than dolt, succeeded in concealing himself so well
-that nothing was known of him for a long time, because he left the
-island. The end of this revolution was, that gradually the Indians
-became undeceived, and ascertained that the whole thing was a lie;
-and through the agency of father Fray Agustín de Estrada, of whom
-they had a very high opinion, they were pacified, and brought back
-to their villages and homes. This is written only that some idea may
-be formed of the readiness with which these natives believe any lie;
-and the difficulties experienced by the religious who live among them
-as ministers, and the danger to the lives of the fathers if the demon
-concocts some fiction which, like this, is to their detriment or to
-the discredit of the Spaniards.
-
-
-In Playa Honda; 1681
-
-[From Diaz's Conquistas, pp. 747-748.]
-
-The governor, Don Juan de Vargas, in view of the many ravages,
-murders, and thefts which the revolted Zambals of Playa Honda
-had committed--infesting the road from Pangasinán to Ilocos,
-and harassing the adjoining villages that were subject to the
-Spanish dominion--determined to curb their audacity by some exploit
-which would inspire them with fear, and to restrain for the future
-their insolence and daring. For this purpose he sent Captain Alonso
-Martín Franco and Captain Simón de Torres, with a suitable number of
-Spaniards, Pampangos, and Merdicas (who are Ternatans and Malays),
-and gave them the orders that were desirable for the success of so
-useful an expedition--that Simón de Torres and Alonso Martín Franco,
-each with half of the soldiers, should go in opposite directions,
-beating the woods, and fighting with any Zambals whom they might
-encounter. They did so, compelling the rebels to retreat as far as
-the place where their companions were; and on St. James's day the
-two captains joined their forces, the signal being the discharge of
-three exploding rockets, and fought with the Zambal insurgents. They
-carried out their orders and fought against these enemies, who are
-indeed a warlike people, and killed many of them, not without some
-loss of our men. Their leader was a valiant Zambal named Tumalang, to
-whom the inhabitants of those mountains rendered obedience; this man,
-seeing the death of an associate of his in whom he greatly trusted,
-whom Alonso Martín Franco had slain, and influenced by some higher
-feeling, declared that he wished to be a friend of the Spaniards,
-and with his people to establish villages where he would be under
-Spanish rule. A very convenient location was set apart, and therein
-was founded a handsome village called Nueva Toledo, and some others
-near a fort that is called Pignamén, [109] which Don Manuel de León
-ordered to be founded--in which, by order of the governor, Captain
-Alonso Martín Franco remained as commandant, with a larger garrison;
-and this fort has been most efficacious for averting such losses as
-they then experienced. Chief Tumalang received holy baptism, and was
-named Don Alonso; and he declared that it was he who had cut off the
-head of Don Felipe Ugalde, [110] whose skull he had in his possession
-as a trophy. This he surrendered to Martín Franco, that he might bury
-it in consecrated ground. The command of this fort is today an office
-that is conferred on a very meritorious officer; he has jurisdiction
-in all those villages of Playa Honda, and appoints in them governors
-who administer justice, as do the alcaldes-mayor of these islands in
-their [respective] provinces.
-
-
-In Zambal villages; 1683
-
-[The following account is taken from Salazar's Hist. de Sant. Rosario,
-pp. 300-311. It was a revolt against ecclesiastical authority,
-and would have ended in the liberation of the Zambals from all
-Spanish rule, had they not been in awe of the fort and garrison
-of Paynauen. Salazar's relation is interesting in regard to native
-character and missionary methods.]
-
-There was in the village of Balacbac an Indian chief named Dulinen,
-to whose following belonged a great part of the village; although
-he came down [from the hills] to live in a settlement, it was more
-from worldly considerations than from affection for a Christian mode
-of life, and he therefore left in the mountains all his valuables,
-and a nephew of his for a guard over them. This was learned by an
-Indian named Calignao, who went to the mountain and slew the nephew
-of Dulinen--who, incensed at this, urged his followers to go with him
-to the mountain to avenge the death of his nephew. When this came
-to the knowledge of the servant of God, [111] he made every effort
-to prevent this flight, and although he restrained some of them he
-could not entirely prevent it; accordingly, that chief went back to
-the mountains, followed by seventeen families. The commandant of the
-fort at Paynaoven [sic], when he learned of this departure, attacked
-the chief and his followers, and burned down the village of Aglao,
-of which the murderer Calignao and the said chief were natives, and
-which was near that of Balacbac, where at that time all lived. The
-said Calignao had many kinsmen, and, in order that these might not go
-away and flee to the mountains, father Fray Domingo endeavored to gain
-their good-will; he asked the commandant for a commission as adjutant
-for Calignao, which the commandant immediately gave him--adding,
-to pacify the Indians, that the killing by Calignao had been done
-in compliance with a command by the government that all those should
-be killed who would not come down to the settlements, etc. With this
-the men of Balacbac were calmed, but their quiet did not last long;
-for a relative of Calignao named Dagdagan, who accompanied the
-commandant and his soldiers, promised to attack the chief who had
-fled. Entering the woods to carry out this plan, he went but a few
-paces when he was slain by a Negrillo of the mountains; and, through
-the mischief-making of a wicked Indian, his relatives believed that
-the religious had occasioned this death. They assembled to celebrate
-his funeral rites with much wine-drinking (a common usage among these
-infidels); and their carousal resulted in an agreement to cut off
-the head of the servant of God, for which exploit Calignao offered
-himself, in return for the kind acts which father Fray Domingo had
-done for him. And now that we have this evil man under consideration
-[entre manos] it will be well to point out something of his life,
-in order that what remains to be told of him may not afterward cause
-surprise. Thomas Calignao was a native of the village of Aglao,
-distant two leguas from Balacbac, and was a Christian from his
-childhood--although of Christian he had only the name; for his life
-and habits were worse than those of a heathen. He never heard mass,
-or made a confession; he observed neither human nor divine nor even
-natural law; for his only endeavor was to cut off heads--even if they
-were those of children or women--without further cause or motive than
-his craving to kill for the sake of killing. On account of these and
-many other sins, the commandant often intended to put him to death;
-but he did not carry out this purpose, through the intercession of
-father Fray Domingo, for the servant of God said (and not unjustly):
-"If you kill this man, who has so large a following, many will return
-to the mountains; but if he is reclaimed to an upright life he will
-bring in and convert many Cimarrons, and can be very helpful to us in
-our ministry." For these and other reasons, and for the salvation
-of that soul, father Fray Domingo made every effort to convert
-Calignao to a good life--now with advice, now with kind acts, again
-with examples, flattering words, and promises, and sometimes with
-threats--[telling Calignao] that unless he mended his ways, he would
-leave the commandant to do his duty. None of these methods sufficed to
-reclaim him, for, even when it seemed as if he were somewhat softened,
-if they summoned him to hear mass he became indignant, and heard it
-while seated and smoking tobacco (an impropriety unheard-of in this
-country); and if the father commanded him to kneel he was inflamed
-with anger and excitement--most of all, when the father commanded him
-to come for instruction in the [Christian] doctrine, his ignorance
-of which made him so bad a Christian. Father Fray Domingo, seeing how
-little attention Calignao paid to his counsels, availed himself of his
-relatives and other influential persons, in order that they might bring
-him to reason and to decent living. But all this was lost time, for
-besides not hearing mass on the feast-days, or attending instruction
-(as all did), all that he cared or watched for was to kill others
-and become drunk; and although he did this, as he thought, in secret,
-other persons told it to father Fray Domingo, who rebuked him for his
-cruel acts and his persistence in his evil ways. From this arose the
-hatred and ill-will which Calignao entertained for the servant of God;
-and in order to remove him thus, and not have in future any one who
-would rebuke him, he now offered to cut off the father's head.
-
-On a certain occasion Calignao killed a poor woman; and as the
-aggressor was unknown, as this happened in a hidden place, father
-Fray Domingo undertook, in order to learn who did it, to use the
-stratagem of feeling the pulse of every person in the village. All
-agreed to this, except Calignao, who, being present at this trial,
-escaped and fled to the woods for several days. Soon returning thence
-to the village, he went about visiting his relatives; he told them
-that he was going to the mountains, not to return; but that, before
-he went away, he must cut off some heads. He thereupon went to the
-house of an Indian, a nephew of the woman whom he had murdered, and in
-order to kill him unsheathed the ygua, which is worse than a butcher's
-knife; but the Indian, who was seated, seized his dagger in his hand,
-and remained thus, quietly--at which Calignao was afraid, and did not
-dare to carry out his purpose. At the noise of this, all the people
-hastened thither, as did father Fray Domingo, who, seeing the perverse
-Calignao in the mood for cutting off heads, said to him: "Come here,
-thou wicked man. Are not the murders that thou committest at night
-enough, without trying to kill in daylight, and in sight of all?" To
-which he replied: "I am looking for thee, Father, for thee first of
-all; do thou come here." Two Indians then approached to pacify him;
-but all was in vain, for he was blind with anger and fury; and when
-they tried to bring him to reason, he hastily went out and fled to
-the mountains. Soon afterward he returned to the village, and, passing
-in front of the convent at a time when the servant of God was at the
-window, Calignao began to defy him, with both words and gestures;
-but father Fray Domingo answered him: "Since thou knowest that the
-religious do not kill, or carry arms, thou talkest thus--as thou
-wouldst not talk or act with the soldiers." This made Calignao very
-ugly, and, walking throughout the midst of the village, he declared
-that he would not halt until he had taken the head from father Fray
-Domingo; and no one dared say a word to him, because he was sheltered
-by his relatives. The commandant of the fort, having learned of the
-cruel and shameless acts of Calignao, sent seven Spanish soldiers to
-guard father Fray Domingo, and ordered them to arrest or kill that
-evil man; but, although they twice had the opportunity to do this,
-the servant of God prevented it, and, most of the soldiers having
-become sick, they returned to their fort without having accomplished
-anything. The commandant, at this, ordered the headman of Balacbac
-to seize or kill Calignao, who every day went in or out of the said
-village; but he did not carry out this order, for all feared him and
-showed him respect--rather, indeed, they watched over his safety.
-
-For more than three years the servant of God went about, inquiring,
-with great solicitude into the idolatrous customs which the Zambals
-had; and for this he availed himself of the boys--whom he assembled
-together, and taught to read, and related to them the examples and
-lives of the saints, bestowing on them presents and kindnesses, with
-great affection. Then he questioned them as to the method and the
-times in which their parents and elders practiced idolatry, and they
-told him everything, with all details. This was especially true of
-the boy Diego, whom father Fray Domingo baptized in Abucay; he was
-a nephew of a priest of their idols, and was very well instructed
-in our holy faith; and he was not suspected of telling the father
-what conduced to the greater service and honor of God. Father Fray
-Domingo charged the rest of the boys to keep this secret, so that their
-parents should not flog them; and through fear of this they remained
-silent, so that it was never known that the boys were the ones who had
-revealed the practice of idolatry. Thus father Fray Domingo came to
-know that the chiefs of the villages were the priests of the idols,
-and that they found this profitable; for by [filling] this office
-they obtained their food, and had the advantage in any controversy,
-and, without this, they would fare ill. Also that the common people
-were in great subjection and obedience to the said priests, who could
-incite them to any daring act--especially since, as he was informed,
-all the people in the province, both infidels and Christians, had been
-bound by promise and oath not to reveal their idolatries, no matter how
-many inquiries the father should make, even though they were ruined or
-lost their lives by this silence. Accordingly the servant of God found
-this undertaking very arduous, and foresaw that it would cost him many
-hardships, and that he would in it expose himself to many dangers to
-his reputation, and honor, and even to his life. Notwithstanding,
-like another Elias, zeal for the honor of God flamed in him; and
-laying aside all fear for what might come, he directed his efforts
-and all his energies to the destruction of this infernal vice.
-
-When Lent came around in the year 1683, he began his war against
-idolatry, having first commended to God this his undertaking. He
-summoned to his presence each one of the idolaters, and said to one:
-"Thou hast these and these instruments, and with them thou didst
-offer sacrifice on such a day, in company with N. and N." [112] To
-another he said: "Thou art a priest of so many idols, and for these
-thou hast so many implements, kept in such and such a place--with
-which thou renderest to the demon the honor and reverence which are
-due to God alone, the Author of creation. As proofs of this, on such
-a day thou didst sacrifice in company with N. and N., and on such a
-day with N." In this manner he went on, examining all the Zambals;
-and they, seeing these accurate proofs, regarded the servant of God
-as a soothsayer, and handed over to him the instruments of their
-idol-worship. Immediately he gave these to the boys, so that they
-could break in pieces and abuse them; and finally he commanded them
-to burn these articles in the sight of all. The spectators were
-amazed at seeing that neither the father nor the children died as
-a result of this desecration of their idols; for they had believed
-that he who should profane these instruments must perish. The father
-preached to them, and taught them what they must do in future. Having
-accomplished this in Baubuen, he proceeded to the villages of Balacbac
-and Alalang--where, although at the beginning he encountered some
-resistance, he finally succeeded in his purpose that these Indians
-also should surrender to him the implements of idol-worship that they
-possessed. Having placed all these in a little hut, he set fire to it,
-and all were burned, not without the surprise of these Indians also
-that no disaster happened to the father.
-
-The Indians of these villages requested that those of the village of
-Masingloc should not be told that the former had surrendered their
-implements, because all had sworn an oath not to do so, and, if it
-were known that they had given up these articles, the others would
-come to attack, them. Notwithstanding this petition, the servant
-of God proceeded to do the same at Masingloc, three or four times;
-there he encountered an old chief, who was the Bayoc, or head priest,
-who delegated jurisdiction to the rest in order that they could
-sacrifice to their idols. With this diabolical man, possessed by a
-demon, the servant of God labored without measure, preaching to him,
-and convincing him with arguments; but in no way could he be cured of
-his obstinacy, even when one day father Fray Domingo went so far as to
-cast himself at his feet and kiss them--watering them with his tears,
-which ran in streams over his cheeks--begging him for the love of God
-to give up that practice [of idolatry] and be converted to God with
-all his heart, and relating to him many instances that were pertinent
-to the subject; but the old man, obstinate and possessed by a demon,
-showed himself rebellious, hard, and stubborn. The chiefs of Masingloc,
-seeing the activity of the servant of God, and the earnestness with
-which he went about that business, sent nine of their number to
-Manila, who presented a petition to the government saying that they
-had been Christians for ninety years [113] and had never kept idols;
-and now father Fray Domingo Perez had given them the reputation
-of being idolaters, taking away their good name, etc. This caused
-the servant of God to suffer much in regard to his own reputation;
-for in Manila, as people had not kept the matter in mind, each one
-considered it according to his own personal feelings and the most
-moderate called it indiscreet zeal, and others lack of judgment. At
-that time the suits against Señor Pardo were at their height, since
-about this time he was arrested; accordingly, all those who were
-governing had a poor opinion of the Dominican friars. And now with the
-petition of these Indians they were more confirmed in their opinion,
-treating us as violators of the peace, and disturbers of the people;
-and all this was charged to the servant of God, as, to appearances,
-the origin and cause of all the trouble. Accordingly, very severe
-letters were written to him from Manila, censuring him for imprudent
-conduct, etc. But the commandant at the fort at Paynaven, as soon
-as he learned of the result, wrote to the governor, telling him the
-entire truth, and asking him to arrest those Indians; but when this
-despatch reached Manila, the petition had been already presented,
-and representations had been made against the servant of God, and
-in favor of the Zambal Indians. Notwithstanding this, the governor
-did what the commandant asked him, placing the Indians in the fort
-[of Santiago]. When this was known by the people of Masingloc, they
-immediately surrendered a hundred and fifty implements with which they
-served and adored their idols; and the commandant again wrote to the
-governor, asking him to release the nine Indians. This was done, but
-on the return to their village one of them died after a brief illness;
-he was the chief minister of the idols, although he did not make this
-known up to the hour of his death. The others also quickly became
-ill, and they died one after another, God punishing their insolence,
-and defending the honor of His servant.
-
-Most of the Indians were reclaimed, and confirmed in our holy faith,
-by the words and deeds of father Fray Domingo; and they therefore
-voluntarily gave up the instruments with which they formerly sacrificed
-to the demon--although many did so because they could not resist,
-especially those who were priests and had obtained their living
-by those practices; these were the chief men of the villages. They
-remained grieved and angry, and with little love for the servant of
-God; and each one of them would, if he had had the power, have taken
-the father's life--or a thousand of them, if he could have had so
-many--but they were made cowards by their fear of the soldiers at
-the fort. [Angered at what Fray Domingo had done to uproot their
-idolatries, these chiefs conspire against him, and resolve to take
-his life--for which deed Calignao offers his services. At the time
-(July, 1683), the father is in Manila soliciting contributions
-for building churches in the Zambal country; his head, which a year
-before had showed hardly a gray hair, is now almost white, at the age
-of forty-five--an effect of his unusual toils above described. On
-November 12 of that same year Fray Domingo is treacherously slain,
-on his return from Baubuen to Balacbac, by Calignao and an infidel
-Negrillo named Quibácat, with poisoned arrows. Some friendly Indians
-convey him to Balacbac, where he dies three days later. The commandant
-of the fort wishes to go to punish the Zambals for this murder, but a
-friar dissuades him, saying that if he leaves the fort, the Zambals
-would get possession of it, "and no religious or Spaniard would be
-left in all Playa Honda." Soldiers are sent to seize the assassin,
-but he cannot be taken, for he is protected by the natives in the
-village, "who all were present at the funeral more from joy at seeing
-the father dead than from compassion, or sadness at having lost him,
-thinking that with the death of father Fray Domingo they could again
-revive their idol-worship."]
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-DAMPIER IN THE PHILIPPINES
-
-
-[Following is a synopsis and verbatim transcription of the voyages
-made by William Dampier [114] during the years 1679-1691, as related
-in the first volume of his New Voyage Round the World. [115] The
-introduction and first nine chapters describe his voyages in American
-waters. With chapter x begins his experience in Eastern waters.]
-
-
-
-
-
-CHAP. X
-
-Their Departure from Cape Corrientes for the Ladrone Islands, and
-the East-Indies. Their Course thither, and Accidents by the way:
-with a Table of each days Run, &c. Of the different accounts of
-the breadth of these Seas. Guam, one of the Ladrone Islands. The
-Coco-Nut Tree, Fruit, &c. The Toddi, or Arack that distils from it;
-with other Uses that are made of it. Coire Cables. The Lime, or Crab
-Limon. The Bread-fruit. The native Indians of Guam. Their Proe's,
-a remarkable sort of Boats: and of those used in the East-Indies. The
-State of Guam: and the Provisions with which they were furnish'd there.
-
-I have given an Account in the last Chapter of the Resolutions we took
-of going over to the East-Indies. But having more calmly considered
-on the length of our Voyage, from hence to Guam, one of the Ladrone
-Islands, which is the first place that we could touch at, and there
-also not being certain to find Provisions, most of our Men were almost
-daunted at the thoughts of it; for we had not 60 days Provision, at a
-little more than half a pint of Maiz a day for each Man, and no other
-Provision, except 3 Meals of salted Jew-fish; [116] and we had a great
-many Rats aboard, which we could not hinder from eating part of our
-Maiz. Beside, the great distance between Cape Corrientes and Guam:
-which is variously set down. The Spaniards, who have the greatest
-reason to know best, make it to be between 2300 and 2400 Leagues; our
-Books also reckon it differently, between 90 and 100 degrees, which
-all comes short indeed of 2000 Leagues, but even that was a Voyage
-enough to frighten us, considering our scanty Provisions. Captain Swan,
-to encourage his Men to go with him, perswaded them that the English
-Books did give the best account of the distance; his Reasons were
-many, although but weak. He urged among the rest, that Sir Thomas
-Candish and Sir Francis Drake, did run it in less than 50 Days,
-and that he did not question but that our Ships were better sailers,
-than those which were built in that Age, and that he did not doubt
-to get there in little more than 40 Days: This being the best time
-in the Year for breezes, which undoubtedly is the reason that the
-Spaniards set out from Acapulco about this time; and that although
-they are 60 Days in their Voyage, it is because they are great Ships,
-deep laden, and very heavy sailers; besides, they wanting nothing, are
-in no great haste in their way, but sail with a great deal of their
-usual Caution. And when they come near the Island Guam, they lie by
-in the Night for a Week, before they make Land. In prudence we also
-should have contrived to lie by in the Night when we came near Land,
-for otherwise we might have run ashoar, or have outsailed the Islands,
-and lost sight of them before Morning. But our bold Adventures seldom
-proceed with such wariness when in any straights.
-
-But of all Captain Swan's Arguments, that which prevailed most with
-them was, his promising them, as I have said, to cruise off the
-Manila's. So he and his Men being now agreed, and they incouraged
-with the hope of gain, which works its way thro' all Difficulties,
-we set out from Cape Corrientes March the 31st, 1686. We were 2 Ships
-in Company, Captain Swan's Ship, and a Bark commanded under Captain
-Swan, by Captain Teat, and we were 150 Men, 100 aboard of the Ship,
-and 50 aboard the Bark, beside Slaves, as I said.
-
-We had a small Land-wind at E.N.E. which carried us three or
-four Leagues, then the Sea-wind came at W.N.W. a fresh gale, so we
-steered away S.W. By 6 a Clock in the Evening we were about 9 Leagues
-S. W. from the Cape, then we met a Land-wind which blew fresh all
-Night, and the next Morning about 10 a Clock we had the Sea-breez at
-N.N.E. so that at Noon we were 30 leagues from the Cape. It blew a
-fresh gale of Wind, which carries us off into the true Trade-wind,
-(of the difference of which Trade-winds I shall speak in the Chapter
-of Winds, in the Appendix) [117] for although the constant Sea-breez
-near the Shoar is at W.N.W. yet the true Trade off at Sea, when
-you are clear of the Land-winds, is at E.N.E. At first we had it at
-N.N.E. so it came about Northerly, and then to the East as we run
-off. At 250 leagues distance from the shoar we had it at E.N.E. and
-there it stood till we came within 40 leagues of Guam. When we had
-eaten up our 3 Meals of salted Jew-fish, in so many Days time, we
-had nothing but our small allowance of Maiz.
-
-After the 31st Day of March we made great runs every Day, having very
-fair clear Weather, and a fresh Trade-wind, which we made use of with
-all our Sails, and we made many good Observations of the Sun. At our
-first setting out, we steered into the lat. of 13 degrees, which is
-near the lat. of Guam; then we steered West, keeping in that lat. By
-that time we had sailed 20 Days, our Men seeing we made such great
-runs, and the Wind like to continue, repined because they were kept
-at such short allowance. Captain Swan endeavored to perswade them
-to have a little Patience; yet nothing but an augmentation of their
-daily allowance would appeasse them. Captain Swan though with much
-reluctance, gave way to a small enlargement of our Commons, for
-now we had not above 10 spoonfuls of boil'd Maiz a Man, once a day,
-whereas before we had 8: I do believe that this short allowance did
-me a great deal of good, though others were weakened by it; for I
-found that my Strength encreased, and my Dropsie wore off. Yet I
-drank 3 times every 24 Hours; but many of our Men did not drink in
-9 or 10 days time, and some not in 12 days; one of our Men did not
-drink in 17 days time, and said he was not adry when he did drink;
-yet he made water every day more or less. One of our Men in the midst
-of these hardships was found guilty of theft, and condemned for the
-same, to have 3 blows from each Man in the Ship, with a 2 inch and
-a half rope on his bare back. Captain Swan began first, and struck
-with a good will; whose example was followed by all of us.
-
-It was very strange, that in all this Voyage we did not see one Fish,
-not so much as a Flying-Fish, nor any sort of Fowl; but at one time,
-when we were by my account 4975 miles West from Cape Corrientes, then
-we saw a great number of Boobies, which we supposed came from some
-Rocks not far from us, which were mentioned in some of our Sea-Charts,
-but we did not see them.
-
-After we had run the 1900 Leagues by our reckoning, which made the
-English account to Guam, the Men began to murmur against Captain
-Swan, for perswading them to come on this Voyage; but he gave them
-fair words, and told them that the Spanish account might probably be
-the truest, and seeing the Gale was likely to continue, a short time
-longer would end our troubles.
-
-As we drew nigh the Island, we met with some small Rain, and the Clouds
-settling in the West, were an apparent token that we were not far from
-Land; for in these Climates, betwixt or near the Tropicks, where the
-Trade-wind blows constantly, the Clouds which fly swift over head,
-yet seem near the Limb of the Horizon to hang without much motion or
-alteration, where the Land is near. I have often taken notice of it,
-especially if it is high Land, for you shall then have the Clouds
-hang about it without any visible motion.
-
-The 20th day of May, our Bark being about 3 Leagues a-head of our Ship,
-sailed over a rocky Shole, on which there was but 4 fathom water,
-and abundance of Fish swimming about the Rocks. They imagin'd by
-this that the Land was not far off; so they clap'd on a Wind with the
-Barks Head to the North, and being past the Shole lay by for us. When
-we came up with them, Captain Teat came aboard us, and related what
-he had seen. We were then in lat. 12. d. 55 m. steering West. The
-Island Guam is laid down in Lat. 13. d. N. by the Spaniards, [118]
-who are Masters of it, keeping it as a baiting-place as they go to
-the Philippine Islands. Therefore we clap'd on a Wind and stood to
-Northward, being somewhat troubled and doubtful whether we were right,
-because there is no Shole laid down, in the Spanish Drafts about the
-Island Guam. At 4 a Clock, to our great Joy, we saw the Island Guam,
-at about 8 Leagues distance.
-
-It was well for Captain Swan that we got sight of it before our
-Provision was spent, of which we had but enough for 3 days more; for,
-as I was afterwards informed, the Men had contrived, first to kill
-Captain Swan and eat him when the Victuals was gone, and after him all
-of us who were accessary in promoting the undertaking this Voyage. This
-made Captain Swan say to me after our arrival at Guam, Ah! Dampier,
-you would have made them but a poor Meal; for I was as lean as the
-Captain was lusty and fleshy. The Wind was at E.N.E. and the Land
-bore at N.N.E. therefore we stood to the Northward, till we brought
-the Island to bear East, and then we turned to get in to an anchor.
-
-[Here follows a table with entries from March 31 to May 21 showing
-the daily runs made by the ships. This table shows the course
-to have been almost due west after April 17. The variation in the
-needle is disregarded as it was so slight. Dampier declares that the
-sea-distances have been incorrectly stated. He continues:]
-
-But to proceed with our Voyage: The Island Guam or Guahon, (as the
-Native Indians pronounce it) is one of the Ladrone Islands, belongs
-to the Spaniards, who have a small Fort with six Guns in it, with
-a Governour, and 20 or 30 Soldiers. They keep it for the relief and
-refreshment of their Philippine Ships, that touch here in their way
-from Acapulco to Manila, but the Winds will not so easily let them
-take this way back again. The Spaniards of late have named Guam,
-the Island Maria, it is about 12 leagues long, and 4 broad, lying
-N. and S. It is pretty high Champain Land.
-
-The 21st day of May, 1686, at 11 a Clock in the Evening, we anchored
-near the middle of the Island Guam, on the West side; a Mile from the
-shore. At a distance it appears flat and even, but coming near it
-you will find it stands shelving, and the East side, which is much
-the highest, is fenced with steep Rocks, that oppose the Violence
-of the Sea, which continually rage against it, being driven with the
-constant Trade-wind, and on that side there is no Anchoring. The West
-side is pretty low, and full of small sandy Bays, divided with as many
-rocky Points. The Soil of the Island is reddish, dry and indifferent
-fruitful. The Fruits are chiefly Rice, Pine-Apples, Water-melons,
-Musk-melons, Oranges, and Limes, Coco-nuts, and a sort of Fruit called
-by us Bread-fruit.
-
-The Coco-nut Trees grow by the Sea, on the Western side in great
-Groves, 3 or 4 Miles in length, and a Mile or two broad. This Tree is
-in shape like the Cabbage-tree, and at a distance they are not to be
-known each from other, only the Coco-nut Tree is fuller of Branches;
-but the Cabbage-tree generally is much higher, tho' the Coco-nut
-Trees in some places are very high.
-
-The Nut or Fruit grows at the head of the Tree, among the Branches and
-in Clusters, 10 or 12 in a Cluster. The Branch to which they grow is
-about the bigness of a Man's Arm, and as long, running small towards
-the end. It is of a yellow Colour, full of Knots and very tough. The
-Nut is generally bigger than a Man's Head. The outer Rind is near two
-Inches thick, before you come to the Shell; the Shell it self is black,
-thick, and very hard. The Kernel in some Nuts is near an Inch thick,
-sticking to the inside of the Shell clear round, leaving a hollow in
-the middle of it, which contains about a Pint, more or less, according
-to the bigness of the Nut, for some are much bigger than others.
-
-This Cavity is full of sweet, delicate, wholsome and refreshing
-Water. While the Nut is growing, all the inside is full of this Water,
-without any Kernel at all; but as the Nut grows towards its Maturity,
-the Kernel begins to gather and settle round on the inside of the
-Shell, and is soft like Cream, and as the Nut ripens, it increaseth
-in substance and becomes hard. The ripe Kernel is sweet enough, but
-very hard to digest, therefore seldom eaten, unless by Strangers,
-who know not the effects of it; but while it is young and soft like
-Pap, some Men will eat it, scraping it out with a Spoon, after they
-have drunk the Water that was within it. I like the Water best when
-the Nut is almost ripe, for it is then sweetest and briskest.
-
-When these Nuts are ripe and gathered, the outside Rind becomes of a
-brown rusty colour; so that one would think that they were dead and
-dry; yet they will sprout out like Onions, after they have been hanging
-in the Sun 3 or 4 Months, or thrown about in a House or Ship, and if
-planted afterward in the Earth, they will grow up to a Tree. Before
-they thus sprout out, there is a small spungy round knob grows in
-the inside, which we call an Apple. This at first is no bigger than
-the top of one's finger, but increaseth daily, sucking up the Water
-till it is grown so big as to fill up the Cavity of the Coconut, and
-then it begins to sprout forth. By this time the Nut that was hard,
-begins to grow oily and soft, thereby giving passage to the Sprout
-that springs from the Apple, which Nature hath so contrived, that it
-points to the hole in the Shell, (of which there are three, till it
-grows ripe, just where it's fastned by its Stalk to the Tree; but one
-of these holes remains open, even when it is ripe) through which it
-creeps and spreads forth its Branches. You may let these teeming Nuts
-sprout out a foot and half, or two foot high before you plant them, for
-they will grow a great while like an Onion out of their own Substance.
-
-Beside the Liquor or Water in the Fruit, there is also a sort of
-Wine drawn from the Tree called Toddy, which looks like Whey. It is
-sweet and very pleasant, but it is to be drunk within 24 hours after
-it is drawn, for afterwards it grows sowre. Those that have a great
-many Trees, draw a Spirit from the sowre Wine, called Arack. Arack
-is distill'd also from Rice, and other things in the East-Indies;
-but none is so much esteemed for making Punch as this sort made of
-Toddy, or the sap of the Coco-nut Tree, for it makes most delicate
-Punch; but it must have a dash of Brandy to hearten it, because this
-Arack is not strong enough to make good Punch of it self. This sort
-of Liquor is chiefly used about Goa; and therefore it has the name of
-Goa Arack. The way of drawing the Toddy from the Tree, is by cutting
-the top of a Branch that would bear Nuts; but before it has any Fruit;
-and from thence the Liquor which was to feed its Fruit, distils into
-the hole of a Callabash that is hung upon it.
-
-This Branch continues running amost as long as the Fruit would
-have been growing, and then it dries away. The Tree hath usually
-three fruitful Branches, which if they be all tapp'd thus, then the
-Tree bears no Fruit that Year; but if one or two only be tapp'd,
-the other will bear Fruit all the while. The Liquor which is thus
-drawn is emptied out of the Callabash duly Morning and Evening, so
-long as it continues running, and is sold every Morning and Evening
-in most Towns in the East Indies, and great gains are produced from
-it even this way; but those that distil it and make Arack, reap the
-greatest profit. There is also great profit made of the Fruit, both
-of the Nut and the Shell.
-
-The Kernel is much used in making Broath. When the Nut is dry, they
-take off the Husk, and giving two good Blows on the middle of the Nut,
-it breaks in two equal parts, letting the Water fall on the Ground;
-then with a small Iron Rasp made for the purpose, the Kernel or
-Nut is rasped out clean, which being put into a little fresh Water,
-makes it become white as Milk. In this milky Water they boil a Fowl,
-or any other sort of Flesh, and it makes very savory Broath. English
-Seamen put this Water into boiled Rice, which they eat instead of
-Rice-milk, carrying Nuts purposely to Sea with them. This they learn
-from the Natives.
-
-But the greatest use of the Kernel is to make Oyl, both for burning and
-for frying. The way to make the Oyl is to grate or rasp the Kernel,
-and steep it in fresh Water; then boil it, and scum off the Oyl at
-top as it rises: But the Nuts that make the Oyl ought to be a long
-time gathered, so as that the Kernel may be turning soft and oily.
-
-The Shell of this Nut is used in the East Indies for Cups,
-Dishes, Ladles, Spoons, and in a manner for all eating and drinking
-Vessels. Well shaped Nuts are often brought home to Europe, and much
-esteemed. The Husk of the Shell is of great use to make Cables; for
-the dry Husk is full of small Strings and Threads, which being beaten,
-become soft, and the other Substance which was mixt among it falls away
-like Saw-dust, leaving only the Strings. These are afterwards spun
-into long Yarns, and twisted up into Balls for Convenience: and many
-of these Rope-Yarns joined together make good Cables. This Manufactory
-is chiefly used at the Maldive-Islands, and the Threads sent in Balls
-into all places that trade thither, purposely for to make Cables. I
-made a Cable at Achin with some of it. These are called Coire Cables;
-they will last very well. But there is another sort of Coire Cables
-(as they are called) that are black, and more strong and lasting;
-and are made of Strings that grow, like Horse-hair, at the heads
-of certain Trees, almost like the Coco-nut Tree. This sort comes
-most from the Island Timor. In the South Seas the Spaniards do make
-Oakam to chalk their Ships, with the Husk of the Coco-nut, which is
-more serviceable than that made of Hemp, and they say it will never
-rot. I have been told by Captain Knox, [119] who wrote the Relation of
-Ceylon, that in some places of India they make a sort of course Cloth
-of the Husk of the Coco-nut, which is used for Sails. I my self have
-seen a sort of course Sail-cloth made of such a kind of substance;
-but whether the same or no I know not.
-
-I have been the longer on this subject, to give the Reader a particular
-Account of the use and profit of a Vegetable, which is possibly of
-all others the most generally serviceable to the conveniences, as
-well as the necessities of humane Life. Yet this Tree, that is of
-such great use, and esteemed so much in the East Indies, is scarce
-regarded in the West Indies, for want of the knowledge of the benefit
-which it may produce. And 'tis partly for the sake of my Country-men,
-in our American Plantations, that I have spoken so largely of it. For
-the hot Climates there are a very proper soil for it: and indeed it
-is so hardy, both in the raising it, and when grown, that it will
-thrive as well in dry sandy ground as in rich land. I have found
-them growing very well in low sandy Islands (on the West of Sumatra)
-that are overflowed with the Sea every Spring-tide; and though the
-Nuts there are not very big, yet this is no loss, for the Kernel
-is thick and sweet; and the Milk, or Water in the inside, is more
-pleasant and sweet than that of the Nuts that grow in rich ground,
-which are commonly large indeed, but not very sweet. These at Guam
-grow in dry ground, are of a middle size, and I think the sweetest
-that I did ever taste. Thus much for the Coco-nut.
-
-The Lime is a sort of bastard or Crab Limon, The Tree, or Bush that
-bears it, is prickly, like a Thorn, growing full of small boughs. In
-Jamaica, and other places, they make of the Lime-Bush Fences about
-Gardens, or any other Inclosure, by planting the seeds close together,
-which growing up thick, spread abroad, and make a very good Hedge. The
-Fruit is like a Limon, but a smaller; the rind thin, and the inclosed
-substance full of Juice. The Juice is very tart, yet of a pleasant
-taste sweetened with Sugar. It is chiefly used for making Punch, both
-in the East and West Indies, as well ashoar as at Sea, and much of
-it is for that purpose yearly brought home to England, from our West
-India Plantations. It is also used for a particular kind of Sauce,
-which is called Pepper-Sauce, and is made of Cod-pepper, commonly
-call'd Guinea-pepper, boiled in Water, and then pickled with Salt,
-and mix'd with Lime-juice to preserve it. Limes grow plentiful in
-the East and West Indies, within the Tropicks.
-
-The Bread-fruit (as we call it) grows on a large Tree, as big and high
-as our largest Apple-Trees. It hath a spreading Head full of Branches,
-and dark Leaves. The Fruit grows on the Boughs like Apples: it is as
-big as a Penny-loaf, when Wheat is at five Shillings the Bushel. It is
-of a round shape, and hath a thick tough rind. When the Fruit is ripe,
-it is yellow and soft; and the taste is sweet and pleasant. The Natives
-of this Island use it for Bread: they gather it when full grown, while
-it is green and hard; then they bake it in an Oven, which scorcheth the
-rind and makes it black: but they scrape off the outside black crust,
-and there remains a tender thin crust, and the inside is soft, tender
-and white, like the crumb of a Penny Loaf. There is neither Seed nor
-Stone in the inside, but all is of a pure substance like Bread: it
-must be eaten new, for if it is kept above 24 hours, it becomes dry,
-and eats harsh and choaky; but 'tis very pleasant before it is too
-stale. This Fruit lasts in season 8 Months in the Year; during which
-time the Natives eat no other sort of food of Bread-kind. I did never
-see of this Fruit any where but here. The Natives told us, that there
-is plenty of this Fruit growing on the rest of the Ladrone Islands;
-and I did never hear of any of it any where else.
-
-They have here some Rice also: but the Island being of a dry Soil,
-and therefore not very proper for it, they do not sow very much. Fish
-is scarce about this Island; yet on the Shoal that our Bark came over
-there was great plenty, and the Natives commonly go thither to fish.
-
-The Natives of this Island are strong bodied, large limb'd, and
-well-shap'd. They are Copper-coloured, like other Indians: their Hair
-is black and long, their Eyes meanly proportioned; they have pretty
-high Noses; their Lips are pretty full, and their Teeth indifferent
-white. They are long visaged, and stern of Countenance; yet we found
-them to be affable and Courteous. They are many of them troubled
-with a kind of Leprosie. This distemper is very common at Mindanao:
-therefore I shall speak more of it in my next Chapter. They of Guam
-are otherwise very healthy, especially in the dry season: but in the
-wet season, which comes in in June, and holds till October, the Air
-is more thick and unwholsome; which occasions Fevers: but the Rains
-are not violent nor lasting. For the Island lies so far Westerly from
-the Phillipine Islands, or any other Land, that the Westerly Winds do
-seldom blow so far; and when they do, they do not last long: but the
-Easterly Winds do constantly blow here, which are dry and healthy;
-and this Island is found to be very healthful, as we were informed
-while we lay by it. The Natives are very ingenious beyond any People,
-in making Boats, or Proes, as they are called in the East Indies, and
-therein they take great delight. These are built sharp at both ends;
-the bottom is of one piece, made like the bottom of a little Canoa,
-very neatly dug, and left of a good substance. This bottom part is
-instead of a Keel. It is about 26 or 28 foot long; the under part of
-this Keel is made round, but inclining to a wedge, and smooth; and
-the upper part is almost flat, having a very gentle hollow, and is
-about a foot broad: From hence both sides of the Boat are carried up
-to about 5 foot high with narrow Plank, not above 4 or 5 inches broad,
-and each end of the Boat turns up round, very prettily. But what is
-very singular, one side of the Boat is made perpendicular, like a
-Wall, while the other side is rounding, made as other Vessels are,
-with a pretty full belly. Just in the middle it is about 4 or 5 foot
-broad aloft, or more, according to the length of the Boat. The Mast
-stands exactly in the middle, with a long Yard that peeps up and down
-like a Mizen-yard. One end of it reacheth down to the end or head of
-the Boat, where it is placed in a notch, that is made there purposely
-to receive it, and keep it fast. The other end hangs over the Stern:
-To this Yard the Sail is fastened. At the foot of the Sail there is
-another small Yard, to keep the Sail out square, and to roll up the
-Sail on when it blows hard; for it serves instead of a Reef to take
-up the Sail to what degree they please, according to the strength
-of the Wind. Along the Belly-side of the Boat, parallel with it, at
-about 6 or 7 foot distance, lies another small Boat, or Canoa, being
-a Log of very light Wood, almost as long as the great Boat, but not
-so wide, being not above a foot and an half wide at the upper part,
-and very sharp like a Wedge at each end. And there are two Bamboas
-of about 8 or 10 foot long, and as big as ones Leg, placed over the
-great Boats side, one near each end of it, and reaching about 6 or 7
-foot from the side of the Boat: By the help of which, the little Boat
-is made firm and contiguous to the other. These are generally called
-by the Dutch, and by the English from them, Outlayers. [120] The use
-of them is to keep the great Boat upright from over-setting; because
-the Wind here being in a manner constantly East, (or if it would be
-at West it would be the same thing) and the Range of these Islands,
-where their business lies to and fro, being mostly North and South,
-they turn the flat side of the Boat against the Wind, upon which
-they sail, and the Belly-side, consequently, with its little Boat,
-is upon the Lee: And the Vessel having a Head at each end, so as to
-sail with either of them foremost (indifferently) they need not tack,
-or go about, as all our Vessels do, but each end of the Boat serves
-either for Head or Stern as they please. When they ply to Windward,
-and are minded to go about, he that Steers bears away a little from
-the Wind, by which means the Stern comes to the Wind; which is now
-become the Head, only by shifting the end of the Yard. This Boat is
-steered with a broad Paddle, instead of a Rudder. I have been the
-more particular in describing these Boats, because I do believe,
-they sail the best of any Boats in the World. I did here for my own
-satisfaction, try the swiftness of one of them; sailing by our Log,
-we had 12 Knots on our Reel, and she run it all out before the half
-Minute-Glass was half out; which, if it had been no more, is after
-the rate of 12 Mile an Hour; but I do believe she would have run 24
-Mile an Hour. It was very pleasant to see the little Boat running
-along so swift by the others side.
-
-The Native Indians are no less dextrous in managing, than in building
-these Boats. By report, they will go from hence to another of the
-Ladrone Islands about 30 Leagues off, and there do their Business,
-and return again in less than 12 Hours. I was told that one of these
-Boats was sent Express to Manila, which is above 400 Leagues, and
-performed the Voyage in 4 Days time. There are of these Proes or
-Boats used in many places of the East Indies, but with a Belly and
-a little Boat on each side. Only at Mindanao I saw one like these,
-with the Belly and a little Boat only on one side, and the other flat,
-but not so neatly built.
-
-The Indians of Guam have neat little Houses, very handsomly thatch'd
-with Palmeto-thatch. They inhabit together in Villages built by the
-Sea, on the West-side, and have Spanish Priests to instruct them in
-the Christian Religion.
-
-The Spaniards have a small Fort on the West side, near the South
-end, with six Guns in it. There is a Governour and 20 or 30 Spanish
-Soldiers. There are no more Spaniards on this Island, besides 2 or
-3 Priests. Not long before we arrived here, the Natives rose on the
-Spaniards to destroy them, and did kill many: But the Governour with
-his Soldiers at length prevailed, and drove them out of the Fort: So
-when they found themselves disappointed of their intent, they destroyed
-the Plantations and Stock, and then went away to other Islands:
-There were then 3 or 400 Indians on this Island; but now there are
-not above 100; for all that were in this Conspiracy went away. [121]
-As for these who yet remain, if they were not actually concerned in
-that broil, yet their Hearts also are bent against the Spaniards: for
-they offered to carry us to the Fort, and assist us in the Conquest
-of the Island; but C. Swan was not for molesting the Spaniards here.
-
-Before we came to an Anchor here, one of the Priests came aboard in
-the Night, with 3 Indians. They first hailed us to know from whence
-we came, and what we were: To whom answer was made in Spanish, that
-we were Spaniards, and that we came from Acapulco. It being dark they
-could not see the make of our Ship, nor very well discern what we
-were: Therefore we came aboard; but perceiving the mistake they were
-in, in taking us for a Spanish Ship, they endeavoured to get from us
-again, but we held their Boat fast, and made them come in. Capt. Swan
-received the Priest with much Civility, and conducting him into
-the Great Cabbin, declared, That the reason of our coming to this
-Island was want of Provis[i]on, and that he came not in any hostile
-manner, but as a Friend to purchase with his Money what he wanted:
-And therefore desired the Priest to write a Letter to the Governour,
-to inform him what we were, and on what account we came. For having
-him now aboard, the Captain was willing to detain him as an Hostage,
-till we had Provision. The Padre told Captain Swan, that Provision
-was now scarce on the Island; but he would engage, that the Governour
-would do his utmost to furnish us.
-
-In the Morning the Indians, in whose Boat or Proe the Frier came
-aboard, were sent to the Governour with two Letters; one from the
-Frier, and another very obliging one from Captain Swan, and a Present
-of four Yards of Scarlet-cloath, and a piece of broad Silver and Gold
-Lace. The Governour lives near the South end of the Island on the West
-side; which was about 5 Leagues from the place where we were; therefore
-we did not expect an answer till the Evening, not knowing then how
-nimble they were. Therefore when the Indian Canoa was dispatched
-away to the Governour, we hoised out 2 of our Canoas, and sent one
-a fishing, and the other ashore for Coco-nuts. Our fishing Canoa got
-nothing; but the Men that went ashore for Coco-nuts came off laden.
-
-About 11 a Clock, that same Morning, the Governour of the Island
-sent a Letter to Captain Swan, complimenting him for his Present,
-and promising to support us with as much Provision, as he could
-possibly spare; and as a token of his Gratitude, he sent a Present
-of 6 Hogs, of a small sort, most excellent Meat, the best I think,
-that ever I eat: They are fed with Coco-nuts, and their Flesh is hard
-as Brisket Beef. They were doubtless of that breed in America which
-came originally from Spain. He sent also 12 Musk-melons, larger than
-ours in England, and as many Water-melons, both sorts here being a
-very excellent Fruit; and sent an order to the Indians that lived
-in a Village not far from our Ship, to bake every day as much of
-the Bread-fruit as we did desire, and to assist us in getting as
-many dry Coco-nuts as we would have; which they accordingly did,
-and brought off the Bread-Fruit every day hot, as much as we could
-eat. After this the Governour sent every day a Canoa or two with Hogs
-and Fruit, and desired for the same, Powder, Shot, and Arms; which was
-sent according to his request. We had a delicate large English Dog;
-which the Governour did desire, and had it given him very freely by
-the Captain, though much against the grain of many of his Men, who
-had a great value for that Dog. Captain Swan endeavoured to get this
-Governour's Letter of Recommendation to some Merchants at Manila,
-for he had then a design to go to Fort St. George, [122] and from
-thence intended to trade to Manila: but this his design was concealed
-from the company. While we lay here, the Acapulco Ship [123] arrived
-in sight of the Island, but did not come in the sight of us; for the
-Governour sent an Indian Proe, with advice of our being here. Therefore
-she stood off to the Southward of the Island, and coming foul of the
-same shole that our Bark had run over before, was in great danger of
-being lost there, for she struck off her Rudder, and with much ado
-got clear; but not till after three days labour For tho' the shole be
-so near the Island, and the Indians go off and fish there every day,
-yet the Master of the Acapulco Ship, who should (one would think)
-know these Parts, was utterly ignorant of it. This their striking on
-the shole we heard afterward, when we were on the Coast of Manila;
-but these Indians of Guam did speak of her being in sight of the
-Island while we lay there, which put our Men in a great heat to go
-out after her, but Captain Swan perswaded them out of that humour,
-for he was now wholly averse to any hostile action.
-
-The 30th day of May, the Governor sent his last Present, which was
-some Hogs, a Jar of pickled Mangoes, a Jar of excellent pickled
-Fish, and a Jar of fine Rusk, or Bread of fine Wheat Flower, baked
-like Bisket, but not so hard. He sent besides, 6 or 7 packs of Rice,
-desiring to be excused from sending any more Provision to us, saying
-he had no more on the Island that he could spare. He sent word also
-that the West Monsoon was at hand, that therefore it behooved us to be
-jogging from hence, unless we were resolved to return back to America
-again. Captain Swan returned him thanks for his kindness and advice,
-and took his leave; and the same day sent the Frier ashoar, that was
-seized on at our first arrival, and gave him a large Brass Clock, an
-Astrolable, and a large Telescope: for which Present the Frier sent
-us aboard six Hogs, and a Roasting Pig, 3 or 4 Bushels of Potatoes,
-and 50 pound of Manila Tobacco. Then we prepared to be gone, being
-pretty well furnished with Provision to carry us to Mindanao, where we
-designed next to touch. We took aboard us as many Coco-nuts as we could
-well stow, and we had a good stock of Rice, and about 50 Hogs in Salt.
-
-
-
-
-
-CHAP. XI
-
-They resolve to go to Mindanao. Their departure from Guam. Of the
-Philippine Islands. The Isle Luconia, and its chief Town and Port,
-Manilo, Manila, or Manilbo. Of the rich Trade we might establish
-with these Islands. St. John's Island. They arrive at Mindanao. The
-Island described. Its Fertility. The Libby Trees, and the Sago made of
-them. The Plantain Tree, Fruit, Liquor, and Cloath. A smaller Plantain
-at Mindanao. The Bonano. Of the Clove bark, Cloves, and Nutmegs, and
-the Methods taken by the Dutch to Monopolize the Spices. The Betel-Nut,
-and Arek-Tree. The Durian, and the Jaca-Tree and Fruit. The Beasts of
-Mindanao, Centapees or Forty Legs, a venemous Insect, and others. Their
-Fowls, Fish, &c. The temperature of the Climate, with the Course of
-the Winds, Tornadoes, Rain, and temper of the Air throughout the Year.
-
-
-While we lay at Guam, we took up a Resolution of going to Mindanao, one
-of the Philippine Islands, being told by the Frier, and others, that
-it was exceedingly well stored with Provisions; that the Natives were
-Mahometans, and that they had formerly a Commerce with the Spaniards,
-but that now they were at Wars with them. This Island was therefore
-thought to be a convenient place for us to go to; for besides that,
-it was in our way to the East Indies, which we had resolved to visit;
-and that the Westerly Monsoon was at hand, which would oblige us to
-shelter somewhere in a short time, and that we could not expect good
-Harbours in a better place than in so large an Island as Mindanao:
-besides all this, I say, the Inhabitants of Mindanao being then,
-as we were told, (tho' falsly) at Wars with the Spaniards, our Men,
-who it should seem were very squeamish of plundering without Licence,
-derived hopes from thence of getting a Commission there from the
-Prince of the Island, to plunder the Spanish Ships about Manila, and
-so to make Mindanao their common Rendezvous. And if Captain Swan was
-minded to go to an English Port, yet his Men who thought he intended
-to leave them, hoped to get Vessels and Pilots at Mindanao fit for
-their turn, to cruize on the Coast of Manila. As for Captain Swan
-he was willing enough to go thither, as best suiting his own design;
-and therefore this Voyage was concluded on by general consent.
-
-Accordingly, June 2d, 1686, we left Guam, bound for Mindanao. We had
-fair Weather, and a pretty smart gale of Wind at East, for 3 or 4 Days,
-and then it shifted to the S.W. being Rainy, but it soon came about
-again to the East, and blew a gentle gale; yet it often shuffled
-about to the S.E. For though in the East Indies the Winds shift in
-April, yet we found this to the shifting season for the Winds here;
-the other shifting season being in October, sooner or later, all
-over India. As to our Course from Guam to the Philippine Islands,
-we found it (as I intimated before) agreeable enough with the account
-of our common Draughts.
-
-The 21st of June we arrived at the Island St. John, [124] which is
-one of the Philippine Islands. The Philippines are a great company
-of large Islands, taking up about 13 deg. of Lat. in length, reaching
-near upon, from 5 d. of North Lat. to the 19th degree, and in breadth
-about 6 deg. of Longitude. They derive this Name from Philip II. King
-of Spain; and even now they do most of them belong to that Crown.
-
-The chiefest Island in this range is Luconia, which lies on the North
-of them all. At this Island Magellan died on the Voyage that he was
-making round the World. [125] For after he had past those Streights
-between the South end of America and Terre del Fuego, which now bear
-his Name, and had ranged down in the South Seas on the back of America;
-from thence stretching over to the East-Indies, he fell in with the
-Ladrone Islands, and from thence steering East still, he fell in with
-these Philippine Islands, and anchored at Luconia; where he warr'd
-with the Native Indians, to bring them in Obedience to his Master the
-King of Spain, and was by them kill'd with a Poysoned Arrow. It is now
-wholly under the Spaniards, who have several Towns there. The chief
-is Manilo, which is a large Sea-port Town near the S.E. [sic] end,
-opposite to the Island Mindora. It was a place of great Strength and
-Trade: The two great Acapulco Ships before mentioned fetching from
-hence all sorts of East-India Commodities; which are brought hither
-by Foreigners, especially by the Chinese and the Portuguese. Sometimes
-the English Merchants of Fort St. George send their Ships hither as it
-were by stealth, under the charge of Portuguese Pilots and Mariners:
-For as yet we cannot get the Spaniards there to a Commerce with us
-or the Dutch, although they have but few Ships of their own. This
-seems to arise from a Jealousie or Fear of discovering the Riches
-of these Islands, for most, if not all the Philippine Islands, are
-rich in Gold; And the Spaniards have no place of much strength in all
-these Islands that I could ever hear of, besides Manilo it self. Yet
-they have Villages and Towns on several of the Islands, and Padres or
-Priests to instruct the Native Indians, from whom they get their Gold.
-
-The Spanish inhabitants, of the smaller Islands especially, would
-willingly trade with us if the Government was not so severe against
-it: for they have no Goods but what are brought from Manilo at an
-extraordinary dear rate. I am of the Opinion, That if any of our
-Nations would seek a Trade with them, they would not lose their labour;
-for the Spaniards can and will Smuggle (as our Seamen call Trading
-by stealth) as well as any Nation that I know; and our Jamaicans are
-to their profit sensible enough of it. And I have been informed that
-Captain Goodlud of London, in a Voyage which he made from Mindanao
-to China, touch'd at some of these Islands, and was civilly treated
-by the Spaniards, who bought some of his Commodities, giving him a
-very good Price for the same.
-
-There are about 12 or 14 more large Islands lying to the Southward
-of Luconia; most of which as I said before, are inhabited by the
-Spaniards. Besides these there are an infinite number of small Islands
-of no account, and even the great Islands, many of them, are without
-Names; or at least so variously set down, that I find the same Islands
-named by divers Names.
-
-The Island St. John and Mindanao are the Southermost of all these
-Islands, and are the only Islands in all this Range that are not
-subject to the Spaniards.
-
-St. John's Island is on the East-side of the Mindanao, and distant
-from it 3 or 4 Leagues. It is in lat. about 7 or 8 North. This Island
-is in length about 38 Leagues, stretching N.N.W. and S.S.E. and it
-is in breadth about 24 Leagues, in the middle of the Island. The
-Northermost end is broader, and the Southermost is narrower: This
-Island is of a good heighth, and is full of many small Hills. The
-Land of the South-East end (where I was ashoar) is of a black fat
-Mould; and the whole Island seems to partake of the same fatness,
-by the vast number of large Trees that it produceth; for it looks
-all over like one great Grove.
-
-As we were passing by the S.E. end we saw a Canoa of the Natives under
-the shoar; therefore one of our Canoas went after to have spoken with
-her; but she run away from us, seeing themselves chaced, put their
-Canoa ashoar, leaving her, fled into the Woods; nor would be allured to
-come to us, altho' we did what we could to entice them; besides these
-Men, we saw no more here, nor sign of any Inhabitants at this end. When
-we came aboard our Ship again, we steered away for the Island Mindanao,
-which was now fair in sight of us: it being about 10 leagues distant
-from this part of St. John's. The 22d day we came within a league of
-the East-side of the Island Mindanao, and having the Wind at S.E. we
-steered toward the North-end, keeping on the East-side, till we came
-into the lat. of 7 d. 40 m. and there we anchored in a small Bay,
-about a Mile from the Shoar, in 10 Fathom Water, Rocky foul ground.
-
-Some of our Books gave us an account, That Mindanao City and Isle
-lies in 7 d. 40 m. we guest that the middle of the Island might lie
-in this lat. but we were at a great loss where to find the City,
-whether on the East or West-side. Indeed, had it been a small Island,
-lying open to the Eastern Wind, we might possibly have searched
-first on the West-side; for commonly the Islands within the Tropicks,
-or within the bounds of the Trade-Winds, have their Harbours on the
-West-side, as best sheltered; but the Island Mindanao being guarded on
-the East-side by St. John's Island, we might as reasonably expect to
-find the Harbour and City on this side as any where else: but coming
-into the Lat. in which we judg'd the City might be, found no Canoas,
-or People, that might give us any umbrage of a City, or place of
-Trade near at hand, tho' we coasted within a League of the Shoar.
-
-The Island Mindanao is the biggest of all the Philippine Islands,
-except Luconia. It is about 60 Leagues long, and 40 or 50 broad. The
-South-end is about 5 d. N. and the N.W. end reacheth almost to 8
-d. N. It is a very Mountainous Island, full of Hills and Valleys. The
-Mould in general is deep and black, and extraordinary fat and
-fruitful. The sides of the Hill are stony, yet productive enough of
-very large tall Trees. In the heart of the Country there are some
-Mountains that yield good Gold. The Valleys are well moistned with
-pleasant Brooks, and small Rivers of delicate Water; and have Trees
-of divers sorts flourishing and green all the Year. The Trees in
-general are very large, and most of them are of kinds unknown to us.
-
-There is one sort which deserves particular notice; called by the
-Natives Libby-Trees. These grow wild in great Groves of 5 or 6 Miles
-long, by the sides of the Rivers. Of these Trees Sago is made, which
-the poor Country People eat instead of Bread 3 or 4 Months in the
-Year. This Tree for its body and shape is much like the Palmeto-Tree,
-or the Cabbage-Tree, but not so tall as the latter. The Bark and Wood
-is hard and thin like a Shell, and full of white Pith, like the Pith
-of an Elder. This Tree they cut down, and split it in the middle, and
-scrape out all the Pith; which they beat lustily with a Wooden Pestle
-in a great Mortár or Trough, and then put it into a Cloth or Strainer
-held over a Trough; and pouring Water in among the Pith, they stir
-it about in the Cloth: So the Water carries all the substance of the
-Pith through the Cloth down into the Trough, leaving nothing in the
-Cloth but a light sort of Husk, which they throw away; but that which
-falls into the Trough settles in a short time to the bottom like Mud;
-and then they draw off the Water, and take up the muddy substance,
-wherewith they make Cakes; which being baked proves very good Bread.
-
-The Mindanao People live 3 or 4 Months of the Year on this Food for
-their Bread kind. The Native Indians of Teranate, and Tidore, and
-all the Spice Islands, have plenty of these Trees, and use them for
-Food in the same manner; as I have been inform'd by Mr. Caril Rofy,
-who is now Commander of one of the King's Ships. He was one of our
-Company at this time; and being left with Captain Swan at Mindanao,
-went afterward to Teranate, and lived there among the Dutch a Year or
-two. The Sago which is transported into other parts of the East Indies,
-is dried in small pieces like little Seeds or Comfits, and commonly
-eaten with Milk of Almonds, by those that are troubled with the Flux;
-for it is a great binder, and very good in that Distemper.
-
-In some places of Mindanao there is plenty of Rice; but in the hilly
-Land they plant Yams, Potatoes and Pumkins; all which thrive very
-well. The other Fruits of this Island are Water-Melons, Musk-Melons,
-Plaintains, Bonanoes, Guavas, Nutmegs, Cloves, Betel-Nuts, Durians,
-Jacks, or Jacas, Coco-Nuts, Oranges, &c.
-
-The Plantain I take to be the King of all Fruit, not except the Coco
-it self. The Tree that bears this Fruit is about 3 Foot, or 3 Foot
-and an half round, and about 10 or 12 Foot high. These Trees are
-not raised from Seed, (for they seem not to have any) but from the
-Roots of other old Trees. If these young suckers are taken out of
-the Ground, and planted in another place, it will be 15 Months before
-they bear, but if let stand in their own native Soil they will bear
-in 12 Months. As soon as the Fruit is ripe the Tree decays, but then
-there are many young ones growing up to supply its place. When this
-Tree first springs out of the Ground, it comes up with two Leaves; and
-by that time it is a Foot high, two more springs up in the inside of
-them; and in a short time after two more within them; and so on. By
-that time the Tree is a Month old, you may perceive a small body
-almost as big as ones Arm, and then there are eight or ten Leaves,
-some of them four or five Foot high. The first leaves that it shoots
-forth are not above a Foot long, and half a Foot broad; and the Stem
-that bears them no bigger than ones Finger; but as the Tree grows
-higher the Leaves are larger. As the young Leaves spring up in the
-inside, so the old Leaves spread off, and their tops droop downward,
-being of a greater length and breadth, by how much they are nearer the
-Root, and at last decay and rot off; but still there are young Leaves
-spring up out of the top, which makes the Tree look always green and
-flourishing. When the Tree is full grown, the Leaves are 7 or 8 Foot
-long, and a Foot and half broad; towards the end they are smaller,
-and end with a round point. The Stem of the Leaf is as big as a Man's
-Arm, almost round, and about a Foot in length, between the Leaf and
-the Body of the Tree. That part of the Stem which comes from the Tree,
-if it be the outside Leaf, seems to inclose half the Body, as it were
-with a thick Hide; and right against it, on the other side of the Tree,
-is another such answering to it. The next two Leaves, in the inside of
-these, grow opposite to each other, in the same manner, but so that
-if the two outward grow North and South, these grow East and West,
-and those still within them keep the same order. Thus the Body of this
-Tree seems to be made up of many thick Skins, growing one over another,
-and when it is full grown, there springs out of the top a strong Stem,
-harder in substance than any other part of the Body. This Stem shoots
-forth at the Heart of the Tree, is as big as a Man's Arm, and as long;
-and the Fruit grows in clusters round it, first blossoming, and then
-shooting forth the Fruit. It is so excellent, that the Spaniards
-give it the preheminence of all other Fruit, as most conducing to
-Life. It grows in a Cod about 6 or 7 Inches Long, and as big as a
-Man's Arm. The Shell, Rind or Cod, is soft, and of a yellow colour
-when ripe. It resembles in shape Hogs-gut Pudding. The inclosed Fruit
-is no harder than Butter in Winter, and is much of the colour of the
-purest yellow Butter. It is of a delicate taste, and melts in ones
-Mouth like Marmalet. It is all pure Pulp, without any Seed, Kernel
-or Stone. This Fruit is so much esteemed by all Europeans that settle
-in America, that when they make a new Plantation they commonly begin
-with a good Plantain-walk, as they call it, or a field of Plantains;
-and as their Family encreaseth, so they augment the Plantain-walk,
-keeping one Man purposely to prune the Trees, and gather the Fruit
-as he sees convenient. For the Trees continue bearing, some or other,
-most part of the Year; and this is many times the whole Food on which
-a whole Family subsists. They thrive only in rich fat ground, for poor
-sandy will not bear them. The Spaniards in their Towns in America,
-as at Havana, Cartagena, Portabel, &c. have their Markets full of
-Plantains, it being the common Food for poor People; Their common
-Price is half a Riol, [i.e., real] 3. d. a Dozen. When this Fruit
-is only used for Bread, it is roasted or boil'd when it's just full
-grown, but not yet ripe, or turn'd yellow. Poor People, or Negroes,
-that have neither Fish nor Flesh to eat with it, make Sauce with
-Cod-pepper, Salt and Lime-juice, which makes it eat very savory;
-much better than a crust of Bread alone. Sometimes for a change they
-eat a roasted Plantain, and a ripe raw Plantain together, which is
-instead of Bread and Butter. They eat very pleasant so, and I have
-made many a good meal in this manner. Sometimes our English take
-5 or 7 ripe Plantains, and mashing them together, make them into
-a lump, and boil them instead of a Bag-pudding; which they call a
-Buff-jacket: and this is a very good way for a change. This Fruit
-makes also very goad Tarts; and the green Plantains slic'd thin,
-and dried in the Sun, and grated will make a sort of Flour which is
-very good to make Puddings. A ripe Plantain slic'd and dried in the
-Sun may be preserved a great while; and then eats like Figs, very
-sweet and pleasant. The Darien Indians preserve them a long time,
-by drying them gently over the Fire; mashing them first, and moulding
-them into lumps. The Moskito Indians will take a ripe Plantain and
-roast it; then take a pint and a half of Water in a Calabash, and
-squeeze the Plantain in pieces with their Hands, mixing it with the
-Water; then they drink it all off together: This they call Mishlaw,
-and it's pleasant and sweet, and nourishing; somewhat like Lambs-wool
-(as 'tis call'd) made with Apples and Ale; and of this Fruit alone
-many thousands of Indian Families in the West-Indies have their whole
-subsistence. When they make drink with them, they take 10 or 12 ripe
-Plantains and mash them well in a Trough: then they put 2 Gallons of
-Water among them; and this in 2 Hours time will ferment and froth
-like Wort. In 4 Hours it is fit to Drink; and then they Bottle it,
-and Drink it as they have occasion: but this will not keep above 24
-or 30 Hours. Those therefore that use this Drink, Brew it in this
-manner every Morning. When I went first to Jamaica I could relish
-no other Drink they had there. It drinks brisk and cool, and is
-very pleasant. This Drink is windy, and so is the Fruit eaten raw;
-but boil'd or roasted it is not so. If this Drink is kept above 30
-Hours it grows sharp: but if then it be put out into the Sun, it will
-become very good Vinegar. This Fruit grows all over the West Indies
-(in the proper Climates) at Guinea, and in the East-Indies.
-
-As the Fruit of this Tree is of great use for Food, so is the body
-no less serviceable to make Cloaths; but this I never knew till I
-came to this Island. The ordinary People of Mindanao do wear no other
-Cloth. The Tree never bearing but once, and so being fell'd when the
-Fruit is ripe, they cut it down close by the Ground, if they intend to
-make Cloth with it. One blow with a Hachet, or long Knife, will strike
-it asunder; then they cut off the top, leaving the trunk 8 or 10 foot
-long, stripping off the outer Rind, which is thickest towards the lower
-end, having stript 2 or 3 of these Rinds, the Trunk becomes in a manner
-all of one bigness, and of a whitish colour: Then they split the Trunk
-in the middle; which being done, they split the two halves again, as
-near the middle as they can. This they leave in the Sun 2 or 3 Days,
-in which time part of the juicy substance of the Tree dries away,
-and then the ends will appear full of small Threads. The Women whose
-employment it is to make the Cloth, take hold of those Threads one by
-one, which rend away easily from one end of the Trunk to the other,
-in bigness like whited brown-thread; for the threads are naturally
-of a determinate bigness, as I observed their Cloth to be all of one
-substance and equal fineness; but 'tis stubborn when new, wears out
-soon, and when wet, feels a little slimy. They make their pieces 7
-or 8 Yards long, their Warp and Woof all one thickness and substance.
-
-There is another sort of Plantains in that Island, which are shorter
-and less than the others, which I never saw any where but here. These
-are full of black Seeds mixt quite through the Fruit. They are binding,
-and are much eaten by those that have Fluxes. The Country People gave
-them us for that use, and with good success.
-
-The Bonano Tree is exactly like the Plantain for shape and bigness,
-nor easily distinguishable from it but by its Fruit, which is a great
-deal smaller, and not about half so long as a Plantain, being also more
-mellow and soft, less luscious, yet of a more delicate taste. They use
-this for the making Drink oftener than Plantains, and it is best when
-used for Drink, or eaten as Fruit; but it is not so good for Bread, nor
-doth it eat well at all when roasted or boil'd; so 'tis only necessity
-that makes any use it this way. They grow generally where Plantains do,
-being set intermixt with them purposely in their Plantain-walks. They
-have plenty of Clove-bark, of which I saw a Ship load; and as for
-Cloves, Raja Laut, whom I shall have occasion to mention, told me,
-that if the English would settle there, they could order Matters so
-in a little time, as to send a Ship-load of Cloves from thence every
-Year. I have been informd that they grow on the Boughs of a Tree
-about as big as a Plumb-tree, but I never happened to see any of them.
-
-I have not seen the Nutmeg-Trees any where; but the Nutmegs this Island
-produces are fair and large, yet they have no great store of them,
-being unwilling to propagate them or the Cloves, for fear that should
-invite the Dutch to visit them, and bring them into subjection, as they
-have done the rest of the neighboring Islands where they grow. For the
-Dutch being seated among the Spice-Islands, have monopolized all the
-Trade into their own Hands, and will not suffer any of the Natives to
-dispose of it, but to themselves alone. Nay, they are so careful to
-preserve it in their own Hands, that they will not suffer the Spice to
-grow in the uninhabited Islands, but send Soldiers to cut the Trees
-down. Captain Rofy told me, that while he lived with the Dutch,
-he was sent with other Men to cut down the Spice-Trees; and that
-he himself did at several times cut down 7 or 800 Trees. Yet altho'
-the Dutch take such care to destroy them, there are many uninhabited
-Islands that have great plenty of Spice-Trees, as I have been informed
-by Dutch Men that have been there, particularly by a Captain of a Dutch
-Ship that I met with at Achin, who told me, that near the Island Banda
-there is an Island where the Cloves falling from the Trees do lie and
-rot on the ground, and they are at the time when the Fruit falls,
-3 or 4 Inches thick under the Trees. He and some others told me,
-that it would not be a hard matter for an English Vessel to purchase
-a Ships Cargo of Spice, of the Natives of some of these Spice-Islands.
-
-He was a free Merchant that told me this. For by that name the Dutch
-and English in the East-Indies, distinguished those Merchants who are
-not Servants to the Company. The free Merchants are not suffered to
-Trade to the Spice-Islands, nor to many other places where the Dutch
-have Factories; but on the other Hand, they are suffered to Trade
-to some places where the Dutch Company themselves may not Trade,
-as to Achin particularly, for there are some Princes in the Indies,
-who will not Trade with the Company for fear of them. The Seamen that
-go to the Spice-Islands are obliged to bring no Spice from thence for
-themselves, except a small matter for their own use, about a pound
-or two. Yet the Masters of those Ships do commonly so order their
-business, that they often secure a good quantity, and send it ashoar
-to some place near Batavia, before they come into the Harbour, (for
-it is always brought thither first before it's sent to Europe,) and if
-they meet any Vessel at Sea that will buy their Cloves, they will sell
-10 or 15 Tuns out of 100, and yet seemingly carry their Complement to
-Batavia; for they will pour Water among the remaining part of their
-Cargo, which will swell them to that degree, that the Ships Hold will
-be as full again, as it was before any were sold. This Trick they
-use whenever they dispose of any clandestinely, for the Cloves when
-they first take them in are extraordinary dry; and so will imbibe a
-great deal of Moisture. This is but one Instance, of many hundreds,
-of little deceitful Arts the Dutch Sea-Men have in these Parts among
-them, of which I have both seen and heard several. I believe there are
-no where greater Thieves; and nothing will persuade them to discover
-one another; for should any do it, the rest would certainly knock
-him on the Head. But to return to the Products of Mindanao.
-
-The Betel-Nut is much esteemed here, as it is in most places of the
-East-Indies. The Betel-Tree grows like the Cabbage-Tree, but it is not
-so big, nor so high. The Body grows strait, about 12 or 14 foot high,
-without Leaf or Branch, except at the Head. There it spreads forth long
-Branches, like other Trees of the like nature, as the Cabbage-Tree,
-the Coco-Nut Tree, and the Palm. These Branches are about 10 or 12
-foot long, and their Stems near the Head of the Tree, as big as a
-Man's Arm. On the top of the Tree among the Branches the Betel-Nut
-grows on a tough stem, as big as a Man's Finger, in clusters much as
-the Coco-Nuts do, and they grow 40 or 50 in a cluster. This Fruit is
-bigger than a Nutmeg, and is much like it, but rounder. It is much
-used all over the East-Indies. Their way is to cut it in four pieces,
-and wrap one of them up in an Arek-leaf, which they spread with a soft
-Paste made of Lime or Plaster, and then chew it altogether. Every Man
-in these parts carries his Lime-Box by his side, and dipping his Finger
-into it, spreads his Betel and Arek leaf with it. The Arek is a small
-Tree or Shrub, of a green Bark, and the Leaf is long and broader than
-a Willow. They are packt up to sell into Parts that have them not, to
-chew with the Betel. The Betel-Nut is most esteemed when it is young,
-and before it grows hard, and then they cut it only in two pieces
-with the green Husk or Shell on it. It is then exceeding juicy, and
-therefore makes them spit much. It tastes rough in the Mouth, and dies
-the Lips red, and makes the Teeth black, but it preserves them, and
-cleanseth the Gums. It is also accounted very wholsom for the Stomach;
-but sometimes it will cause great giddiness in the Head of those that
-are not us'd to chew it. But this is the effect only of the old Nut,
-for the young Nuts will not do it. I speak of my own Experience.
-
-This Island produceth also Durians and Jacks. The Trees that bear
-the Durians, are as big as Apple-Trees, full of Boughs. The Rind is
-thick and rough; the Fruit is so large that they grow only about the
-Bodies, or on the Limbs near the Body, like the Cacao. The Fruit is
-about the bigness of a Large Pumkin, covered with a thick green rough
-Rind. When it is ripe, the Rind begins to turn yellow, but it is not
-fit to eat till it opens at the top. Then the Fruit in the inside is
-ripe, and sends forth an excellent Scent. When the Rind is opened,
-the Fruit may be split into four quarters; each quarter hath several
-small Cells, that inclose a certain quantity of the Fruit, according to
-the bigness of the Cell, for some are larger than others. The largest
-of the Fruit may be as big as a Pullets Egg: 'Tis as white as Milk,
-and as soft as Cream, and the Taste very delicious to those that are
-accustomed to them; but those who have not been used to eat them, will
-dislike them at first, because they smell like roasted Onions. This
-Fruit must be eaten in its prime, (for there is no eating of it before
-it is ripe) and even then 'twill not keep above a day or two before
-it putrifies, and turns black, or of a dark colour, and then it is
-not good. Within the Fruit there is a Stone as big as a small Bean,
-which hath a thin Shell over it. Those that are minded to eat the
-Stones or Nuts, roast them, and then a thin shell comes off, which
-incloses the Nut; and it eats like a Chesnut.
-
-The Jack or Jaca is much like the Durian, both in bigness and
-shape. The Trees that bear them also are much a like, and so is the
-manner of the Fruits growing. But the inside is different; for the
-Fruit of the Durian is white, that of the Jack is yellow, and fuller
-of Stones. The Durian is most esteemed; yet the Jack is very pleasant
-Fruit, and the Stones or Kernels are good roasted.
-
-There are many other sorts of Grain, Roots and Fruits in this Island,
-which to give a particular description of would fill up a large Volume.
-
-In this Island are also many sorts of Beasts, both wild and tame; as
-Horses, Bulls, and Cows, Buffaloes, Goats, Wild Hogs, Deer, Monkies,
-Guano's, Lizards, Snakes, &c. I never saw or heard of any Beasts of
-Prey here, as in many other places. The Hogs are ugly Creatures; they
-have all great Knobs growing over their Eyes, and there are multitudes
-of them in the Woods. They are commonly very poor, yet sweet. Deer
-are here very plentiful in some places, where they are not disturbed.
-
-Of the venemous kind of Creatures here are Scorpions, whose sting
-is in their Tail; and Centapees, call'd by the English 40 Legs,
-both which are also common in the West-Indies, in Jamaica, and
-elsewhere. These Centapees are 4 or 5 Inches long, as big as a
-Goose-Quill, but flattish; of a Dun or reddish colour on the Back,
-but Belly whitish and full of Legs on each side the Belly. Their
-Sting or bite is more raging than the Scorpion. They lie in old
-Houses, and dry Timber. There are several sorts of Snakes, some
-very Poisonous. There is another sort of Creature like a Guano both
-in colour and shape, but four times as big, whose Tongue is like a
-small Harpoon, having two beards like the Beards of a Fishook. They
-are said to be very venemous, but I know not their Names. I have seen
-them in other places also, as at Pulo Condore, or the Island Condore,
-and at Achin, and have been told that they are in the Bay of Bengal.
-
-The Fowls of this Country are Ducks and Hens: Other tame Fowl I
-have not seen nor heard of any. The wild Fowl are Pidgeons, Parrots,
-Parakits, Turtle Doves, and abundance of small Fowls. There are Bats
-as big as a Kite.
-
-There are a great many Harbours, Creeks, and good Bays for Ships
-to ride in; and Rivers navigable for Canoas, Proes or Barks, which
-are all plentifully stored with Fish of divers sorts, so is also the
-adjacent Sea. The chiefest Fish are Bonetas, Snooks, Cavally's Bremes,
-Mullets, 10 Pounders, &c. Here are also plenty of Sea Turtle, and small
-Manatee, which are not near so big as those in the West-Indies. The
-biggest that I saw would not weigh above 600 Pound, but the flesh
-both of the Turtle and Manatee are very sweet.
-
-The Weather at Mindanao is temperate enough as to heat, for all
-it lies so near the Equator; and especially on the borders near
-the Sea. There they commonly enjoy the breezes by day, and cooling
-Land Winds at Night. The Winds are Easterly one part of the Year,
-and Westerly the other. The Easterly Winds begin to blow in October,
-and it is the middle of November before they are settled. These Winds
-bring fair Weather. The Westerly Winds begin to blow in May, but are
-not settled till a Month afterwards. The West Winds always bring Rain,
-Tornadoes, and very Tempestuous Weather. At the first coming in of
-these Winds they blow but faintly; but then the Tornadoes rise one in
-a Day, sometimes two. These are Thunder-showers which commonly come
-against the Wind, bringing with them a contrary Wind to what did blow
-before. After the Tornadoes are over, the Wind shifts about again,
-and the Sky becomes clear, yet then in the Valleys and the sides of
-the Mountains, there riseth a thick fog, which covers the Land. The
-Tornadoes continue thus for a Week or more; then they come thicker,
-two or three in a Day, bringing violent gusts of Wind, and terrible
-claps of Thunder. At last they come so fast, that the Wind remains
-in the quarter from whence these Tornadoes do rise, which is out of
-the West, and there it settles till October or November. When these
-Westward Winds are thus settled, the Sky is all in mourning, being
-covered with black Clouds, pouring down excessive Rains sometimes mixt
-with Thunder and Lightning, that nothing can be more dismal. The Winds
-raging to that degree, that the biggest Trees are torn up by the Roots,
-and the Rivers swell and overflow their Banks, and drown the low Land,
-carrying great Trees into the Sea. Thus it continues sometimes a week
-together, before the Sun or Stars appear. The fiercest of this Weather
-is in the latter end of July and in August, for then the Towns seem
-to stand in a great Pond, and they go from one House to another in
-Canoas. At this time the Water carries away all the filth and nastiness
-from under their Houses. Whilst this tempestuous season lasts, the
-Weather is Cold and Chilly. In September the Weather is more moderate,
-and the Winds are not so fierce, nor the Rain so violent. The Air
-thenceforward begins to be more clear and delightsome; but then in the
-Morning there are thick Fogs, continuing till 10 or 11 a Clock before
-the Sun shines out, especially when it has rained in the Night. In
-October the Easterly Winds begin to blow again, and bring fair Weather
-till April. Thus much concerning the natural state of Mindanao.
-
-
-                                                      (To be concluded.)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-BIBLIOGRAPHICAL DATA
-
-
-The documents in this volume are obtained from the following sources:
-
-1. Manila and the Philippines.--From Navarrete's Tratados historicos
-(Madrid, 1676), tratado vi, chaps, iii-viii; from a copy in the Library
-of Congress. Chaps. iii-iv appeared in VOL. XXXVII; the remainder is
-presented in the present volume.
-
-2. Condition of the clergy.--In Ventura del Arco MSS (Ayer library),
-iii, pp. 1-5.
-
-3. Prerogatives of ex-provincials.--From Hernaez's Colección de bulas,
-i, p. 592.
-
-4. Royal patronage of Santo Tomás.--From Algunos documentos relat. á
-la Univ. de Manila, pp. 31-33.
-
-5. Letter by Pizarro Orellana.--From a MS. in the Archivo general
-de Indias, Sevilla; pressmark, "Simancas--Eclesiastico; Audiencia de
-Filipinas; cartas y espedientes de los obispos sufraganeos de Manila;
-años 1597 á 1698; est. 68, caj. 1, leg. 34."
-
-6. Insurrections by Filipinos. This is compiled from various early
-writers--Murillo Velarde, Diaz, Combés, and others--full references
-to these sources being given in the text itself.
-
-7. Dampier in the Philippines.--From Dampier's Voyages (London
-ed. of 1703), i, pp. 279-402; from a copy in the library of Harvard
-University.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-NOTES
-
-
-[1] Diaz's account ante, gives this name as Juan de Velas. The
-Franciscan was Antonio de San Gregorio.
-
-[2] In no. 11 of his first tratado, p. 39, Navarrete says of this
-fruit: "The lechia, called li chi by the Chinese, is considered in
-that region as the queen of fruits. One is not deceived in this, for I
-am sure that if the ate [i.e., Anona] did not exceed it, I could not
-find any fruit that would be better. Although it is a fact that good
-things are few and scarce, lechias are so plentiful, that the yield
-in the maritime provinces alone is immense; but they do not lose any
-of the esteem in which they are held for that reason. They are small,
-being slightly larger than a large nut, and the shell is green and
-thin. The inside is as white as snow, and it has a kernel in the middle
-as black as jet. Its savor, taste, refreshing powers, and odor make
-one praise the Creator. When they eat them, they generally put them
-in fresh water, for they say that they are somewhat hot. They eat as
-many as they can, drink a little water, and then the appetite is keen
-to go at it again. The tree is very tall and beautiful. I discovered
-them for Governor Don Sabiniano Manrique de Lara in the mountains
-of Bantan, the year when I arrived at those islands. But, as they
-were wild, they were not so large as those in China. Mendoça calls
-them ciruelas [i.e., plums], but they deserve a better name." This
-tree is also known as the alipai (Euphoria litchi), which is the name
-given it by the natives. The name "lechia" may be a corruption of the
-Chinese; on the other hand the Chinese name as given by Navarrete
-may be the corruption of "lechia." Blanco (p. 199), describes the
-tree and fruit. See also Official Handbook of Philippines, p. 297.
-
-[3] Apparently referring to the direction of the wind, as determined
-on the circumference of the compass or other instrument.
-
-[4] The calantas, or Philippine cedar (Cedrela, of the order Meliaceæ);
-it is a valuable lumber tree.
-
-[5] See list of Philippine fiber plants in Official Handbook of the
-Philippines (Manila, 1903), part i, pp. 328-339; also list of fruits
-and vegetables, pp. 296-328. Both the scientific and the native
-vernacular names are given, with valuable notes on many plants
-and trees.
-
-[6] Literally, "woman fish"--the dugong (VOL. XXIX, p. 302). See
-Delgado's detailed description of this creature, made from personal
-examination of it, in Hist. de Filipinas, pp. 910-912; he also mentions
-the virtue in its bones.
-
-[7] The maguey or American agave (Agave vivipara) was introduced
-into the Philippines from America, and is cultivated there to a
-slight extent. It yields a fiber from which a cloth called nipis is
-woven. The fiber itself has been exported in bulk to Europe, China,
-and Japan for many years. See Census of Philippine Islands, iv, p. 120.
-
-[8] A reference to Matthew xxiv, 40: "Then two shall be in the field:
-one shall be taken, and one shall be left."
-
-[9] The ecclesiastical ceremony of washing the feet of twelve persons
-on Maundy Thursday.
-
-[10] i.e., "the things that are their own, and not the things that
-are Jesus Christ's."
-
-[11] The garfish or sea-needle (Belone vulgaris).
-
-[12] The village and lake of Nauján. The former is located on
-the Nauján River, about two miles from its mouth in northeastern
-Mindoro. The lake of Nauján, which is drained by the Adlobang and
-Nauján rivers, is about 2-1/2 miles inland from the coast, and is
-about 6×10 miles in size. The water is almost stagnant, and the lake
-contains many sharks which enter at high tide, while crocodiles are
-frequent; numerous kaseles, or snake-birds, and other water birds
-are also to be found there. See U. S. Philippine Gazetteer.
-
-[13] Misprint for the lake of Bombon.
-
-[14] Oton and Iloilo are here confused with the island of Panay,
-and Caraga with that of Mindanao.
-
-[15] Navarrete says (Tratados, p. 2): "The Chinese traders who crossed
-over to Manila, when asked who they were and what they desired,
-answered, Xang Lai; that is, 'We come to trade and barter.' The
-Spaniards, who did not understand the Chinese language, imagined that
-that was the name of a nation; and united those two words into one,
-by which until this day they designate the Chinese, calling them
-Sangleys. In this way we Europeans have corrupted many other words
-for that part of the world. The Philipinas Islands are called Liù
-Sung; the Spaniard corrupted the words, and calls them Luzon. The
-city of Manila is called Mainila, which means 'marsh' or 'mire;'
-our people cut out an 'i,' and the name became Manila. The island
-which the natives call Minolo is named Mindoro by the Spaniards,
-and that of Malindic we call Marinduque."
-
-[16] The guayaba or guava (Psidium guayava), well-known and valued
-in America for its acid fruit, and early introduced thence into the
-Philippines, where it is known as bayabas.
-
-[17] The macupa (Eugenio malaccensis--Linn.) is about the size of
-a sweet pepper and of somewhat the same shape, rather larger and
-quite red in color, but more lustrous; bitter-sweet in taste, somewhat
-agreeable, but has no solid flesh which can be eaten. The proper season
-for the fruit is April, May, and June. The leaves of the tree have
-medicinal properties. The balimbing (Averrhora carambola--Linn.) has
-the odor of a quince, and is used by the natives as food with dry fish
-or meat. There are several varieties, and the flesh is watery. It makes
-an excellent preserve, and is a good sea food. See Delgado's Historia,
-pp. 505, 506, 512; and Census of Philippines, iv, pp. 124-126; also,
-for the paho, santol, and papaw (papaya), our VOL. XIII, p. 141,
-note 20, VOL. XVI, p. 87, note 72, and VOL. XXI, p. 144, note 36.
-
-[18] See VOL. XVI, p. 87, note 72. See also Census of Philippines,
-p. 125.
-
-[19] Athanasius Kircher was born near Fulda, Germany, in 1602, and
-became a Jesuit novice at the age of sixteen. He was for several
-years a teacher in the Jesuit college at Wurtzburg, but was driven
-to France (1632) by the war then waging in Germany. Having spent
-some time at Avignon, he was sent to Rome, where he died on November
-27, 1680. He was one of the most illustrious writers in the Jesuit
-order; see list of his works in Sommervogel's Bibliothèque, iv,
-cols. 1046-1077. They embrace a wide range of subjects--science,
-mathematics, Egyptian hieroglyphics, archæology, etc. The allusion
-in the text is probably to Kircher's China monumentis (Rome, 1667).
-
-[20] The small sapota or chico zapote (Achras sapota--Linn.) was,
-according to Delgado, peculiar to Nueva España. The tree is tall,
-wide-spreading, and tufted. Delgado also describes another variety
-called zapote prieto (Diospyros ebenaster--Retz), of which there are
-two varieties, one white and one black, which he declares to be natives
-of Nueva España. The Census of Philippines says, however, that they
-are natives of China. The fruit resembles a medium-sized apple, and
-has a green exterior. A pleasant preserve is made of it. See Delgado's
-Historia, pp. 517, 518, and Census of Philippines, iv, p. 126.
-
-[21] Ates (Anona squamosa--Linn.) is a fruit somewhat resembling in
-appearance a small pineapple. Its exterior is green and the interior
-white, and it contains many beautiful bright seeds. It is aromatic
-and delicate in flavor, and mild and pleasant to the taste. It is
-heating in its effects. Oranges of various indigenous species are
-found, among them being several wild species--one of the latter,
-the amumuntay (citrus histrix), being twelve or thirteen inches in
-circumference and very juicy and bitter. There are seven varieties of
-lemons, some of superior quality. See Delgado's Historia, pp. 519,
-520, 548-560; Census of Philippines, iv, pp. 124-126; our VOL. V,
-p. 169, and VOL. XVI, p. 87, note 72.
-
-[22] The iguana is very abundant in some localities, and sometimes
-attains a size of five feet, and can swallow fair-sized fowls
-whole. They are often found on trees or in bushes along the river
-banks. When disturbed they drop into the water and thus escape. The
-eggs are considered a great delicacy by the natives, and the flesh
-of one species, the ibid, ibit, or pelubid, is highly esteemed. See
-Handbook of the Philippines (Manila, 1903), p. 150.
-
-[23] Tunasan is in the province of Laguna, which is thus mentioned in
-the U. S. Philippine Gazetteer (p. 574): "This province is considered
-the garden of the Philippines. Its soil and climate are adapted to the
-successful growth of every variety of tropical plant and tree known
-to the archipelago." Both mechanical and agricultural industries are
-considerably developed in Laguna.
-
-[24] In the irrigated lands of Pangasinán the rice yield is
-eighty-fold; in dry lands fifty-fold; in highlands of the third
-class, at least forty- to sixty-fold. The most fertile farm of the
-Philippines (Imus) has 13,442 hectares devoted to rice cultivation. Its
-lands of the first class yield one hundred-fold; of the second,
-seventy-five-fold; and of the third fifty-fold. Other lands in the
-islands yield from fifteen-fold up. See Census of Philippines, iv,
-p. 93.
-
-[25] In the Dominican mission of 1632 came a lay-brother named Fray
-Diego de Santa María, a son of the convent at Sevilla. Through charity,
-he sheltered and educated orphan boys, as Fray Geronimo Guerrero
-(VOL. XXII, p. 109) had done earlier. In 1640 these two enterprises
-were consolidated, under the auspices of the Dominican order in Manila,
-and organized into the college of San Juan Letran. Fray Diego remained
-in charge of it for many years; but finally, having obtained permission
-to return to Spain, he died on the way, at Acapulco, in 1657. (Reseña
-biográfica, i, pp. 418, 419.)
-
-[26] "The boys themselves received ten pesos each for assisting at
-burials, which were very frequent" (Reseña biográfica, i, p. 420).
-
-[27] Used here because the secular clergy wear a bonnet, in
-contradistinction to a friar, who wears a hood or cowl. See Appleton's
-New Velázquez Dictionary.
-
-[28] Theses controverted and defended in the schools. See ut supra.
-
-[29] Spanish, andauan a la rebatiña--a locution which can hardly find
-an exact equivalent in English.
-
-[30] On the northern coast of the island Celebes were two villages
-named Bool and Tontoli, about twenty (Dutch) miles apart; see
-Valentyn's Oud en Nieuw Oost-Indien, deel iii, st. ii, p. 134, and
-map in deel i, facing p. 1.
-
-[31] The most important starch-producing palm of the Philippines
-is the buri (Corypha umbraculifera) which gave name to the island
-of Burias and from which sago is obtained. "It blooms but once,
-and then perishes" (Blanco). The sago is procured by felling the
-tree near the root, and taking out the soft interior portion of the
-trunk, which is placed in casks or troughs and the bitter sap drained
-off. It is then pounded with paddles or mallets, which separate the
-starch into fine grains. The starch is then gathered and dried, and
-converted into flour. A wine is also obtained from the tree. See
-Census of Philippines, iv, p. 123; also Blanco's Flora, p. 160;
-Delgado's Historia, pp. 660-662; and VOL. XXXIV, p. 154, note 499.
-
-[32] A reference to Psalm cxlvii, v. 16: "[Praise the Lord,] Who
-giveth snow like wool."
-
-[33] Valentyn mentions the village of Cajeli (Oud en Nieuw Oost-Indien,
-deel iii, p. 134 of section on Macasar). Crawfurd describes Kaili as
-a country on the western side of Celebes.
-
-[34] Probably the paper mulberry (Brousson etia papyrifera), from
-which the South Sea islanders make their clothing, using the inner
-bark. See Crawfurd's Dict. Ind. Islands, pp. 327, 328.
-
-[35] On the map in Valentyn's work, referred to in note 30, ante,
-appears the village of Mamoia, north of Macasar.
-
-[36] Mandhar is a district of Celebes, lying between Kaili and Macasar;
-its people have a language peculiar to themselves, and are among
-the more civilized peoples of that island. (Crawfurd's Dictionary,
-pp. 88, 264.)
-
-[37] This document in the Ventura del Arco MSS. is evidently a mere
-synopsis of the original.
-
-[38] "In the year 61 the three bishops had died--Don Fray Rodrigo
-de Cardenas, of Nueva Segovia; Don Fray Antonio de San Gregorio, of
-Nueva Cazeres; and Doctor Don Juan Velez (a cleric, formerly dean
-of the holy church of Manila), of Zebú; and the royal decrees for
-the new incumbents did not reach Manila until the year 65. Therein
-were proposed the following names: For the diocese of Nueva Segovia,
-Fray Francisco de Navarro, a discalced Franciscan, who set a most
-unusual example by refusing so honorable a dignity. For that of Nueva
-Cazeres, Fray Francisco de la Madre de Dios (or de la Alameda) also a
-discalced Franciscan; but the royal decree found him dead two years
-before. For that of Zebú, the most illustrious Don Fray Juan Lopez,
-who came in this ship 'San Joseph,' and had been already consecrated
-in Mechoacan." (Concepción, Hist. de Philipinas, vii, pp. 140, 141.)
-
-[39] In 1673 arose a controversy between the archbishop, Fray Juan
-López, and Don Jerónimo de Herrera, the chief chaplain of the royal
-chapel, who undertook to exercise among the soldiers the functions of
-parish priest. He was excommunicated by the archbishop, but instituted
-proceedings against that prelate in a military court. This suit was
-quashed by the Audiencia, but the governor withheld the archbishop's
-stipends. These conflicts led to certain of the measures adopted by
-the Council, recorded in our text.
-
-[40] Alonso Sandin made his profession in the Dominican convent of
-Salamanca, in 1658. After completing his studies, he became a teacher
-in the college at Plasencia, but resigned that post for the Philippine
-missions, being then thirty-one years of age; he came in the mission
-of 1671. He was a teacher in Santo Tomás at Manila, until 1676, when
-he was sent as procurator to Rome and Madrid, filling that office
-for twenty years. He died at Madrid, in May, 1701.
-
-[41] Veitia Linage is best known by his work, Norte de la contratación
-de las Indias occidentales (Sevilla, 1672) a valuable contribution
-to the history of Spanish commerce.
-
-[42] Juan de Santa María came to these islands (1666) from the
-Dominican convent at Sevilla, where he had professed two years
-before. He was occupied as a teacher in Santo Tomás, later becoming
-rector of the university, superior of the province, and incumbent
-of other high offices therein. From 1694 to 1700 he labored in the
-missions of Bataan. At the time of his death (April 30, 1715) he was
-acting provincial. (Reseña biográfica, ii, pp. 24-26.)
-
-[43] See account of the establishment of this hospital order in Manila
-(1641) in Concepción's Hist. de Philipinas, vii, pp. 56-69; and the
-full history of its first century's labors there, by the rector of
-its Manila convent, Fray Juan Manuel Maldonado de Puga (Granada, 1742).
-
-[44] Montero y Vidal cites (Hist. de Filipinas, i, p. 368) a line
-of this pasquinade: "He who desires to buy carajais or frying-pans,
-iron, etc., resorts to the fathers of the Society."
-
-[45] Felipe Fernández de Pardo was born on February 7, 1611, in
-Valladolid, of noble lineage. At the age of fifteen, he entered the
-Dominican order in that city. After being ordained, he spent several
-years as a teacher in colleges of his order, and then joined the
-Philippine mission, arriving in the islands in 1648. He was a teacher
-in Santo Thomas for several years, and then its rector; in 1660 was
-elected prior of the Manila convent, and afterward, provincial. In
-1671, he became commissary of the Inquisition at Manila, and in
-1677 archbishop of that diocese, although, as the bulls therefor
-did not arrive, he was not consecrated until October 28, 1681. He
-was a rigorous censor of public morals, and a strenuous advocate of
-his ecclesiastical privileges; consequently, he became embroiled with
-influential private persons, with the secular government, and with the
-religious orders. As a result, the Audiencia decreed (March, 1683) his
-banishment, sending him to Lingayén. The new governor, Cruzalaegui,
-secured Pardo's reinstatement in his see, which occurred November
-15, 1684; then followed more troubles and disputes, the archbishop
-seeking vengeance on his former enemies. He died on December 31,
-1689. See sketch of his life in Reseña biográfica, i, pp. 473-486;
-and an outline of his official career in Montero y Vidal's Hist. de
-Filipinas, i, pp. 365-376.
-
-[46] Jerónimo de Ortega was born at Tudela, April 12, 1627; he was
-but fourteen years old when he entered the Jesuit order. In 1654 he
-entered the Philippine missions, where most of his term of service
-was devoted to the college at Manila, of which he was successively
-vice-rector and rector during six years; he also filled other important
-offices in his order. Sailing for Europe (1683), as related in our
-text, he died at sea before reaching Acapulco, on November 15 of that
-year. See Murillo Velarde's Hist. de Philipinas, fol. 356.
-
-[47] Luís de Morales was born in Tordesillas on September 29, 1641,
-and became a Jesuit novice at the age of seventeen. Later, he devoted
-himself to the Philippine missions; in Mexico he met Father Sanvitores,
-who selected Morales to aid him in the evangelization of the Marianas,
-where he labored three years. In 1671 Morales went to Manila, where
-he was assigned to the Tagal missions; in 1676 he became rector of
-Antipolo, and in 1681 vice-rector of Cavite. Going to Europe with
-Ortega, the latter's death imposed his responsible mission upon
-Morales. Having fulfilled its duties, he desired to return to the
-Philippines, but was detained in Mexico seven years; he came back to
-Manila about 1698, and soon afterward was elected provincial. His
-term of office ended, he was rector of the Manila college for four
-years; and he died there on June 14, 1716. (Murillo Velarde, Hist. de
-Philipinas, fol. 403-405.)
-
-[48] "Bohol, pertaining to the government of Zebú, and its spiritual
-administration to the fathers of the Society of Jesus, who in this
-island have in their charge six [sic] villages, the most important of
-which are Loboc, Baclayón, Inabangan, Malabago, Malabohoc" (Diaz's
-Conquistas, p. 132).
-
-A note by Diaz's editor, Fray Tirso López, states that Bohol "now
-[1890] belongs to the Recollects."
-
-[49] "He made ready four caracoas, with such Spaniards as he could
-find, and Indians from Sialo (which is the coast of Zebú), a very
-warlike people; and set out for Bohol, not entrusting to any one else
-an expedition so important" (Diaz, p. 133).
-
-Diaz has evidently obtained most of his information from Murillo
-Velarde. We present (in notes) only such matter as he gives additional
-to the latter.
-
-[50] Diaz states (p. 133) that these were both Pampango and Sialo
-Indians, and numbered more than a thousand.
-
-[51] "The insurgents fled to the mountain, where for four days our
-men pursued them, slaying all that they encountered. They found
-many persons who had died for lack of food, as they had made but
-scanty provision of it, confiding in the promises of the demon, who
-had promised them that he would change the leaves on the trees into
-rice." (Diaz, p. 134.)
-
-[52] "Laden with spoil and captives," and "leaving a garrison of
-Spaniards and Pampangos" (Diaz, p. 134).
-
-[53] Spanish, zarzas y espinas; probably meaning branches of thorny
-shrubs, and trees. The defense of pointed stakes driven into the ground
-(VOL. XXVII, p. 275) is called in Tagal suyac. Cf. description of
-this in Ling Roth's Natives of Sarawak (London, 1896), i, p. 444,
-and ii, pp. 110-115.
-
-[54] Spanish, ballestones; but the contrivance mentioned in the
-text refers to a trap used throughout the archipelago for hunting
-large game; it is called belatic or balantic, and as it is sprung
-discharges a sharp javelin or arrow. See description and illustration
-of this trap in Reed's Negritos of Zambales (Manila, 1904), pp. 45,
-46; and of a similar device used by the Dyaks and Malays of Borneo,
-in Ling Roth's Natives of Sarawak, i, pp. 437-442. Cf. Diaz's mention
-(Conquistas, p. 134) of these ballestones, "which they are wont to
-set as snares for hunting deer."
-
-[55] Fifty-seven years previously; Bancao must have been, then, at
-least seventy-five years old at the time of this revolt; Diaz says
-(p. 134) that Bancao was "very old and decrepit."
-
-[56] According to Diaz (p. 135). "desiring to be king of the island
-of Leyte."
-
-[57] "For with the enemy came many women clad in white, and many
-children, in order to pick up bits of earth and scatter them on the
-wind, as the demon had told them--believing that if they did so the
-Spaniards would fall dead; but the test of this proved very costly
-to them. The demon had also promised them that he would resuscitate
-those slain in battle; but, when they carried some of the dead to
-his temple for him to do this, he replied, with ridiculous excuses,
-that he could not do it." (Diaz, p. 135.)
-
-[58] According to Diaz (p. 136), he was shot and then burned; also
-many of the rebels were hanged or shot.
-
-[59] See description of this earthquake in VOL. XXXV, pp. 217-226.
-
-[60] Gapán (or Gapang) is a town in the southern part of Nueva Ecija,
-Luzon, near San Isidro and the Rio Grande de la Pampanga.
-
-[61] Juan de Abarca, a native of Madrid, came to the islands in
-the Augustinian mission of 1635, and was a minister in Pampangan and
-Visayan villages during twenty years, except at times filling official
-posts in Manila. He died there in 1656.
-
-[62] See account of the conquest of Luzón, in VOL III, pp. 141-172;
-but the name Matanda does not occur therein.
-
-[63] Alluding to the fact that it was the Lutaos--who lived in Basilan,
-Joló, and other islands south of Mindanao--who aided the Spaniards
-to quell this insurrection.
-
-[64] That is, the missionaries had interfered with an illicit amour
-of Sumoroy's (Concepción, Hist. de Philipinas, vi, p. 251).
-
-[65] Meaning that at a certain part of the ascent, where but one
-man at a time could pass, each had to use both hands and feet for
-climbing, leaving his weapons with the man next to him, the latter
-handing them up afterward; and so on, with each in turn. See Murillo
-Velarde's Hist. de Philipinas, fol. 174.
-
-[66] An allusion to La Rochelle, considered the most strongly fortified
-town in France.
-
-[67] Miguel Ponce, S.J., was born in Peñaroya in Aragon, in the
-archbishopric of Zaragoza, and attended the university of Alcalá de
-Henares where he studied philosophy and theology. His endeavors to
-enter the Society met with failure. Inspired to a mission life, he set
-out for Madrid to join the mission then forming for the Philippines,
-but found the procurator already gone. Following afoot, he overtook
-him at Carmona, but was so worn out with his difficult journey and
-so tanned that he resembled a negro in color. For that reason the
-procurator refused to accept him, "for in Indias, color is an accident
-of great importance to the Indians." But Ponce, in his eagerness to
-go, offered to accompany the missionaries as a servant or slave; and
-he was finally taken in the capacity of servant, embarking with the
-secular habit. He was admitted into the Society at Mexico in 1631,
-and after four months sailed from Acapulco for the Philippines. His
-studies were completed at Manila, and he was finally ordained a
-priest. For eleven months he labored in eastern Samar and was later
-appointed rector of Palapag. He was killed as above described, June
-11, 1649. See Murillo Velarde, fol. 175, 176a.
-
-[68] Giulio Aleni, S.J., was born at Brescia in 1582 and entered the
-Society in 1600, being sent almost immediately after professing the
-humanities to China. He landed at Macao in 1610 and entered China
-in 1613, where he labored until 1649, the year of his death. As the
-text shows, he must have made a journey to the Philippines. He left
-many writings, a number in the Chinese tongue. See Sommervogel's
-Bibliothèque.
-
-[69] Of Albay, which some called Ibalón, from a village and port of
-that name.--Rev. Tirso López, O.S.A.
-
-[70] Juan del Campo, S.J., was born in March, 1620, in Villanueva
-de la Vera, near Jarandilla, his father being Juan del Campo, a
-familiar of the Holy Office. Having studied in the Jesuit college at
-Oropesa, he entered the Society (1636) contrary to the wish of his
-parents. He went to Mexico in 1642, and thence to Manila (1643). His
-superiors sent him to Mindanao among the Subanos, where he labored
-zealously. He suffered martyrdom in that island January 7, 1650,
-during the insurrections. See Murillo Velarde, fol. 178-179 verso.
-
-[71] Vicente Damian, S.J., was born in the city of Mecina, October 13,
-1613, and after studying in a Jesuit college, entered the Society,
-March 20, 1630. After many vain efforts, he finally obtained permission
-to go to the Philippines, where he arrived in 1643. After completing
-his theological studies in Manila, he was sent to the Ibabao missions,
-where his preaching and works caused visible effects. After the death
-of Miguel Ponce, he was appointed rector in his place. He met death
-October 11, 1649 at the hands of the insurgents. See Murillo Velarde,
-fol. 176-178.
-
-[72] The Recollect Fray Miguel de Santo Tomás, minister at Butuan;
-it was he who cared for the survivors of the insurgents' attack on
-Linao (VOL. XXXVI, p. 136).
-
-[73] This name is quite erroneous. The person here referred to was
-Tuto, a member of the curious class among the Subanons of Mindanao
-who are called labias (see description post, in VOL. XL.) For Manila
-read Malandi (or Malandeg), the name of an ancient village on the
-coast near Zamboanga which disappeared after the abandonment of the
-fortress there. Tuto was baptized by Combés under the name of Martin,
-and often aided that missionary when he visited Tuto's village of
-Malandi. (See Combés's Hist. Mindanao, col. 63, 64, 514, 756, 786.)
-
-[74] Francisco Lado, a native of Sardinia, was born on June 2, 1617,
-and at the age of sixteen entered the Jesuit order. He died at San
-Pedro Macati, on May 19, 1677. (Retana and Pastells's edition of
-Combés, col. 713.)
-
-[75] A Sanskrit word, meaning "a learned man"--apparently borrowed
-by the Malays and used to designate their Mahometan teachers.
-
-[76] Spanish, à las quarenta horas; a phrase usually referring to
-the devotion of forty hours in connection with the exposition of
-the Blessed Sacrament (usually occurring in times of public danger
-or distress). As nothing is said in the text of such exposition, the
-apparent meaning is that Tenorio finished his enterprise within forty
-hours after leaving Samboangan--a rendering for which the Spanish
-form is an unusual one, but not more so than many other expressions
-in Concepción's pages.
-
-[77] This name is said (Retana and Pastells's Combés, col. 739)
-to mean "lady who will be queen"--uley being a variant of uraya,
-the future of raia or raja ("king" or "queen"). Urancaya (ut supra,
-col. 787) is from orang ("man") and kaya ("rich").
-
-[78] Concepción states (Hist. de Philipinas, vii, p. 9) that an
-insufficient amount of timber was furnished for a ship then on the
-stocks, and Cortaberria urged on the overseers of the woodcutting,
-and they in turn their gangs of men, but with so much harshness that
-the latter mutinied.
-
-[79] Pedro Camacho came from the Dominican convent at Sevilla, in the
-mission of 1648. He ministered to the Indians in and near Manila,
-and was director of the school of San Juan de Letran; he finally
-returned to Spain in 1659. (Reseña biográfica, p. 466.)
-
-[80] For description of tree-dwellings--made, however, by the natives
-of Mindanao--see VOL. XXI, pp. 239-241.
-
-[81] This was Nicolas de Campo.
-
-[82] Spanish, morenos criollos. "There are creoles, or morenos, who
-are black negroes, natives of the country; there are many Cafres,
-and other negroes from Angola, Congo, and Africa" (Murillo Velarde,
-Hist. de Philipinas, fol. 5).
-
-[83] In Bolinao was a chief named Sumulay, a relative of Malóng, who
-tried to further the latter's ambitious schemes; Sumulay was opposed by
-the missionary there, a discalced Augustinian named Juan Blancas. On
-January 5 Ugalde arrived at Bolinao, and conferred with Blancas. As
-the chief strength of the insurgents lay in their poisoned arrows,
-which caused mortal wounds, the friar induced a friendly chief to
-supply the Spanish troops with an antidote for this poison. Ugalde
-also procured there supplies of various kinds--among them, small boats
-which could enter the creeks, and hides of cattle with which to form
-shelters against the enemy's arrows. (Concepción, Hist. de Philipinas,
-vii, pp. 16, 26, 27.)
-
-[84] Juan Camacho made his profession in the Dominican convent of
-Almagro, April 19, 1638, and came to the Philippines in 1648. Most of
-his remaining years were spent in the Pangasinán missions; but in 1668
-he became prior of the Manila convent, and a year later provincial. In
-his old age, he was summoned to Mexico by the Inquisition on a
-scandalous charge; his innocence being declared after four years,
-he returned to the islands, and died at Manila in 1700. (Reseña
-biográfica, i, p. 471.)
-
-[85] Probably alluding to Santa Cruz's Hist. Sant. Rosario; he mentions
-the insurgent leader Malóng as dying "a very good Christian" (p. 340),
-and the insurgents as deluded and misled. His account of the rebellion
-is much shorter than Diaz's. It will be remembered that the Dominicans
-had spiritual charge of Pangasinán.
-
-[86] Bernardino Márquez, a native of Galicia, made his profession
-in the convent of Toro, and came to the islands in 1645. He spent
-the rest of his life mainly in the Ilocan missions, and died in
-1680. (Pérez's Catálogo, p. 120.)
-
-[87] A misprint for balarao (or bararao), another name for the
-kris--see VOL. XVI, p. 81, and VOL. XXVIII, p. 55.
-
-[88] Thus in the text, in most places; but in Pérez's Catálogo the
-name is written "de la Isla."
-
-[89] Juan Polanco was a native of the hill-country of Burgos, and
-professed in the Dominican convent at Valladolid in 1639. He came
-to the islands in 1658, and, after learning the Chinese language,
-went to China; he spent two years there, suffering persecutions and
-torture. He was then appointed procurator-general of his order at
-Madrid and Rome, in which service he sent to the Philippines the
-mission of 1666. He died at Sevilla, on December 2, 1671.
-
-[90] Thus in text; apparently a misprint for Polanco.
-
-[91] This name is not found in the gazetteers of the present time;
-but it must have been in the mountains east of Vigán, from which
-Narvacán is thirteen miles southeast.
-
-[92] Concepción makes this number eight hundred (vii, p. 31), as does
-Murillo Velarde (fol. 256). Both they and Diaz give the numbers in
-words, not figures.
-
-[93] Talabón: a name given to a sort of litter (also known as
-petaca--which also means "a covered box or basket"--and lorimón), which
-is usually conveyed by four men in their hands or on their shoulders,
-after the fashion of a silla gestatoria (a portable chair used by
-the pope on great occasions), but closed.--Rev. Tirso López, O.S.A.
-
-[94] See preceding note on talabón (p. 199).
-
-[95] This statement does not agree with that in the next paragraph
-which states that this chief was hanged at Vigán.
-
-[96] Elsewhere printed Bisaya. The Tagal word buaya means "crocodile,"
-which gives some basis for the conjecture that Boaya was the chief's
-name, as persons are often named for animals, among barbarous peoples.
-
-[97] Verse 121: "I have done judgment and justice; give me not up to
-them that slander me."
-
-[98] Spanish, como cuñas del mismo palo; alluding to the proverb,
-No hay peor cuña que la del mismo palo, equivalent to "there is no
-worse enemy than an alienated friend."
-
-[99] Alluding to the threatened invasion of the Philippines by
-Kue-sing, the Chinese adventurer, and the consequent disturbances
-among the Chinese in the islands, with the ravages made by the Moro
-pirates--all in 1662. See accounts in VOL. XXXVI.
-
-[100] These houses were founded in the following order: Ogtóng
-(Otón), 1572; Tigbauan, 1575; Dumangas, 1578; Antique, 1581; Jaro,
-1587; Guimbal, 1590; Passi (Pasig), 1593; Laglag, 1608. (In regard
-to Laglag, cf. our VOL. XXIII, p. 293.) For these dates, see Coco's
-chronological table at end of Medina's Historia, pp. 481-488.
-
-[101] These houses were thus founded: Panay and Dumárao, 1581; Dumalag
-(or Ayombón), 1506; Batán, 1601; Mambúsao, 1606; Cápiz, 1707. Aclán
-was founded by the Augustinians, in 1581; and Ibahay, in 1611. See
-table mentioned in note 100, above.
-
-[102] Laglag is now named Dueñas. This wretched custom of changing the
-old names, substituting for them new ones which have no connection
-with the place to which they are applied nor with Filipinas, has
-unfortunately become general in those islands; and for the sake
-of pleasing or flattering some captain-general, alcalde, or cura,
-history is grievously obscured.--Rev. Tirso López, O.S.A.
-
-[103] Pérez says (Catálogo, p. 199) that Mesa was a native of Mexico,
-but made his profession (1644) in the convent of San Pablo at
-Manila. In 1656 he became minister at Dumalag, and in 1659 at Laglag.
-
-[104] This mingling of religion and idolatry was frequent among the
-newly-converted Indians, who by not living conformably to the just
-severity of the gospel precepts, apostatized from the faith; and even
-today cases of similar amalgamation occur. The Indians of Filipinas
-did not offer sacrifices to the demon because they believed that he
-was some divinity, for they had knowledge of his being an evil spirit:
-but through fear, so that by keeping him satisfied he should do them
-no harm, or else that he might aid them to carry out some depraved
-purpose.--Rev. Tirso López, O.S.A.
-
-[105] Thus in the text, but evidently an error; it should doubtless
-be regarded as an error for Malonor.
-
-[106] A similar death was the fate of that most pious father Fray
-Isidro Badrena--on April 9 in the year 1874, in the hills near the
-town of Tubungan--when he was exhorting some apostate Indians to
-desist from offering an idolatrous sacrifice.--Rev. Tirso López, O.S.A.
-
-Tubungan is seventeen miles west-northwest of Iloilo.
-
-[107] The modern form of this name is Jalaur; this fine river, with
-its numerous affluents, waters the northeastern part of the province
-of Iloilo, Panay. The "river of Laglag" is evidently the Ulián, which
-flows into the Jalaur near Laglag (the modern Dueñas). Apparently the
-culprits, both living and dead, were fastened to stakes in the river,
-to be eaten by crocodiles.
-
-[108] Delgado relates this incident (Hist. de Filipinas, p. 280) as a
-specimen of the credulity of the natives, and adds this other instance:
-"While I was in the village of Lipa, the discovery was made in the
-village of Tanauan of a mine which was said to be of silver. Officials
-and workmen were sent to examine it, and test the ore, by the governor
-Don Fausto Cruzat y Góngora; they did so diligently, but the mine
-said only, Argentum et aurum non est mihi [i.e., "Silver and gold
-have I none"]. At that time the devil caused some arrant knave to
-spread the lying tale that the miners declared that the mine would
-not yield silver until this were done: all the Visayans of Comintan
-must be seized and their eyes gouged out, and these must be mixed
-with other ingredients, and the ore-vein of the mine rubbed with that
-compound. This was so thoroughly believed that every one was anxious
-and tearful, and the old women hid themselves in the grain-fields; and
-it took a long time to quiet them, with much labor of the [religious]
-ministers (whom they did not believe, because these were Castilians),
-until in the course of time they were undeceived."
-
-[109] Apparently a misprint, as Diaz usually makes it Pignauen, but
-both forms seem improbable, as compared with Paynauén--cf. that name
-in next section of this document, and in Concepción (viii, p. 14)--and
-suggest carelessness in transcription from the MS. of Diaz. It is
-written Paynaven in various documents cited in Reseña biográfica, i,
-p. 490, et seq. Neither name appears in modern gazetteers.
-
-[110] He was killed in the expedition against the Igorrotes, about
-1666; Diaz says (p. 654) that Ugalde went with four thousand pesos
-to pay the troops, without sufficient escort, and was waylaid and
-slain by Zambals. Paynauén was founded at that time.
-
-[111] Domingo Pérez was born in 1636 near Santillana, and professed
-in the Dominican convent at Trianos, at the age of twenty-three. He
-came to the islands in 1666, and in the following year was sent to
-the Bataan missions, and soon afterward to those among the Zambal
-tribes; the rest of his life, save during 1677-79, was spent among
-the Zambals. He wrote an "account of the customs and superstitions
-of the Zambals." (Reseña biográfica, ii, pp. 34-43.)
-
-[112] "N" in Spanish stands for some proper name unknown, or not
-intended to be expressed, like the English "Mr. Blank," or "So-and-So."
-
-[113] The missions to the Zambals were previously in the hands the
-Augustinian Recollects. A royal decree dated June 18, 1677 commanded
-the archbishop of Manila to place the missions of Mindoro in charge of
-one of the religious orders. Concepción states (Hist. de Philipinas,
-viii, pp. 4-16) that Pardo thereupon compelled the Recollects
-to give up the Zambal missions to the Dominicans, receiving in
-exchange therefor those of Mindoro that the natives in the latter
-desired to have Jesuits sent to them, and that the Zambals preferred
-the Dominicans, but that the opposition of both was overcome by
-the persuasions of government officials; and that the Dominicans,
-in their zeal for condensing the scattered Zambal population, made
-several blunders by removing certain villages to very unsuitable and
-disadvantageous locations.
-
-The compiler of Reseña biográfica asserts that Concepción's statements
-are incorrect. He claims that the Zambal in 1676 asked for religious
-instruction, stipulating that Dominican missionaries be sent them,
-which was done; that soon the Recollects began to complain of
-this, as an intrusion on their field of labor, and the Dominicans
-therefore withdrew their laborers; that this field was afterward
-given to the Dominicans by Archbishop Pardo (1679), on account of
-its being neglected by the Recollects; that the attempt to carry on
-the Zambal missions cost the Dominicans great loss of money and men,
-without producing satisfactory results, and therefore they offered
-several times to give up this charge; and that finally (1712) they
-did actually renounce and surrender the Zambal missions. In proof of
-these statements he cites not only Salazar's Historia, but various
-documents and records from the Dominican archives at Manila. (See
-Reseña biográfica, i, pp. 486-504; this resumé is accompanied by an
-interesting report of the work accomplished by the Dominicans in those
-missions during the years 1680-90, made by Fray Gregorio Jiraldez,
-June 2, 1690.)
-
-[114] William Dampier, one of the most noted of English navigators
-and freebooters, was born of an old Somersetshire family in 1652. He
-received an education that would fit him for some trade, but, his
-parents dying while he was young, he was allowed to follow his roving
-bent; he was bound to the master of a ship in 1669, and made voyages
-to France and Newfoundland. In 1670 he sailed as a common sailor to
-Java, returning to England in 1672. The next year he served against
-the Dutch, and in 1674 went to Jamaica, where he lived for more
-than a year as a planter. In August of the following year (1675),
-he became a logwood-cutter at Campeachy, where he first met with the
-freebooters. The year 1678 found him in England, but in 1679 he was
-once more in Jamaica; and shortly after began his life as a privateer,
-part of his adventures being given in detail in the present text. After
-his return to England in 1691, not much is known of him until 1697,
-when he published his travels. Two years later he was deputed by the
-government to conduct a voyage of discovery to the South Seas, during
-which voyage he explored the west and northwest coasts of Australia,
-New Guinea, and New Britain, and named the Dampier Archipelago and
-Strait. He made two other circumnavigations (1703-07, and 1708-11),
-the last as pilot of the privateer "Duke." His death occurred in London
-in 1715. Dampier also left various other writings. The seventh edition
-of his voyages, published in 1729, is a composite work, and contains
-much that is not Dampier's own. Consequently, that edition is not
-used in the present instance, as we prefer to present Dampier's own
-work. See Knox's New Col. of Voyages (London, 1767), iii, pp. 28-121;
-and New International Encyclopædia.
-
-[115] The title-page of this book reads as follows: "A new Voyage
-round the World. Describing particularly, The Isthmus of America,
-several Coasts and Islands in the West Indies, the Isles of Cape
-Verd, the Passage by Terra del Fuego, the South Sea Coasts of Chili,
-Peru, and Mexico; the Isle of Guam one of the Ladrones, Mindanao,
-and other Philippine and East India Islands near Cambodia, China,
-Formosa, Luconia, Celebes, &c., New Holland, Sumatra, Nicobar,
-Isles; the Cape of Good Hope, and Santa Helena. Their Soil, Rivers,
-Harbours, Plants, Fruits, Animals, and Inhabitants. Their Customs,
-Religion, Government, Trade, &c. Vol. I. By Captain William
-Dampier. Illustrated with Particular Maps and Draughts. The fifth
-edition corrected. London: Printed for James Knapton, at the Crown
-in St. Paul's Church-yard. 1703."
-
-[116] Of the Jew-fish, Dampier says (i, p. 249): "The Jew-fish is a
-very good Fish, and I judge so called by the English, because it hath
-Scales and Fins, therefore a clean Fish, according to the Levitical
-Law, and the Jews at Jamaica buy them, and eat them very freely. It is
-a very large Fish, shaped much like a Cod, but a great deal bigger;
-one will weigh 3, or 4, or 5 hundred weight. It hath a large Head,
-with great Fins and Scales, as big as an Half-Crown, answerable to
-the bigness of his Body. It is very sweet Meat, and commonly fat. This
-Fish lives among Rocks; there are plenty of them in the West-Indies,
-about Jamaica, and the Coast of Caraccos; but chiefly in these Seas,
-especially more Westward."
-
-[117] In the preface to his first volume, Dampier says that he had
-intended to add an appendix, in which various matters were to have
-been discussed, but he omits it because it would swell his volume
-too greatly.
-
-[118] The latitude of the island of Guam is 13° 27' North and its
-longitude 145° East.
-
-[119] Robert Knox (1640-1720) was the first English writer on
-Ceylon, where he was a prisoner among the natives for almost twenty
-years. After his escape from captivity he reached a Dutch colony on
-the coast, and returned to England in 1680. He made later voyages
-to India and the South Seas. His relation is entitled An Historical
-Relation of the Island of Ceylon in the East Indies; Together with
-an Account of the Detaining in Captivity the Author and Diverse
-Other Englishmen Now Living There, and of the Author's Miraculous
-Escape (London, 1681). It has been translated into French, Dutch,
-and German. (New International Encyclopædia.)
-
-[120] At first sight, this might be considered the source of the
-English word "outriggers;" but according to Murray (who cites this
-statement of Dampier's) the Dutch word uitlegger was not used in this
-sense until a much later date, and cannot be considered as the source
-of the English word.
-
-[121] The governor of the Marianas, Antonio Saravia, died on November
-3, 1683, and was succeeded by Damian de Esplana. Early in 1684, he sent
-José de Quiroga to subdue, the northern islands of the group. Taking
-advantage of this division of the Spanish forces, the natives of
-Guam rebelled, and on July 23 attacked the Spaniards in Agaña, badly
-wounding Esplana, killing nearly fifty soldiers and wounding others,
-and killing or wounding several Jesuits. Meanwhile the natives of
-Seypan attacked Quiroga, but he finally defeated them and came back
-to Guam (November 23); but he could not punish the natives, as they
-fled to the mountains and the neighboring islands. In 1688 Esplana
-went to Manila for medical treatment, but returned about a year later;
-and he died at Agaña in 1694. (Murillo Velarde, Hist. de Philipinas,
-fol. 359 b-361.)
-
-[122] The English factory at Fort St. George, the chief citadel of
-Madras. Fort St. George was established in 1639, a piece of land
-having been obtained from the rajah of Chandgherry; it commands the
-Black Town and the Roads, and may be considered the nucleus of the
-city. It was held by the French during the years 1744-49.
-
-[123] This was the galleon "San Telmo;" it arrived safely at Manila.
-
-[124] Evidently the island of Leyte which fits Dampier's description
-of the island of St. John (see post).
-
-[125] Magalhães was killed, not in Luzon, but on the island of Mactan.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898,
-Volume XXXVIII, 1674-1683, by Various
-
-*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, VOL XXXVIII ***
-
-***** This file should be named 50111-8.txt or 50111-8.zip *****
-This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
-        http://www.gutenberg.org/5/0/1/1/50111/
-
-Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the Online Distributed
-Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net/ for Project
-Gutenberg
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
-be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
-States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive
-specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
-eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook
-for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports,
-performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given
-away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks
-not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the
-trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.
-
-START: FULL LICENSE
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
-1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country outside the United States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
-  This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
-  most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
-  restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
-  under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
-  eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
-  United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you
-  are located before using this ebook.
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-provided that
-
-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
-  the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
-  you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
-  to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
-  agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
-  Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
-  within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
-  legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
-  payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
-  Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
-  Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
-  Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
-  you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
-  does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-  License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
-  copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
-  all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
-  works.
-
-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
-  any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
-  electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
-  receipt of the work.
-
-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
-  distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The
-Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
-www.gutenberg.org
-
-
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the
-mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its
-volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous
-locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt
-Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to
-date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and
-official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-For additional contact information:
-
-    Dr. Gregory B. Newby
-    Chief Executive and Director
-    gbnewby@pglaf.org
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
-state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works.
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-
-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search
-facility: www.gutenberg.org
-
-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
-